ILLINOIS POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    June
    11,
    1991
    IN THE
    MATTER
    OF:
    )
    )
    RACT DEFICIENCIES IN THE
    )
    METRO-EAST AREA:
    AMENDMENTS
    )
    R91-8
    TO 35 ILL.ADN.CODE PART 215
    )
    (Rulemaking)
    AND
    THE ADDITION OF PART 219
    )
    PROPOSED RULE.
    SECOND NOTICE.
    OPINION
    AND
    ORDER OF THE BOARD
    (by J. Theodore Meyer):
    This matter is before the Board on a regulatory proposal filed
    by
    the
    Illinois
    Environmental
    Protection
    Agency
    (Agency).
    Additionally, on June 3,
    1991, the Agency filed a motion to amend
    the proposal.
    The Board
    today
    takes
    action on that motion
    to
    amend,
    and proposes these
    rules for second notice.
    This opinion
    and
    order
    will
    contain
    only
    the
    procedural
    history
    of
    this
    proceeding and the text of the rules themselves.
    The Board will
    issue a supplemental opinion shortly.
    Procedural History
    On January
    17,
    1991,
    the
    Agency
    filed
    this
    proposal
    for
    rulemaking.
    The proposal seeks to correct deficiencies identified
    by the United States Environmental Protection Agency
    (USEPA)
    in
    Illinois’ state implementation plan
    (SIP)
    for ozone in the Metor-
    East area,
    and contains regulations requiring the implementation
    of
    reasonably
    available
    control
    technology
    (RACT)
    for
    certain
    sources
    of
    volatile
    organic
    material
    (VOM).
    The
    proposed
    regulations
    are
    intended to
    identical
    in effect to the
    federal
    implementation
    plan
    (FIP)
    promulgated
    by
    the
    United
    States
    Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA)
    for the Chicago area.
    (55
    Fed. Reg.
    26814, June 29,
    1990.)
    The Board accepted the proposal
    for hearing
    on February
    7,
    1991.
    The Board
    also accepted the
    Agency’s certification that this rulemaking is federally required
    pursuant to Section 282 of the Environmental Protection Act
    (Act)
    (Ill.Rev.Stat.
    1989,
    ch. 111 1/2, par. 1028.2), as amended by PA.
    86—1409.
    The Board sent the rules,
    as proposed by the Agency, to
    first notice on February 28, 1991.
    The rules were published in the
    Illinois Register on March 15, 1991, at 15 Ill.Reg. 3892.
    On March
    28,
    1991,
    the
    Board
    found
    that
    no
    economic
    impact
    study
    was
    necessary in this proceeding.
    Hearings were held on April
    10 and
    15,
    1991.
    The
    first notice
    comment period
    in this
    rulemaking
    expired on April 29,
    1991.
    On Nay 2,
    1991, the Agency filed a motion to suspend emergency
    rulemaking.
    The Board had previously expressed its intention to

    2
    proceed
    with
    these
    proposed
    rules
    on
    an
    emergency
    basis,
    as
    provided by Section 5.02 of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA)
    (Ill.Rev.Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    127,
    par.
    1005.02) and Section 27(c)
    of
    the Act.
    The Board intended to adopt the rules on an emergency
    basis in order to meet the May 15,
    1991 deadline set forth in the
    federal Clean Air Act Amendments of 1990,
    and also proceed with
    “regular”
    rulemaking.
    The Agency moved that the Board suspend
    consideration of the proposal as an emergency rulemaking, alleging
    that the proposal was not appropriate
    for emergency rulemaking.
    Among
    other things,
    the Agency noted that a representative from
    USEPA
    had
    stated
    at
    hearing
    that
    USEPA
    believed
    that
    only
    “permanent” rules were sufficient to meet the May 15 deadline, and
    that USEPA did not view emergency rules to be “permanent”.
    On May
    3,
    1991, the Illinois Environmental Regulatory Group
    (IERG)
    filed
    a motion in support of the Agency’s motion to suspend emergency
    rulemaking.
    IERG stated that emergency rules would be a “futile”
    attempt to meet the May
    15
    date.
    IERG also stated that
    it was
    involved
    in
    serious
    negotiations with USEPA
    and
    the Agency
    on
    points of disagreement in these proposed rules.
    At a May 6,
    1991
    Board meeting,
    the Board deferred action on the motion for one
    week,
    in
    order
    to
    allow
    the
    participants
    additional
    time
    to
    continue discussions with USEPA.
    On May
    13,
    1991,
    the Agency
    filed
    a
    status
    report
    and
    a
    “motion to extend first notice”.
    The Agency updated that Board on
    the continuing discussions between USEPA,
    IERG,
    and the Agency.
    The Agency
    stated that the negotiations involved discussions
    on
    maximum theoretical emissions
    (MTE),
    compliance and applicability
    dates for the proposed rules, and the rules proposed as Subpart TT.
    The status report included a letter from Stephen Rothblatt,
    Chief
    of the Regulation Development Branch for Region V of USEPA.
    That
    letter
    confirmed
    that
    USEPA
    was
    involved
    with
    “serious”
    negotiations with IERG and the Agency.
    The Agency moved that the
    Board delay moving
    into second notice
    until May
    30,
    1991.
    The
    Agency
    contended
    that
    it
    looked
    very
    favorable
    that
    all
    participants would reach an agreement, and noted that if the Board
    moved to second notice before the completion of the negotiations,
    it would
    be unable
    to make changes
    in the proposed rule
    (as a
    result of any agreement)
    without returning to first notice.
    The
    Agency noted that Illinois
    is working within a very tight time
    frame for this rulemaking,
    so that there would be no time to return
    to first notice.
    The Agency summarized:
    Therefore,
    despite the Agency’s earlier,
    fervent pleas
    that the Board
    go to second
    notice May
    9,
    1991,
    the
    Agency requests that the Board delay second notice until
    May 30,
    1991.
    Once the Board goes to second notice, no
    changes,
    other than
    in response to comment
    from
    the
    Joint Committee on Administrative Rules)
    JCAR,
    can be
    made to the rules.
    The Agency,
    then, would submit the
    rules
    at
    second
    notice
    to
    USEPA
    as
    our
    state
    implementation plan
    SIP.
    We would supplement the SIP

    3
    submittal with the final rules once they are promulgated.
    These
    activities
    should
    have
    the
    effect
    of
    having
    Illinois
    removed
    from
    the
    deficiency
    list
    prior
    to
    publication
    while
    at
    the
    same
    time
    allowing
    the
    negotiating
    parties
    the
    opportunity
    to
    complete
    negotiations.
    (Agency motion to extend first notice,
    p. 6)
    On May 14,
    1991,
    in reliance on the statements and requests made
    by the Agency,
    IERG,
    and USEPA,
    the Board granted the Agency’s
    motions to suspend emergency rulemaking and to delay second notice
    until after May 30,
    1991.
    Motion to Amend Proposal
    On
    June
    3,
    1991,
    the Agency
    filed
    a
    motion
    to amend
    its
    proposal.
    The proposed amendments are a result of the negotiations
    between
    the
    Agency,
    USEPA,
    and
    IERG.
    The Agency
    states
    that
    although no formal agreement has yet been reached between the three
    participants, the Agency believes that the proposed amendments are
    approvable
    by
    USEPA.
    The
    Agency
    suggests
    amendments
    to
    the
    definition of MTE (Section 219.104), the addition of a definition
    of “rolling limit” (Section 219.104), changes to the applicability
    and
    compliance
    date provisions
    (Sections 219.103
    and
    219.106),
    amendments to the applicability provisions of Subpart TT (Section
    219.980),
    and
    revisions
    to
    the
    testing
    provisions
    in
    non-CTG
    categories
    in
    Subparts
    PP,
    QQ,
    RR,
    and
    TT
    (Sections
    219.105,
    219.928,
    219.948,
    219.968,
    219.988,
    and
    219.991).
    The Agency
    maintains that these proposed amendments are in the best interests
    of
    the
    State
    and
    will
    result
    in
    no
    negative
    impact
    on
    the
    environment.
    The Agency states that the amendments are the product
    of great effort to produce an acceptable and effective SIP revision
    for the State.
    Although USEPA has not yet indicated that it can
    approve all of the suggested revisions,
    the Agency believes that
    ultimate approval by USEPA can be obtained.
    IERG filed a motion in support of the Agency’s motion to amend
    the proposal on June
    4,
    1991.
    IERG states that it supports the
    suggested amendments,
    and agrees with the reasons given
    by the
    Agency.
    IERG maintains that although it and USEPA have been unable
    to reach a settlement,
    IERG believes that the amendments proposed
    by the Agency are federally approvable.
    Thus,
    IERG asks that the
    Board adopt
    second notice of the proposed
    rules,
    including the
    Agency’s suggested amendments.
    After a review of the pleadings, the Board grants the Agency’s
    motion to amend its proposal.
    Based on the statements made by the
    Agency and IERG,
    the Board believes that the proposed amendments
    are federally approvable,
    and will protect the viability of the
    various federal court appeals of the FIP, on which these proposed
    rules
    are
    based.
    Language added
    to the rules
    is indicated by

    4
    underlining, while deletions are shown by strike-throughs.
    Many of the motions and other
    filings received during the
    course of this proceeding have urged the Board to act as quickly
    as possible.
    The Board shares the participants’ concern for timely
    action,
    and
    has
    expedited
    this
    proceeding.
    Because
    of
    its
    sensitivity to quick action, the Board today proposes these rules,
    as amended,
    for second notice.
    The Board does so only eight days
    after the Agency filed its motion to amend.
    This short time period
    has not allowed preparation of a full opinion to accompany the
    proposed rules.
    Although the Board usually delays adoption of
    rules
    until
    a
    complete
    opinion
    is
    prepared,
    the
    unusual
    circumstances of this proceeding merit a change
    in this policy.
    As stated above, today the Board proceeds to second notice of these
    proposed rules.
    The Board will
    issue
    a
    supplemental opinion
    as
    soon as possible.
    Additionally. the Board notes that it has made
    no
    attempt
    to
    address
    any
    possible
    drafting
    problems
    in
    the
    A~ency’si~roposalwhich may be of concern to JCAR.
    ORDER
    The Board hereby proposes the following amendments for second
    notice,
    to be
    filed
    with the Joint
    Committee on Administrative
    Rules:
    TITLE 35:
    ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
    SUBTITLE
    B:
    AIR POLLUTION
    CHAPTER
    I:
    POLLUTION CONTROL BOARD
    SUBCHAPTER c:
    EMISSIONS STANDARDS
    AND
    LIMITATIONS FOR STATIONARY SOURCES
    PART 215
    ORGANIC MATERIAL EMISSION STANDARDS AND LIMITATIONS
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL
    PROVISIONS
    Section
    215.100
    Introduction
    215.101
    Clean-up and Disposal Operations
    215.102
    Testing Methods
    215.103
    Abbreviations and Conversion Factors
    215. 104
    Definitions
    215.105
    Incorporations by Reference
    215.106
    Afterburners
    215.107
    Determination of Applicability
    SUBPART
    B:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM STORAGE
    AND
    LOADING
    OPERATIONS
    Section
    215.121
    Storage Containers
    215.122
    Loading Operations
    215.123
    Petroleum Liquid Storage Tanks

    5
    External Floating Roofs
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    Emissions Testing
    Measurement of Seal Gaps
    SUBPART
    C:
    ORGANIC
    EMISSIONS FROM
    MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
    Separation Operations
    Pumps
    and Compressors
    Vapor Blowdown
    Safety Relief Valves
    SUBPART
    E:
    SOLVENT CLEANING
    Section
    215.181
    215. 182
    215.183
    215.184
    215.185
    Section
    215.202
    215.204
    215.205
    215.206
    215.207
    215.208
    215.209
    215.210
    215.211
    215.212
    215.213
    215.214
    Solvent Cleaning in General
    Cold Cleaning
    Open Top Vapor Degreasing
    Conveyorized Degreasing
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART F:
    COATING OPERATIONS
    Compliance Schedules
    Emission Limitations for Manufacturing Plants
    Alternative Emission Limitations
    Exemptions from Emission Limitations
    Compliance by Aggregation of Emission Sources
    Testing Methods for Volatile Organic Material Content
    Exemption from General Rule on Use of Organic Material
    Alternative Compliance Schedule
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    Special Requirements for Compliance Plan
    Roadmaster Emissions Limitations
    SUBPART
    Section
    215.240
    215.241
    215.245
    215.249
    Section
    215.260
    H:
    SPECIAL LIMITATIONS FOR SOURCES IN
    MAJOI~URBANIZED
    AREAS WHICH
    ARE NONATTAINMENT FOR OZONE
    Applicability
    External Floating Roofs
    Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    Compliance Dates
    SUBPART I:
    ADJUSTED RACT EMISSIONS LIMITATIONS
    215.124
    215.125
    215.126
    215.127
    215.128
    Section
    215.141
    215.142
    215.143
    215.144
    Applicability

    6
    Petition
    Public Hearing
    Board Action
    Agency Petition
    Section
    215.301
    215.302
    215.303
    215.304
    215.305
    Section
    215.340
    215.342
    215.344
    215.345
    215.346
    215.347
    Use of Organic Material
    Alternative Standard
    Fuel Combustion Emission Sources
    Operations with Compliance Program
    Viscose Exemption (Repealed)
    SUBPART N:
    VEGETABLE OIL PROCESSING
    Hexane Extraction Soybean Crushing
    Hexane Extraction Corn Oil Processing
    Recordkeeping For Vegetable Oil Processes
    Compliance Determination
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART P:
    PRINTING
    AND
    PUBLISHING
    Section
    215.401
    215.402
    215.403
    215.404
    215.405
    215.406
    215.407
    215.408
    215.409
    215.410
    SUBPART
    Section
    215.420
    215.421
    215.422
    215.423
    215.424
    215.425
    215.426
    215.427
    215.428
    215.429
    Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    Exemptions
    Applicability of Subpart K
    Testing and Monitoring
    (Repealed)
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Alternative Compliance Plan
    Compliance Plan
    Heatset Web Offset Lithographic Printing
    Testing Methods for Volatile Organic Material Content
    Emissions Testing
    Q:
    LEAKS
    FROM
    SYNTHETIC
    ORGANIC
    CHEMICAL
    AND
    POLYMER
    MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT
    Applicability
    General Requirements
    Inspection Program Plan for Leaks
    Inspection
    Program
    for
    Leaks
    Repairing
    Leaks
    Recordkeeping
    for
    Leaks
    Report
    for
    Leaks
    Alternative
    Program
    for
    Leaks
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance Plan
    215.261
    215.263
    215. 264
    215.267
    SUBPART
    K:
    USE
    OF
    ORGANIC
    MATERIAL

    7
    215.430
    215.431
    215.
    432
    215. 433
    215.434
    215.435
    215.436
    215.437
    215.438
    215.439
    SUBPART R:
    Section
    215.441
    215.442
    215.443
    2 15.444
    2 15.445
    2 15.446
    215.447
    2 15.448
    215.449
    215.450
    215.451
    215.452
    215.453
    General Requirements
    Inspection Program Plan for Leaks
    Inspection Program for Leaks
    Repairing Leaks
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    Report for Leaks
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    Open-Ended Valves
    Standards for Control Devices
    Compliance Date
    PETROLEUM REFINING AND RELATED
    INDUSTRIES;
    ASPHALT MATERIALS
    Petroleum Refinery Waste Gas Disposal
    Vacuum Producing Systems
    Wastewater
    (Oil/Water)
    Separator
    Process
    Unit
    Turnarounds
    Leaks:
    General Requirements
    Monitoring Program Plan for Leaks
    Monitoring Program for Leaks
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    Reporting for Leaks
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    Sealing
    Device
    Requirements
    Compliance Schedule for Leaks
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Section
    215.480
    215.481
    SUBPART S:
    RUBBER AND MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS
    Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires
    Green Tire Spraying Operations
    Alternative Emission Reduction Systems
    Emission Testing
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    Compliance Plan
    Testing Methods for Volatile Organic Material Content
    SUBPART T:
    PHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING
    Applicability of Subpart T
    Control of Reactors, Distillation Units, Crystallizers,
    Centrifuges and Vacuum Dryers
    215.482
    Control
    of
    Air
    Dryers,
    Production
    Equipment
    Exhaust
    Systems and Filters
    Material Storage and Transfer
    In—Process Tanks
    Leaks
    Other Emission Sources
    Testing
    Section
    215.461
    215.462
    215. 463
    215.464
    215.465
    215.466
    215.467
    215.483
    215.484
    215.485
    215.486
    215.487

    8
    215.488
    2 15.489
    Monitors for Air Pollution Control Equipment
    Compliance
    Schedule
    SUBPART U:
    COKE MANUFACTURING
    AND
    BY-PRODUCT
    RECOVERY
    Section
    215. 500
    215. 510
    215.512
    215.513
    215.514
    215.515
    215.516
    215.517
    Section
    215.520
    215.521
    2 15.525
    215.526
    215.527
    Section
    215.541
    Section
    215.
    561
    215. 562
    215. 563
    Section
    215.581
    215. 582
    215.583
    215. 584
    215.585
    215. 586
    Except ions
    Coke By-Product Recovery Plants
    Coke
    By-Product
    Recovery
    Plant
    Leaks
    Inspection Program
    Recordkeeping Requirements
    Reporting Requirements
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART V:
    AIR OXIDATION PROCESSES
    Applicability
    Definitions
    Emission Limitations for Air Oxidation Processes
    Testing and Monitoring
    Compliance Date
    SUBPART W:
    AGRICULTURE
    Pesticide Exception
    SUBPART X:
    CONSTRUCTION
    Architectural Coatings
    Paving Operations
    Cutback Asphalt
    SUBPART Y:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Bulk Gasoline Plants
    Bulk
    Gasoline
    Terminals
    Gasoline
    Dispensing
    Facilities
    Gasoline
    Delivery
    Vessels
    Gasoline
    Volatility
    Standards
    Emissions Testing
    SUBPART Z:
    DRY CLEANERS
    Perchioroethylene Dry Cleaners
    Exemptions
    Leaks
    Section
    215.601
    215.602
    215. 603

    9
    215.604
    Compliance Dates and Geographical Areas
    215.605
    Compliance Plan
    215.606
    Exception to Compliance Plan
    215.607
    Standards for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    215.608
    Operating Practices for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    215.609
    Program for Inspection and Repair of Leaks
    215.610
    Testing and Monitoring
    215.611
    Exemption for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    215.612
    Compliance
    Dates
    and
    Geographical
    Areas
    215.613
    Compliance Plan
    215.614
    Testing
    Method
    for
    Volatile
    Organic
    Material
    Content
    of
    Wastes
    215.615
    Emissions
    Testing
    SUBPART
    AA:
    PAINT
    AND INK MANUFACTURING
    Section
    215.620
    Applicability
    215.621
    Exemption for Waterbase Material and Heatset Offset Ink
    215.623
    Permit Conditions
    215.624
    Open-top Mills, Tanks, Vats or Vessels
    215.625
    Grinding Mills
    215.628
    Leaks
    215.630
    Clean Up
    215.636
    Compliance Dates
    SUBPART BB:
    POLYSTYRENE PLANTS
    Section
    215.875
    Applicability of Subpart BB
    215.877
    Emissions
    Limitation
    at
    Polystyrene
    Plants
    215.879
    Compliance Date
    215.881
    Compliance Plan
    215.883
    Special Requirements for Compliance Plan
    215.886
    Emissions Testing
    SUBPART PP:
    MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCT MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    215.920
    Applicability
    215.923
    Permit Conditions
    215.926
    Control Requirements
    SUBPART
    QQ:
    MISCELLANEOUS FORMULATION MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    215.940
    Applicability
    215.943
    Permit Conditions
    215.946
    Control Requirements

    10
    UBPART RR:
    MISCELLANEOUS ORGANIC CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    215.960
    Applicability
    215.963
    Permit Conditions
    215.966
    Control Requirements
    Appendix A
    Rule Into Section Table
    Appendix B
    Section Into Rule Table
    Appendix C
    Past Compliance Dates
    Appendix D
    List
    of
    Chemicals
    Defining
    Synthetic
    Organic
    Chemical and Polymer Manufacturing
    Appendix E
    Reference Methods and Procedures
    Appendix F
    Coefficients for the Total Resource Effectiveness
    Index
    (TRE)
    Equation
    AUTHORITY:
    Implementing Section
    10 and authorized by Section 27
    of the Environmental Protection Act
    (Ill.
    Rev. Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    ill
    1/2,
    pars.
    1010 and 1027).
    SOURCE:
    Adopted as Chapter 2:
    Air Pollution, Rule 205:
    Organic
    Material Emission Standards and Limitations,
    R71-23,
    4
    PCB
    191,
    filed and effective April
    14,
    1972; amended in R77—3,
    33 PCB 357,
    at
    3 Ill.
    Reg.
    18,
    p.
    41, effective Nay 3,
    1979;
    amended in R78-3
    and R78—4,
    35 PCB 75,
    at 3 Ill. Reg.
    30, p.
    124, effective July 28,
    1979; amended in R80-5 at
    7
    Ill. Reg.
    1244, effective January 21,
    1983;
    codified at
    7 Ill.
    Reg.
    13601;
    Notice of Corrections at
    7
    Ill. Reg. 14575; amended in R82—l4 at 8 Ill. Reg.
    13254, effective
    July 12, 1984; amended in R83—36 at 9 Ill. Reg. 9114, effective May
    30,
    1985; amended in R82—l4 at 9 Ill. Reg. 13960, effective August
    28,
    1985;
    amended
    in
    R85—28
    at
    11
    Ill.
    Reg.
    3127,
    effective
    February 3, 1987; amended in R82—l4 at 11 Ill. Reg.
    7296, effective
    April
    3,
    1987;
    amended
    in
    R85—21(A)
    at
    11
    Ill.
    Reg.
    11770,
    effective June
    29,
    1987;
    recodified
    in
    R86—39
    at
    11
    Ill.
    Reg.
    13541;
    amended
    in
    R82—14
    and
    R86—12
    at
    11
    Ill.
    Reg.
    16706,
    effective September 30, 1987; amended in R85—2l(B) at 11 Ill. Reg.
    19117,
    effective
    November
    9,
    1987;
    amended
    in
    R86—36,
    R86—39,
    R86—40 at 11 Ill. Reg. 20829, effective December 14, 1987; amended
    in R82—l4 and R86—37 at 12 Ill. Reg.
    815, effective December 24,
    1987;
    amended
    in R86—18 at
    12
    Ill.
    Reg.
    7311, effective April
    8,
    1988; amended in R86—1O at 12 Ill.
    Reg. 7650,
    effective April 11,
    1988; amended in R88—23 at 13 Ill. Reg.
    10893, effective June 27,
    1989; amended in R88—30(A) at 14 Ill. Reg. 3555, effective February
    27, 1990; emergency amendments adopted in R88—30(A) at 14 Ill. Reg.
    6421, effective April 11, 1990, for a maximum of 150 days; amended
    in R88—19 at 14 Ill.
    Reg.
    7596, effective Nay 8,
    1990; amended in
    R89—l6(A) at 14 Ill. Reg. 9173, effective May 23,
    1990; amended in
    R88—30(B)
    at
    15
    Ill.
    Reg.
    3309,
    effective
    February
    13,
    1991;
    amended
    in
    R91-7
    at
    15
    Ill.
    Reg.
    _________,
    effective

    11
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section 215.100
    Introduction
    a)
    This
    Part
    contains
    standards
    and
    limitations
    for
    emissions
    of
    organic
    material
    from
    stationary
    sources
    located
    in areas other than the Chicago area counties of
    Cook. DuPage, Kane. Lake. McHenry. and Will and the Metro
    East area counties
    of Madison.
    Monroe.
    and
    St.
    Clair.
    Standards
    and
    limitations
    a~~lyin~in
    the
    Chicago
    area
    are
    set
    forth
    in
    Part
    218.
    Standards
    and
    limitations
    applvin~
    in
    the
    Metro
    East
    area
    are
    set
    forth
    in Part
    219.
    ~j
    Notwithstanding
    any
    other
    provision
    of
    this
    Part,
    the
    provisions
    of
    this
    Part
    shall
    not
    a~ly
    to
    sources
    located
    in
    the
    Chicago
    area
    counties
    of
    Cook.
    DuPage.
    Kane.
    Lake,
    Mcaenry
    and
    Will
    unless
    the
    provisions
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    Part
    218
    applicable
    to
    such
    sources
    are
    voided
    or
    otherwise
    made
    ineffective
    pursuant
    to
    Section
    218.100
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adin.
    Code
    Part
    218.
    21
    Notwithstanding
    any
    other provision of this Part,
    the
    provisions
    of
    this
    Part
    shall
    not
    apply
    to
    sources
    in
    the
    Metro
    East
    area
    counties
    of
    Madison.
    Monroe
    and
    St.
    Clair unless the provisions
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    Part
    219
    applicable
    to
    such
    sources
    are
    voided
    or
    otherwise
    made
    ineffective
    pursuant
    to
    Section
    219.100
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    Part
    219.
    b)
    Sources
    subject
    to
    this
    Part
    may
    be
    subject
    to
    the
    following:
    1)
    Permits required under
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    201;
    2)
    Air
    quality
    standards
    under
    35
    Ill.
    Adxu.
    Code
    243.
    C)
    This
    Part
    is
    divided
    into
    Subparts
    which
    are
    grouped
    as
    follows:
    1)
    Subpart
    A:
    General
    provisions;
    2)
    Subparts
    B
    -
    J:
    Emissions
    from
    equipment
    and
    operations
    in
    common
    to
    more
    than
    one
    industry;
    3)
    Subparts
    K
    N:
    Emissions
    from
    use
    of
    organic
    material;
    4)
    Subparts
    N
    end:
    Special
    rules
    for
    various
    industry groups.

    12
    (Source:
    Amended at 15 Ill. Reg.
    ___________,
    effective
    SUBPART Y:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Section
    215.581
    Bulk
    Gasoline
    Plants
    a)
    Subject
    to
    subsection
    (e),
    no
    person
    may
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    transfer
    of
    gasoline
    from
    a
    delivery
    vessel
    into
    a
    stationary
    storage
    tank
    located
    at
    a
    bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    unless:
    1)
    The
    delivery
    vessel
    and
    the
    stationary
    storage
    tank
    are
    each
    equipped
    with
    a
    vapor
    collection
    system
    that
    meets
    the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (d)
    (4);
    2)
    Each
    vapor
    collection system is operating;
    3)
    The delivery
    vessel
    displays
    the
    appropriate
    sticker
    pursuant
    to
    the
    requirements
    of
    Section
    215.584(b)
    or
    (d);
    4)
    The
    pressure
    relief
    valve(s)
    on
    the
    stationary
    storage
    tank
    and
    the
    delivery
    vessel
    are
    set
    to
    release
    at
    no
    less
    than
    0.7
    psi
    or
    the
    highest
    pressure
    allowed
    by
    state
    or
    local fire codes or the
    guidelines
    of
    the
    National
    Fire
    Prevention
    Association; and
    5)
    The stationary
    storage tank
    is
    equipped with
    a
    submerged
    loading
    pipe.
    b)
    Subject
    to
    subsection
    (f),
    no
    person
    may
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    transfer
    of
    gasoline
    from
    a
    stationary
    storage
    tank
    located
    at
    a
    bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    into
    a
    delivery
    vessel
    unless:
    1)
    The
    requirements
    set
    forth
    in
    subsections
    (a)
    (1)
    through
    (a)
    (4)
    are
    met;
    and
    2)
    Equipment
    is
    available
    at
    the
    bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    to
    provide
    for
    the
    submerged
    filling
    of
    the
    delivery
    vessel
    or
    the
    delivery
    vessel
    is
    equipped
    for
    bottom
    loading.
    c)
    Subject
    to
    subsection
    (e),
    each
    owner
    of
    a
    stationary
    storage
    tank
    located
    at
    a
    bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    shall:
    1)
    Equip
    each
    stationary
    storage
    tank
    with
    a
    vapor
    control
    system
    that
    meets
    the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (a) or
    (b), whichever is applicable;

    13
    2)
    Provide
    instructions
    to
    the
    operator
    of
    the
    bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    describing
    necessary
    maintenance
    operations
    and
    procedures
    for
    prompt
    notification
    of
    the
    owner in case of any malfunction of a vapor
    control
    system;
    and
    3)
    Repair,
    replace
    or
    modify
    any
    worn
    out
    or
    malfunctioning
    component
    or
    element
    of
    design.
    d)
    Subject
    to
    subsection
    (e),
    each
    operator
    of
    a
    bulk
    gasoline plant shall:
    1)
    Maintain
    and
    operate
    each
    vapor
    control
    system
    in
    accordance
    with
    the
    owner’s
    instructions;
    2)
    Promptly
    notify
    the
    owner
    of
    any
    scheduled
    maintenance
    or
    malfunction
    requiring
    replacement
    or
    repair
    of
    a
    major
    component
    of
    a
    vapor
    control
    system; and
    3)
    Maintain gauges, meters or other specified testing
    devices in proper working order;
    4)
    Operate the bulk plant vapor collection system and
    gasoline
    loading
    equipment
    in
    a
    manner
    that
    prevents:
    A)
    Gauge
    pressure
    from
    exceeding
    18
    inches
    of
    water and vacuum
    from exceeding
    6
    inches
    of
    water, as measured as close as possible to the
    vapor hose connection; and
    B)
    A reading equal to or greater than 100 percent
    of
    the
    lower
    explosive
    limit
    (LEL
    measured
    as
    propane)
    when tested
    in accordance with the
    procedure
    described
    in
    EPA
    450/2-78-051
    Appendix
    B;
    and
    C)
    Avoidable
    leaks
    of
    liquid
    during
    loading
    or
    unloading
    operations.
    5)
    Provide
    a pressure tap or equivalent on the bulk
    plant vapor collection system in order to allow the
    determination of compliance with 215.581(d) (4) (A);
    and
    6)
    Within
    15
    business
    days
    after
    discovery
    of
    the
    leak
    by the owner,
    operator, or the Agency, repair and
    retest a vapor collection system which exceeds the
    limits of subsection
    (d) (4) (A) or
    (B).
    e)
    The requirements of subsections
    (a),
    (c)
    and
    (d)
    shall

    14
    not
    apply
    to:
    1)
    Any stationary storage tank with a capacity of less
    than 575 gallons; or
    2)
    Any
    bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    whose
    annual
    gasoline
    throughput is less than 350,000 gallons as averaged
    over the preceding three calendar years.
    f)
    The requirements of subsection
    (b)
    shall
    only apply to
    bulk
    gasoline
    plants:
    1)
    That have an annual gasoline throughput greater than
    or
    equal
    to
    1,000,000
    gallons,
    as
    averaged
    over
    the
    preceding three calendar years; and
    2)
    That
    either
    distribute
    gasoline
    to
    gasoline
    dispensing
    facilities subject to the requirements
    of
    Section
    215583(a)(2).
    35
    Ill.
    Adin.
    Code
    218.583(b) (2) or 35 Ill. Adm. Code 219.583(a) (2) or
    that
    are
    located
    in
    the
    following
    counties:
    Boone,
    Cook,
    Durage,
    Kane,
    Lake,
    Madison,
    Mclienry,
    Peoria,
    Rock
    Island,
    Ct.
    Clair,
    Tazcwell,
    Will
    or
    Winnebago.
    g)
    Bulk
    gasoline
    plants
    were
    required
    to
    take
    certain
    actions
    to
    achieve
    compliance
    which
    are
    summarized
    in
    Appendix
    C.
    (Source:
    Amended
    at
    15
    Ill.
    Reg.
    _______________,
    effective
    TITLE
    35:
    ENVIRONMENTAL
    PROTECTION
    SUBTITLE
    B:
    AIR
    POLLUTION
    CHAPTER
    I:
    POLLUTION
    CONTROL
    BOARD
    SUBCHAPTER
    C:
    EMISSIONS
    STANDARDS
    AND
    LIMITATIONS
    FOR
    STATIONARY
    SOURCES
    PART
    219
    ORGANIC
    MATERIAL
    EMISSION
    STANDARDS
    AND
    LIMITATIONS
    FOR
    THE
    METRO
    EAST
    AREA
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section
    219.100
    Introduction
    219.101
    Clean-up and Disposal Operations
    219.102
    Abbreviations
    and
    Conversion
    Factors
    219. 103
    Applicability
    219. 104
    Definitions

    15
    219.105
    219.106
    219.107
    219.108
    219.109
    219.110
    219.111
    219.112
    Test
    Methods
    and
    Procedures
    Compliance Dates
    Afterburners
    Exemptions,
    Variations,
    and
    Alternative
    Means
    of
    Control or Compliance Determinations
    Vapor
    Pressure
    of
    Volatile
    Organic
    Liquids
    Vapor Pressure of Organic Material or Solvents
    Vapor
    Pressure
    of
    Volatile
    Organic
    Material
    Incorporations by Reference
    SUBPART
    B:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM STORAGE AND LOADING OPERATIONS
    Section
    219.
    121
    219.
    122
    219.
    123
    219.124
    219.125
    219. 126
    Storage Containers
    Loading Operations
    Petroleum Liquid Storage Tanks
    External Floating Roofs
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART
    C:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
    Section
    SUBPART E:
    SOLVENT CLEANING
    Section
    219.181
    219. 182
    219.183
    219. 184
    219.185
    219.186
    Section
    219.
    2 04
    219.205
    219. 206
    219.207
    2 19.208
    219.209
    219.210
    219.211
    Solvent Cleaning in General
    Cold Cleaning
    Open
    Top
    Vapor
    Degreasing
    Conveyorized Degreasing
    Compliance Schedule
    Test Methods
    SUBPART
    F:
    COATING
    OPERATIONS
    Emission
    Limitations
    for
    Manufacturing
    Plants
    Daily-Weighted
    Average
    Limitations
    Solids Basis Calculation
    Alternative Emission Limitations
    Exemptions from Emission Limitations
    Exemption
    from
    General
    Rule
    on
    Use
    of
    Organic
    Material
    Compliance
    Schedule
    Recordkeeping
    and
    Reporting
    219.141
    219.142
    219.143
    219.144
    Separation Operations
    Pumps and Compressors
    Vapor Blowdown
    Safety
    Relief.
    Valves

    16
    SUBPART
    G:
    USE
    OF
    ORGANIC
    MATERIAL
    Section
    219.301
    219.302
    219.303
    219.304
    Section
    219. 401
    219. 402
    2 19.403
    219.404
    219. 405
    SUBPART
    Section
    219.421
    219.422
    219.423
    219.424
    219.425
    2 19.426
    2 19.427
    2 19.428
    2 19.429
    219.430
    Use
    of
    Organic
    Material
    Alternative
    Standard
    Fuel
    Combustion
    Emission
    Sources
    Operations
    with
    Compliance
    Program
    SUBPART
    H:
    PRINTING
    AND
    PUBLISHING
    Flexographic
    and
    Rotogravure
    Printing
    Applicability
    Compliance Schedule
    Recordkeeping
    and
    Reporting
    Heatset
    Web
    Offset
    Lithographic
    Printing
    Q:
    LEAKS
    FROM
    SYNTHETIC
    ORGANIC
    CHEMICAL
    AND
    POLYMER
    MANUFACTURING
    EQUIPMENT
    General Requirements
    Inspection
    Program
    Plan
    for
    Leaks
    Inspection
    Program
    for
    Leaks
    Repairing Leaks
    Recordkeeping
    for
    Leaks
    Report
    for
    Leaks
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    Open-ended
    Valves
    Standards
    for
    Control
    Devices
    Compliance
    Date
    SUBPART
    R:
    PETROLEUM
    REFINING
    AND
    RELATED
    INDUSTRIES;
    ASPHALT
    MATERIALS
    Section
    219.441
    219.442
    2 19.443
    2 19.444
    2 19.445
    2 19.446
    219.447
    219.448
    219.449
    2 19.450
    219.451
    219.452
    2 19.453
    Petroleum Refinery Waste Gas Disposal
    Vacuum
    Producing
    Systems
    Wastewater
    (Oil/Water)
    Separator
    Process
    Unit
    Turnarounds
    Leaks:
    General
    Requirements
    Monitoring
    Program
    Plan
    for
    Leaks
    Monitoring Program for Leaks
    Recordkeeping
    for
    Leaks
    Reporting
    for
    Leaks
    Alternative
    Program
    for
    Leaks
    Sealing
    Device
    Requirements
    Compliance
    Schedule
    for
    Leaks
    Compliance
    Dates

    17
    SUBPART S:
    RUBBER AND MISCELLANEOUS PLASTIC PRODUCTS
    Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires
    Green
    Tire
    Spraying
    Operations
    Alternative
    Emission
    Reduction
    Systems
    Emission
    Testing
    Compliance Dates
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART T:
    PHARMACEUTICAL
    MANUFACTURING
    Section
    219.480
    219.481
    219.482
    219. 483
    219.484
    219.485
    219.486
    219.487
    219.488
    219.
    489
    Section
    219
    521
    219.525
    219.526
    219.527
    Section
    219.541
    Applicability of Subpart T
    Control of Reactors, Distillation Units,
    Crystallizers,
    Centrifuges and Vacuum Dryers
    Control
    of
    Air
    Dryers,
    Production
    Equipment
    Exhaust
    Systems
    and
    Filters
    Material
    Storage
    and
    Transfer
    In—Process
    Tanks
    Leaks
    Other
    Emission
    Sources
    Testing
    Monitoring
    and
    Recordkeeping
    for
    Air
    Pollution
    Control
    Equipment
    Recordkeeping
    for
    Air
    Pollution
    Control
    Equipment
    SUBPART
    V:
    AIR
    OXIDATION
    PROCESSES
    Definitions
    Emission
    Limitations
    for
    Air
    Oxidation
    Processes
    Testing
    and
    Monitoring
    Compliance
    Date
    SUBPART
    W:
    AGRICULTURE
    Pesticide
    Exception
    SUBPART X:
    CONSTRUCTION
    Section
    219.561
    219.562
    219.563
    Section
    219.581
    Architectural Coatings
    Paving Operations
    Cutback Asphalt
    SUBPART Y:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Section
    219.
    461
    2 19.462
    219.463
    2 19.464
    2 19.465
    2 19.466
    Bulk
    Gasoline
    Plants

    18
    SUBPART
    Z:
    DRY
    CLEANERS
    Section
    219.601
    219.
    602
    219.603
    219.604
    219.
    605
    219.
    606
    219.
    607
    219.608
    219.
    609
    219.
    610
    219.
    611
    219.612
    219.
    613
    Section
    219.620
    219.621
    219.623
    219.624
    219.625
    219.626
    219.628
    219.630
    219.
    636
    219. 637
    Perchloroethylene
    Dry
    Cleaners
    Exemptions
    Leaks
    Compliance
    Dates
    Compliance
    Plan
    Exception
    to
    Compliance
    Plan
    Standards
    for
    Petroleum
    Solvent
    Dry
    Cleaners
    Operating
    Practices
    for
    Petroleum
    Solvent
    Dry
    Cleaners
    Program
    for
    Inspection
    and
    Repair
    of
    Leaks
    Testing
    and
    Monitoring
    Exemption
    for
    Petroleum
    Solvent
    Dry
    Cleaners
    Compliance
    Dates
    Compliance Plan
    SUBPART
    AA:
    PAINT
    AND
    INK
    MANUFACTURING
    Applicability
    Exemption for Waterbase Material and Heatset Offset Ink
    Permit Conditions
    Open-top
    Mills,
    Tanks,
    Vats
    or
    Vessels
    Grinding
    Mills
    Storage
    Tanks
    Leaks
    Clean
    Up
    Compliance
    Schedule
    Recordkeeping
    and
    Reporting
    SUBPART
    BB:
    POLYSTYRENE
    PLANTS
    Applicability
    of
    Subpart
    BB
    Emissions Limitation at Polystyrene Plants
    Compliance
    Date
    Compliance
    Plan
    Special
    Requirements
    for
    Compliance
    Plan
    Emissions
    Testing
    SUBPART PP:
    MISCELLANEOUS FABRICATED PRODUCT MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    219.582
    219.583
    219.584
    219.585
    Bulk
    Gasoline
    Terminals
    Gasoline Dispensing Facilities
    Gasoline
    Delivery
    Vessels
    Gasoline
    Volatility
    Standards
    Section
    2 19.875
    2 19.877
    219. 879
    219. 881
    219. 883
    219. 886
    Section
    219.920
    219.923
    219.926
    Applicability
    Permit
    Conditions
    Control Requirements

    19
    219.927
    Compliance
    Schedule
    219.928
    Testing
    SUBPART
    QQ:
    MISCELLANEOUS
    FORMULATION
    MANUFACTURING
    PROCESSES
    Section
    219.940
    Applicability
    219.943
    Permit
    Conditions
    219.946
    Control
    Requirements
    219.947
    Compliance
    Schedule
    219.948
    Testing
    SUBPART
    PR:
    MISCELLANEOUS ORGANIC CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING PROCESSES
    Section
    219.960
    Applicability
    219.963
    Permit
    Conditions
    219.966
    Control
    Requirements
    219.967
    Compliance
    Schedule
    219.968
    Testing
    SUBPART
    TT:
    OTHER
    EMISSION
    SOURCES
    Section
    219.980
    Applicability
    219.983
    Permit
    Conditions
    219.986
    Control Requirements
    219.987
    Compliance
    Schedule
    219.988
    Testing
    SUBPART
    UU:
    RECORDKEEPING
    AND
    REPORTING
    FOR
    NON-CTG
    SOURCES
    Section
    219.990
    Exempt
    Emission
    Sources
    219.991
    Subject Emission Sources
    Appendix A:
    List of Chemicals Defining Synthetic Organic
    Chemical
    and
    Polymer
    Manufacturing
    Appendix
    B:
    VON
    Measurement
    Techniques
    for
    Capture
    Efficiency
    Appendix
    C:
    Reference
    Methods
    and
    Procedures
    Appendix
    D:
    Coefficients
    for
    the
    Total Resource Effectiveness
    Index
    (TRE)
    Equation
    AUTHORITY:
    Implementing
    Section
    10
    and
    authorized
    by
    Section
    28.2
    of
    the
    Environmental
    Protection
    Act
    (Ill.
    Rev.
    Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    111
    1/2,
    pars.
    1010
    and
    1028.2).
    SOURCE:
    Adopted
    at
    15
    Ill.
    Reg.
    _______,
    effective
    ___________

    20
    SUBPART A:
    GENERAL PROVISIONS
    Section
    219.100
    Introduction
    a)
    This
    Part
    contains
    standards
    and
    limitations
    for
    emissions
    of
    organic
    material
    from
    stationary
    sources
    located
    in
    the
    Metro
    East
    area,
    which
    is
    comprised
    of
    Madison,
    Monroe,
    and
    St.
    Clair
    Counties.
    b)
    Sources
    subject
    to
    this
    Part
    may
    be
    subject
    to
    the
    following:
    1)
    Permits required under 35 Ill.
    Adin.
    Code
    201;
    2)
    Air quality standards under 35 Ill. Adm. Code 243;
    C)
    This Part is divided into Subparts which are grouped as
    follows:
    1)
    Subpart A:
    General Provisions
    2)
    Subparts
    B-F:
    Emissions
    from
    equipment
    and
    operations
    in
    common
    to
    more
    than
    one
    industry;
    3)
    Subpart
    G:
    Emissions
    from
    use
    of
    organic
    material;
    4)
    Subparts H-end:
    Special rules for various
    industry groups.
    Section
    219.101
    Cleanup
    and
    Disposal
    Operation
    Emission
    of
    organic
    material
    released
    during
    clean—up
    operations
    and
    disposal
    shall
    be
    included
    with
    other
    emissions
    of
    organic
    material
    from
    the
    related
    emission
    source
    or
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    in
    determining
    total
    emissions.
    Section
    219.102
    Abbreviations
    and
    Conversion
    Factors
    a)
    The
    following
    abbreviations
    are
    used
    in
    this Part:
    ASTM
    American
    Society
    for
    Testing
    and
    Materials
    bbl
    barrels
    (42
    gallons)
    •C
    degrees
    Celsius
    or
    centigrade
    cm
    centimeters
    Cu
    in.
    cubic
    inches
    °F
    degrees Fahrenheit
    FIP
    Federal Implementation Plan
    ft
    feet
    ft2
    square
    feet
    g
    grams

    21
    gpm
    gallons per minute
    g/inole
    grams per mole
    gal
    gallons
    hr
    hours
    in
    inches
    oK
    degrees
    Kelvin
    kcal kilocalories
    kg
    kilograms
    kg/hr
    kilograms
    per
    hour
    kPa
    kilopascals;
    one
    thousand
    newtons
    per
    square
    meter
    1
    liters
    1/sec
    liters
    per
    second
    lbs
    pounds
    lbs/hr
    pounds per hour
    lbs/gal
    pounds per gallon
    LEL
    lower explosive limit
    meters
    square meters
    m3
    cubic meters
    ing
    milligrams
    Mg
    Megagrams, metric tons or tonnes
    ml
    milliliters
    mm
    minutes
    NJ
    megajoules
    mm
    Hg
    millimeters
    of
    mercury
    ppm
    parts
    per
    million
    ppmv parts per million by volume
    psi
    pounds per square inch
    psia pounds per square inch absolute
    psig pounds per square inch gauge
    scf
    standard cubic feet
    scm
    standard cubic meters
    sec
    seconds
    SIP
    State Implementation Plan
    TTE
    temporary total enclosure
    sq cm
    square centimeters
    sq in
    square inches
    T
    English ton
    ton
    English ton
    USEPA
    United States Environmental Protection
    Agency
    VOC
    volatile organic compounds
    VOL
    volatile organic liquids
    VON
    volatile organic materials

    22
    b)
    The following conversion factors are used in this Part.
    English
    Metric
    1 gal
    3.785 1
    1,000 gal 3,785 1 or 3.785 m3
    1 psia
    6.897 kPa (51.71 mm Hg)
    2.205 lbs
    1 kg
    1 bbl
    159.0 1
    1
    Cu
    in
    16.39 ml
    I lb/gal
    119,800 mg/i
    1 ton
    0.907 Mg
    1 T
    0.907 Mg
    Section 219.103
    Applicability
    The provisions of this Part shall
    apply
    to
    all
    sources
    located
    in
    Madison, Monroe, and St. Clair
    Counties.
    a)
    The
    provisions
    of
    this
    Part shall become effective
    sixty
    days
    after
    a
    final
    decision
    by
    the
    federal
    appellate court of the general appeal
    (Illinois
    Environmental Regulatory Group v. UCEFA,
    No.
    90 2778
    (and consolidated
    cases)
    (7th
    Cir.))
    -of
    the federal
    implementation plan
    (FIP)
    for
    the
    Chicago
    area
    promulgated by the U.C.
    Environmental
    Protection
    Agency
    (55 Fed. Reg.
    26134,
    June
    29,
    1990;
    5~Fed.
    fleg.
    31931,
    August
    6,
    1090;
    55 Fed.
    fleg.
    39774,
    Ceptcmber
    20,
    1000), provided, however, that if a provision of
    the
    FIP is voided or made ineffective by a federal court,
    the corresponding provision in
    this
    proceeding
    shall
    not
    become
    effective-~
    b)
    The
    provisions
    of
    this
    Part
    specifically
    applicable
    to
    each
    appellant
    who
    appealed
    the
    FIP
    for
    the
    Chicago
    ni~n
    ~hn11
    become~cff~~,’fiiw
    ~iii+u
    s1n~r~nft-i~i-
    ri
    ‘finni
    decision
    of
    that
    appellant’s
    appeal
    by
    t he
    federal
    appellate
    court;
    provided,
    however,
    that
    if
    the
    provisions
    of
    the
    PIP
    applicable
    to
    that
    party
    are
    ~rnr1~r1
    r~
    made
    ineffac1~1!~
    ~“-~
    ~
    fari~valcourt, th~
    ~2
    corresponaing
    ~
    in
    th~
    procecaing
    shall
    not
    become effective.
    Section
    219.104
    Definitions
    The
    following
    terms
    are
    defined
    for
    the
    purpose
    of
    this
    Part.
    “Accelacota” means
    a pharmaceutical coating operation
    which
    consists
    of
    a
    horizontally
    rotating
    perforated
    drum
    in
    which
    tablets
    are
    placed,
    a
    coating
    is
    applied
    by
    spraying,
    and
    the
    coating
    is
    dried
    by
    the
    flow
    of

    23
    air
    across
    the
    drum
    through
    the
    perforations.
    “Accumulator”
    means
    the
    reservoir
    of
    a
    condensing
    unit
    receiving the condensate from a surface condenser.
    “Acid
    gases”
    means
    for
    the
    purposes
    of
    Section
    9.4
    of
    the
    Environmental
    Protection
    Act
    (the
    Act)
    (Ill.
    Rev.
    Stat.
    1987,
    ch.
    111
    1/2,
    par.
    1009.4),
    hydrogen
    chloride,
    hydrogen
    fluoride
    and
    hydrogen
    bromide,
    which
    exist
    as
    gases,
    liquid
    mist,
    or
    any
    combination
    thereof.
    “Actual emissions” means the actual quantity of VOM
    emissions
    from
    an
    emission
    source
    during
    a
    particular
    time period.
    “Actual heat input” means the quantity of heat produced
    by the combustion of fuel using the gross heating value
    of
    the
    fuel.
    “Adhesive” means any substance or mixture of substances
    intended
    to
    serve
    as
    a
    joining
    compound.
    “Afterburner”
    means
    a
    control
    device
    in
    which
    materials
    in
    gaseous
    effluent
    are
    combusted.
    “Air contaminant” means any solid, liquid,
    •or gaseous
    matter,
    any
    odor,
    or
    any
    form
    of
    energy,
    that
    is
    capable
    of
    being
    released
    into
    the
    atmosphere
    from
    an
    emission source.
    “Air dried coatings” means any coatings that dry by use
    of air or forced air at temperatures up to 363.15 K
    (194°F)
    “Air pollution” means the presence in the atmosphere of
    one
    or
    more
    air
    contaminants
    in
    sufficient
    quantities
    and
    of
    such
    characteristics
    and
    duration
    as
    to
    be
    injurious
    to
    human,
    plant,
    or
    animal
    life,
    to
    health,
    or
    to
    property,
    or
    to
    unreasonably
    interfere
    with
    the
    enjoyment of life or property.
    “Air
    pollution
    control
    equipment”
    means
    any
    equipment
    or facility of a type intended to eliminate,
    prevent,
    reduce or control the emission of specified air
    contaminants
    to
    the
    atmosphere.
    “Air
    suspension
    coater/dryer”
    means
    a
    pharmaceutical
    coating
    operation
    which
    consists
    of
    vertical
    chambers
    in which tablets or particles are placed, and a coating
    is applied and then dried while the tablets or
    particles are kept in a fluidized state by the passage

    24
    of
    air
    upward
    through
    the
    chambers.
    “Airless
    spray”
    means
    a
    spray
    coating
    method
    in
    which
    the
    coating
    is
    atomized
    by
    forcing
    it
    through
    a
    small
    opening
    at
    high
    pressure.
    The
    coating
    liquid
    is
    not
    mixed
    with
    air
    before
    exiting
    from
    the
    nozzle.
    “Air—assisted airless spray” means a spray coating
    method
    which
    combines
    compressed
    air
    with
    hydraulic
    pressure
    to
    atomize
    the
    coating
    material
    into
    finer
    droplets
    than
    is
    achieved
    with
    pure
    airless
    spray.
    Lower
    hydraulic
    pressure
    is
    used
    than
    with
    airless
    spray.
    “Allowable
    emissions”
    means
    the
    quantity
    of
    VON
    emissions during a particular time period from a
    stationary
    source
    calculated
    using
    the
    maximum
    rated
    capacity
    of
    the
    source
    (unless
    restricted
    by
    federally
    enforceable limitations on operating rate,
    hours of
    operation,
    or
    both)
    and
    the
    most
    stringent
    of:
    the
    applicable
    standards
    in
    40
    CFR
    Parts
    60
    and
    61;
    the
    applicable implementation plan;
    or a federally
    enforceable permit.
    “Ambient
    air quality standards” means those standards
    designed
    to
    protect
    the
    public
    health
    and
    welfare
    codified
    in
    40
    CFR
    Part
    50
    and
    promulgated
    from
    time
    to
    time
    by
    the
    USEPA
    pursuant
    to
    authority
    contained
    in
    Section
    108
    of
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act,
    42
    U.S.C.
    7401
    et
    seq.,
    as
    amended
    from
    time
    to
    time.
    “Applicator” means a device used in
    a coating line to
    apply
    coating.
    “As applied” means the exact formulation of a coating
    during application,on or impregnation into a substrate.
    “Architectural
    coating”
    means
    any
    coating
    used
    for
    residential
    or
    commercial
    buildings
    or
    their
    appurtenances,
    or
    for
    industrial
    buildings,
    which
    is
    site applied.
    “Asphalt” means the dark—brown to black cementitious
    material
    (solid,
    semisolid,
    or
    liquid
    in
    consistency)
    of
    which
    the
    main
    constituents
    are
    bitumens
    which
    occur
    naturally or as a residue of petroleum refining.
    “Asphalt prime coat” means a low-viscosity liquid
    asphalt
    applied
    to
    an
    absorbent
    surface
    as
    the
    first
    of
    more
    than
    one
    asphalt
    coat.
    “Automobile” means a motor vehicle capable of carrying

    25
    no
    more
    than
    12
    passengers.
    “Automobile
    or
    light-duty
    truck
    assembly
    plant”
    means
    a
    facility
    where
    parts
    are
    assembled
    or
    finished
    for
    eventual inclusion into a finished automobile or
    light-duty truck ready for sale to vehicle dealers, but
    not
    including
    customizers,
    body
    shops,
    and
    other
    repainters.
    “Automobile
    or
    light-duty
    truck
    refinishing”
    means
    the
    repainting of used automobiles and light-duty trucks.
    “Baked coatings” means any coating which is cured or
    dried
    in
    an
    oven
    where the oven air temperature exceeds
    90°C
    (194°F).
    “Batch loading” means the process of loading
    a number
    of individual parts at the same time for degreasing.
    “Bead-dipping” means the dipping of an assembled tire
    bead into a solvent—based cement.
    “Binders” means organic materials and resins which do
    not contain VON.
    “Bituminous coatings” means black or brownish coating
    materials which are soluble in carbon disulfide, which
    consist mainly of hydrocarbons, and which are obtained
    from natural deposits or as residues from the
    distillation of crude oils or of low grades of coal.
    “British thermal unit” means the quantity of heat
    required to raise one pound of water from 60°Fto 61°F
    (abbreviated btu).
    “Brush
    or
    wipe
    coating”
    means
    a manual method of
    applying
    a
    coating
    using
    a
    brush,
    cloth,
    or
    similar
    object.
    “Bulk
    gasoline
    plant”
    means
    a
    gasoline
    storage
    and
    distribution
    facility
    with
    an
    average
    throughput
    of
    76,000
    1
    (20,000 gal) or less on a 30-day rolling
    average
    that
    distributes
    gasoline
    to
    gasoline
    dispensing facilities.
    “Bulk
    gasoline
    terminal”
    means
    any
    gasoline
    storage
    and
    distribution
    facility
    that
    receives
    gasoline
    by
    pipeline, ship or barge, and distributes gasoline to
    bulk gasoline plants or gasoline dispensing facilities.
    “Can” means any metal container,
    with or without a top,
    cover,
    spout or handles, into which solid or liquid

    26
    materials are packaged.
    “Can coating” means any coating applied on a single
    walled container that is manufactured from metal sheets
    thinner than 29 gauge
    (0.0141 in.).
    “Can coating facility” means
    a facility that includes
    one or more can coating line(s).
    “Can coating line” means a coating line in which any
    protective,
    decorative,
    or functional coating is
    applied onto the surface of cans or can components.
    “Capture” means the containment or recovery of
    emissions from a process for direction into a duct
    which may be exhausted through a stack or vent to a
    control device.
    The overall abatement of emissions
    from
    a
    process
    with
    an
    add—on
    control
    device
    is
    a
    function both of the capture efficiency and of the
    control device.
    “Capture device” means
    a hood, enclosed room floor
    sweep or other means of collecting solvent or other
    pollutants into a duct.
    The pollutant can then be
    directed to a pollution control device such as an
    afterburner or carbon adsorber.
    Sometimes the term is
    used loosely to include the control device.
    “Capture efficiency” means the fraction of all VON
    generated by a process that are directed to an
    abatement or recovery device.
    “Capture system” means all equipment (including, but
    not limited to, hoods,
    ducts,
    fans,
    ovens, dryers,
    etc.) used to contain, collect and transport an air
    pollutant to a control device.
    “Clean
    Air
    Act”
    means the Clean Air Act of 1963,
    as
    amended, including the Clean Air Act Amendments of
    1977,
    (42 U.S.C.
    7401 et seq.), and the Clean Air Act
    Amendments
    of
    1990,
    (P.A.
    101549).
    “Clear
    coating”
    means
    coatings
    that
    lack
    color
    and
    opacity or are transparent using the undercoat as a
    reflectant base or undertone color.
    “Clear topcoat” means the final coating which contains
    binders,
    but
    not
    opaque
    pigments,
    and
    is
    specifically
    formulated to form a transparent or translucent solid
    protective film.
    “Closed purge system” means a system that is not open

    27
    to
    the
    atmosphere
    and
    that
    is
    composed
    of
    piping,
    connections,
    and,
    if necessary,
    flow inducing devices
    that
    transport
    liquid
    or
    vapor
    from
    a
    piece
    or
    pieces
    of
    equipment
    to
    a
    control
    device,
    or return the liquid
    or
    vapor
    to
    the
    process
    line.
    “Closed vent system” means a system that is not open to
    the
    atmosphere
    and
    is
    composed
    of
    piping,
    connections,
    and,
    if necessary,
    flow
    inducing
    devices
    that
    transport
    gas or vapor from an emission source to a control
    device.
    “Coating” means a material applied onto or impregnated
    into a substrate for protective, decorative,
    or
    functional purposes.
    Such materials include, but are
    not limited to, paints, varnishes,
    sealers, adhesives,
    thinners, diluents, and inks.
    “Coating applicator” means equipment used to apply a
    coating.
    “Coating line” means an operation consisting of a
    series of one or more coating applicators and any
    associated flash—off areas, drying areas, and ovens
    wherein a surface coating is applied, dried,
    or cured.
    (It is not necessary for an operation to have an oven,
    or flash-off area, or drying area to be included in
    this definition.)
    “Coating plant” means any plant that contains one or
    more coating line(s).
    “Coil” means any flat metal sheet or strip that is
    rolled or wound in concentric rings.
    “Coil coating” means any coating applied on any flat
    metal sheet or strip that comes in rolls or coils.
    “Coil coating facility” means a facility that includes
    one
    or
    more
    coil
    coating
    line(s).
    “Coil coating line” means a coating line in which any
    protective,
    decorative or functional coating is applied
    onto the surface of flat metal sheets,
    strips, rolls,
    or coils for industrial or commercial use.
    “Cold
    cleaning”
    means
    the
    process
    of
    cleaning
    and
    removing
    soils
    from
    surfaces
    by
    spraying,
    brushing,
    flushing,
    or
    immersion
    while
    maintaining
    the organic
    solvent below its boiling point.
    Wipe cleaning is not
    included in this definition.

    28
    “Complete combustion” means a process in which all
    carbon contained in a fuel or gas stream is converted
    to
    carbon
    dioxide.
    “Component” means, with respect to synthetic organic
    chemical
    and
    polymer
    manufacturing
    equipment,
    and
    petroleum
    refining
    and
    related
    industries,
    any
    piece
    of
    equipment
    which
    has
    the
    potential
    to
    leak
    VON
    including,
    but
    not
    limited
    to,
    pump
    seals,
    compressor
    seals,
    seal
    oil
    degassing
    vents,
    pipeline
    valves,
    pressure
    relief
    devices,
    process
    drains,
    and
    open
    ended
    pipes.
    This
    definition
    excludes
    valves
    which are not
    externally regulated, flanges, and equipment in heavy
    liquid
    service.
    For
    purposes
    of
    Subpart
    Q
    of this
    Part, this definition also excludes bleed ports of gear
    pumps in polymer service.
    “Concrete curing compounds” means any coating applied
    to freshly poured concrete to retard the evaporation of
    water.
    “Condensate” means volatile organic liquid separated
    from its associated gases, which condenses due to
    changes in the temperature or pressure and remains
    liquid at standard conditions.
    “Continuous process” means, with respect to polystyrene
    resin,
    a method of manufacture in which the styrene raw
    material is delivered on
    a
    continuous
    basis
    to
    the
    reactor in which the styrene is polymerized to
    polystyrene.
    “Control device” means equipment (such as an
    afterburner or adsorber) used to remove or prevent the
    emission of air pollutants from
    a contaminated exhaust
    stream.
    “Control device efficiency” means the ratio of the
    pollution prevented by
    a
    control
    device
    and
    the
    pollution introduced to the control device, expressed
    as
    a
    percentage.
    “Conveyorized
    degreasing”
    means
    the
    continuous
    process
    of cleaning and removing
    soils
    from
    surfaces
    utilizing
    either cold or vaporized solvents.
    “Crude
    oil”
    means
    a
    naturally
    occurring
    mixture which
    consists of hydrocarbons and sulfur, nitrogen,
    or
    oxygen derivatives of hydrocarbons and which is
    a
    liquid at standard conditions.
    “Crude oil gathering” means the transportation of crude

    29
    oil or condensate after custody transfer between
    a
    production
    facility and a reception point.
    “Custody
    transfer”
    means
    the
    transfer
    of
    produced
    petroleum and/or condensate after processing and/or
    treating in the producing operations,
    from storage
    tanks
    or
    automatic transfer facilities to pipelines or
    any other forms of transportation.
    “Cutback asphalt” means any asphalt which has been
    liquified
    by
    blending
    with
    petroleum
    solvents
    other
    than residual fuel oil and has not been emulsified with
    water.
    “Daily—weighted average VON content” means the average
    VON
    content
    of
    two
    or
    more
    coatings
    as
    applied
    on
    a
    coating line during any day, taking into account the
    fraction of total coating volume that each coating
    represents,
    as calculated with the following equation:
    VOMW
    =
    ~
    VICI/VT
    where:
    VOMW
    =
    The average VON content of two or more
    coatings as applied each day on a
    coating line in units of kg VON/l
    (lbs
    VON/gal) of coating
    (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON),
    n
    =
    The number of different coatings as
    applied each day on a coating line,
    V1
    The volume of each coating
    (minus water
    and any compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON)
    as
    applied
    each
    day
    on
    a
    coating
    line
    in
    units
    of
    1
    (gal)
    C~
    =
    The VON content of each coating as
    applied each day on
    a coating line in
    units of kg VOM/l
    (lbs VOM/gal)
    of
    coating (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VOM), and
    VT
    =
    The total volume of all coatings
    (minus
    water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the

    30
    definition of VON)
    as applied each day
    on
    a coating line
    in
    units
    of
    1
    (gal).
    “Day” means the consecutive 24 hours beginning at 12:00
    AM (midnight)
    local time.
    “Degreaser” means any equipment or system used in
    solvent cleaning.
    “Delivery vessel” means any tank truck or trailer
    equipped with a storage tank that is used for the
    transport of gasoline to a stationary storage tank at a
    gasoline dispensing facility, bulk gasoline plant, or
    bulk
    gasoline
    terminal.
    “Dip coating” means a method of applying coatings in
    which the part is submerged in a tank filled with the
    coating.
    “Distillate fuel oil” means fuel oils of grade No.
    1 or
    2 as specified in detailed requirements for fuel oil
    ASTM D—369—69 (1971).
    “Dry cleaning facility” means a facility engaged in the
    cleaning of fabrics using an essentially nonaqueous
    solvent by means of one or more solvent washes,
    extraction of excess solvent by spinning and drying by
    tumbling in an airstreain.
    The facility includes, but
    is
    not
    limited
    to,
    washers,
    dryers,
    filter
    and
    purification systems, waste disposal systems, holding
    tanks, pumps and attendant piping and valves.
    “Effluent water separator” means any tank,
    box, sump or
    other apparatus in which any organic material floating
    on or entrained or contained in water entering such
    tank, box, sump or- other apparatus is physically
    separated and removed from such water prior to outfall,
    drainage or recovery of such water.
    “Electrostatic bell or disc spray” means an
    electrostatic
    spray
    coating method in which a
    rapidly-spinning
    bell-
    or
    disc—shaped
    applicator
    is
    used
    to
    create
    a
    fine
    mist
    and
    apply
    the
    coating
    with
    high transfer efficiency.
    “Electrostatic
    spray”
    means
    a
    spray
    coating method in
    which opposite electrical charges are applied to the
    substrate and the coating.
    The
    coating
    is
    attracted
    to
    the object due to the electrostatic potential between
    them.
    “Emission rate” means total quantity of any air

    31
    contaminant discharge into the atmosphere in any
    one—hour period.
    “Emission source” and “source” mean any facility from
    which VON is emitted or capable of being emitted into
    the
    atmosphere.
    “Enamel”
    means
    a
    coating
    that
    cures
    by
    chemical
    cross-linking of its base resin.
    Enamels can be
    distinguished from lacquers because enamels are not
    readily
    resoluble
    in
    their
    original
    solvent.
    “Enclose” means to
    cover
    any VOL surface that is
    exposed to the atmosphere.
    “End sealing compound coat” means a compound applied to
    can ends which functions as a gasket when the end is
    assembled onto the can.
    “Excess air” means air supplied in addition to the
    theoretical quantity necessary for complete combustion
    of all
    fuel
    and/or
    combustible waste material.
    “Excessive release” means a discharge of more than 295
    g
    (0.65
    lbs)
    of
    mercaptans
    and/or
    hydrogen
    sulfide
    into
    the atmosphere in any 5-minute period.
    “Exterior base coat” means a coating applied to the
    exterior of a can body,
    or flat sheet to provide
    protection
    to
    the
    metal
    or
    to provide background for
    any lithographic or printing operation.
    “Exterior end coat” means a coating applied to the
    exterior
    end
    of
    a can to provide protection to the
    metal.
    “External—floating
    roof”
    means
    a
    cover
    over
    an
    open
    top
    storage tank consisting of a double deck or pontoon
    single deck which rests upon and is supported by the
    volatile organic liquid being contained and is equipped
    with a closure seal or seals to close the space between
    the roof edge and tank shell.
    “Extreme
    environmental
    conditions”
    means
    exposure
    to
    any or all of the following: ambient weather
    conditions;
    temperatures consistently above 95°C
    (203°F);detergents; abrasive and scouring agents;
    solvents; or corrosive atmospheres.
    “Extreme performance coating” means any coating which
    during intended use is exposed to extreme environmental
    conditions.

    32
    “Fabric coating” means any coating applied on textile
    fabric.
    Fabric coating includes the application of
    coatings by impregnation.
    “Fabric coating facility” means a facility that
    includes one or more fabric coating lines.
    “Fabric coating line” means a coating line in which any
    protective, decorative,
    or functional coating or
    reinforcing material is applied on or impregnated into
    a textile fabric.
    “Federally
    enforceable”
    means
    all
    limitations
    and
    conditions which are enforceable by the Administrator
    including those requirements developed pursuant to 40
    CFR Parts 60 and 61; requirements within any applicable
    implementation plan; and any permit requirements
    established pursuant to 40 CFR 52.21 or under
    regulations approved pursuant to 40 CFR Part 51 Subpart
    I and 40 CFR 51.166.
    “Final repair coat” means the repainting of any topcoat
    which
    is
    damaged
    during
    vehicle
    assembly.
    “Firebox” means the chamber or compartment of a boiler
    or furnace in which materials are burned, but not the
    combustion
    chamber
    or afterburner of an incinerator.
    “Fixed-roof tank” means a cylindrical shell with a
    permanently affixed roof.
    “Flexographic printing” means the application of words,
    designs, and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll
    printing
    technique
    in
    which
    the
    pattern
    to
    be
    applied
    is raised above the printing roll and the image carrier
    is made of elastomeric materials.
    “Flexographic printing line” means
    a printing line in
    which each roll printer uses a roll with raised areas
    for applying an image such as words, designs, or
    pictures to a substrate.
    The.image carrier on the roll
    is made of rubber or other elastomeric material.
    “Floating roof” means a roof on a stationary tank,
    reservoir,
    or
    other
    container
    which
    moves
    vertically
    upon
    change
    in
    volume
    of
    the
    stored
    material.
    “Fountain
    solution”
    means
    the
    solution
    which
    is
    applied
    to the image plate to maintain hydrophilic properties
    of the non—image areas.

    33
    “Freeboard height” means for open top vapor degreasers,
    the distance from the top of the vapor zone to the top
    of
    the
    degreaser
    tank.
    For
    cold
    cleaning
    degreasers,
    the distance from the solvent to the top of the
    degreaser tank.
    “Fuel
    combustion
    emission
    source”
    means
    any
    furnace,
    boiler, or similar equipment used for the primary
    purpose
    of
    producing
    heat
    or
    power
    by
    indirect
    heat
    transfer.
    “Fuel gas system” means a system for collection of
    refinery fuel gas including, but not limited to, piping
    for collecting tail gas from various process units,
    mixing drums and controls,
    and distribution piping.
    “Gas service” means that the component contains process
    fluid that is in the gaseous state at operating
    conditions.
    “Gas/gas method” means either of two methods for
    determining capture which rely only on gas phase
    measurements.
    The first method requires construction
    of a temporary total enclosure (TTE)
    to ensure that all
    would—be fugitive emissions are measured.
    The second
    method uses the building or room which houses the
    facility as an enclosure.
    The second method requires
    that all other VON sources within the room be shut down
    while the test is performed, but all fans and blowers
    within the room must be operated according to normal
    procedures.
    “Gasoline” means any petroleum distillate or petroleum
    distillate/alcohol blend having a Reid vapor pressure
    of 27.6 kPa or greater which is used as a fuel for
    internal combustion engines.
    “Gasoline dispensing facility’t means any site where
    gasoline is transferred from a stationary storage tank
    to
    a
    motor
    vehicle
    gasoline
    tank
    used
    to
    provide
    fuel
    to the engine of that motor vehicle.
    “Green tire spraying” means the spraying of green
    tires, both inside and outside, with release compounds
    which
    help
    remove
    air
    from
    the
    tire
    during
    molding
    and
    prevent
    the
    tire
    from
    sticking
    to
    the
    mold
    after
    curing.
    “Green tires” means assembled tires before molding and
    curing have occurred.
    “Gross vehicle weight” means the manufacturer’s gross

    34
    weight rating for the individual vehicle.
    “Gross vehicle weight rating” means the value specified
    by the manufacturer as the maximum design loaded weight
    of a single vehicle.
    “Heated airless spray” means an airless spray coating
    method in which the coating is heated just prior to
    application.
    “Heatset”
    means
    a
    class
    of
    web—offset
    lithography
    which
    requires
    a
    heated
    dryer
    to
    solidify
    the
    printing
    inks.
    “Heatset-web-offset
    lithographic
    printing
    line”
    means
    a
    lithographic printing line in which a blanket cylinder
    is used to transfer ink from
    a plate cylinder to a
    substrate continuously fed from a roll or an extension
    process and an oven is used to solidify the printing
    inks.
    “Heavy liquid” means liquid with a true vapor pressure
    of
    less
    than
    0.3
    kPa
    (0.04
    psi)
    at
    294.3’K
    (70°F)
    established in a standard reference text or as
    determined by ASTM method D2879-86 (incorporated by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112);
    or
    which
    has
    0.1
    Reid
    Vapor
    Pressure
    as
    determined
    by
    ASTM
    method D323-82
    (incorporated by reference in Section 219.112); or
    which when distilled requires a temperature of 42l.95°K
    (300°F)or greater to recover 10 percent of the liquid
    as determined by
    ASTN
    method D86-82
    (incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112).
    “Heavy off-highway vehicle products” means,
    for the
    purpose of Subpart F of this Part, heavy construction,
    mining,
    farming, or material handling equipment; heavy
    industrial engines; diesel-electric locomotives and
    associated power generation equipment;
    and the
    components of such equipment or engines.
    “Heavy
    off-highway
    vehicle products coating facility”
    means
    a
    facility
    that
    includes
    one
    or
    more
    heavy
    off-highway
    vehicle
    products
    coating
    line(s).
    “Heavy
    off-highway
    vehicle
    products
    coating
    line”
    means
    a
    coating
    line
    in
    which
    any
    protective,
    decorative,
    or
    functional
    coating
    is
    applied
    onto
    the
    surface
    of
    heavy
    off-highway vehicle products.
    “High
    temperature
    aluminum
    coating” means a coating
    that
    is
    certified
    to
    withstand
    a
    temperature
    of
    537.8°C
    (1000°F)
    for
    24
    hours.

    35
    “Hood” means a partial enclosure or canopy for
    capturing and exhausting, by means of a draft, the
    organic vapors or other fumes rising from a coating
    process or other source.
    “Hood capture efficiency” means the emissions from a
    process which are captured by the hood and directed
    into a control device, expressed as a percentage of all
    emissions.
    “Hot well” means the reservoir of a condensing unit
    receiving the condensate from a barometric condenser.
    “Hour” means a block period of 60 minutes (e.g.,
    1:00am
    to 2:00am).
    “In—process tank” means a container used for mixing,
    blending, heating, reacting, holding,
    crystallizing,
    evaporating or cleaning operations
    •in the manufacture
    of pharmaceuticals.
    “In—situ sampling systems” means nonextractive samplers
    or in—line samplers.
    “In vacuum service” means,
    for the purpose of Subpart Q
    of this Part,
    equipment which is operating at an
    internal pressure that is at least 5 kPa
    (0.73 psia)
    below ambient pressure.
    “Incinerator” means a combustion apparatus in which
    refuse is burned.
    “Indirect heat transfer” means transfer of heat in such
    a way that the source of heat does not come into direct
    contact with process materials.
    “Ink” means a coating used in printing,
    impressing,
    or
    transferring an image onto a substrate.
    “Interior body spray coat” means a coating applied by
    spray to the interior of a can body.
    “Internal—floating roof” means a cover or roof in a
    fixed-roof tank which rests upon and is supported by
    the volatile organic liquid being contained and is
    equipped with a closure seal or seals to close the
    space between the roof edge and tank shell.
    “Lacquers” means any clear wood finishes formulated
    with nitrocellulose or synthetic resins to dry by
    evaporation without chemical reaction,
    including clear
    lacquer sanding sealers.

    36
    “Large appliance” means any residential and commercial
    washers,
    dryers,
    ranges,
    refrigerators,
    freezers,
    water
    heaters,
    dishwashers,
    trash
    compactors,
    air
    conditioners,
    and
    other
    similar
    products.
    “Large
    appliance
    coating”
    means
    any
    coating
    applied
    to
    the
    component
    metal
    parts
    (including,
    but
    not
    limited
    to,
    doors,
    cases,
    lids,
    panels,
    and
    interior
    support
    parts)
    of
    residential
    and
    commercial
    washers,
    dryers,
    ranges,
    refrigerators,
    freezers,
    water
    heaters,
    dish
    washers,
    trash
    compactors,
    air
    conditioners,
    and
    other
    similar products.
    “Large appliance coating facility” means a facility
    that includes one or more large appliance coating
    line(s).
    “Large
    appliance coating line” means a coating line in
    which any protective,
    decorative,
    or functional coating
    is
    applied
    onto
    the
    surface
    of
    large
    appliances.
    ~‘Light
    liquid”
    means
    VON
    in
    the
    liquid
    state
    which
    is
    not
    defined
    as
    heavy
    liquid.
    “Light—duty
    truck”
    means
    any
    motor
    vehicle
    rated
    at
    3,850
    kg
    gross
    vehicle
    weight
    or
    less,
    designed
    mainly
    to
    transport
    property.
    “Liquid/gas method” means either of two methods for
    determining capture which require both gas phase and
    liquid phase measurements and analysis.
    The first
    method requires construction of a TTE.
    The second
    method
    uses
    the
    building
    or
    room
    which
    houses
    the
    facility
    as
    an
    enclosure.
    The
    second
    method
    requires
    that
    all
    other
    VOM. sources
    within
    the
    room
    be
    shut
    down
    while the test is performed,
    but all fans and blowers
    within the room must be operated according to normal
    procedures.
    “Liquid—mounted seal” means a primary seal mounted in
    continuous
    contact
    with
    the
    liquid
    between
    the
    tank
    wall and the floating roof edge around the
    circumference
    of
    the
    roof.
    “Liquid service” means that the equipment or component
    contains
    process
    fluid
    that
    is
    in
    a
    liquid
    state
    at
    operating
    conditions.
    “Liquids
    dripping”
    means
    any
    visible
    leaking
    from
    a
    seal
    including
    spraying,
    misting,
    clouding
    and
    ice
    formation.

    37
    “Lithographic
    printing
    line”
    means
    a
    printing
    line,
    except
    that
    the
    substrate
    is
    not
    necessarily
    fed
    from
    an
    unwinding
    roll,
    in
    which
    each
    roll
    printer
    uses
    a
    roll where both the image and non—image areas are
    essentially
    in
    the
    same
    plane
    (planographic).
    “Low
    solvent coating” means a coating which contains
    less
    organic
    solvent
    than
    the
    conventional
    coatings
    used
    by
    the
    industry.
    Low
    solvent
    coatings
    include
    water-borne, higher solids, electro-deposition and
    powder coatings.
    “Magnet wire” means aluminum or copper wire formed into
    an electromagnetic coil.
    “Magnet wire coating” means any coating or electrically
    insulating varnish or enamel applied to magnet wire.
    “Magnet wire coating facility” means a facility that
    includes one or more magnet wire coating line(s).
    “Magnet
    wire
    coating
    line”
    means
    a
    coating
    line
    in
    which any protective, decorative, or functional coating
    is applied onto the surface of a magnet wire.
    “Malfunction” means any sudden and unavoidable failure
    of
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment,
    process
    equipment,
    or
    a
    process
    to
    operate
    in
    a
    normal
    or
    usual
    manner.
    Failures that are caused entirely or in part by poor
    maintenance, careless operation,
    or any other
    preventable upset condition or preventable equipment
    breakdown shall not be considered malfunctions.
    “Manufacturing process” means a method whereby a
    process emission source or series of process emission
    sources is used to convert raw materials,
    feed stocks,
    subassenthlies,
    or
    other
    components
    into
    a
    product,
    either for sale or for use as a component in a
    subsequent
    manufacturing
    process.
    “Material
    recovery
    section”
    means
    any
    equipment
    designed
    to
    transport
    and
    recover
    styrene
    monomer
    and
    other impurities from other products and by-products in
    a
    polystyrene
    plant,
    including
    but
    not
    limited
    to
    the
    styrene devolatilizer unit and styrene recovery unit.
    “Maximum theoretical emissions” means the quantity of
    volatile organic material emissions that theoretically
    could be emitted by a
    stationary
    source
    before
    add—on
    controls
    based
    on
    the
    design
    capacity
    or
    maximum
    production
    capacity
    of
    the
    source
    and
    8760
    hours
    per

    38
    year.
    The design capacity or maximum production
    capacity includes use of coating(s)
    or ink(s) with the
    highest
    volatile
    organic
    material
    content
    actually
    used
    in
    practice
    by
    the
    source.
    Provided,
    however,
    the
    Agency shall, when ain,ropriate. and upon reauest by the
    permit
    applicant,
    limit
    the
    “maximum
    theoretical
    emissions”
    of a source by the imposition of conditions
    in
    a federally enforceable operating permit for such
    source.
    Such
    conditions
    shall
    not
    be
    inconsistent
    with
    requirement of the Clean Air Act, as amended, or any
    applicable requirements established by the Board.
    Such
    conditions shall
    be
    established
    in
    place
    of
    design
    capacity of maximum production capacity in calculating
    the “maximum theoretical emissions” for such source and
    may include, among other things, the establishment of
    production limitations, capacity limitations, emission
    limitations, or limitations on the volatile organic
    material content of coatings or inks, or the hours of
    operation of any emission source, or a combination of
    any
    such
    limitations.
    Production
    or
    capacity
    limitations shall
    be established on basis of no longer
    than one month except in those cases where a limit
    spanning a longer period of time is appropriate.
    In
    such cases,
    a “rolling limit” shall be employed.
    Any
    production or capacity limitations shall be verified
    through appropriate recordkeeping.
    (Board Note:
    The USEPA may deem operating permits
    which do not conform to the operatin~permit program
    requirements and the requirements of USEPA’s underlying
    regulations,
    including the requirement that limitations
    be quantifiable and enforceable as a practical matter,
    not “federally enforceable.”)
    “Metal furniture” means a furniture piece including,
    but not limited to, tables,
    chairs, waste baskets,
    beds,
    desks,
    lockers,
    benches,
    shelving,
    file
    cabinets,
    lamps, and room dividers.
    “Metal furniture coating” means any non—adhesive
    coating
    applied
    to
    any
    furniture
    piece
    made
    of
    metal
    or
    any
    metal
    part
    which
    is
    or
    will
    be
    assembled
    with
    other
    metal,
    wood,
    fabric,
    plastic
    or
    glass
    parts
    to form a
    furniture piece including, but not limited to, tables,
    chairs, waste baskets, beds,
    desks, lockers,
    benches,
    shelving,
    file cabinets,
    lamps,
    and room dividers.
    This definition shall not apply to any coating line
    coating miscellaneous metal parts or products.
    “Metal furniture coating facility” means a facility
    that includes one or more metal furniture coating
    line(s).

    39
    “Metal furniture coating line” means a coating line in
    which any protective, decorative,
    or functional coating
    is applied onto the surface of metal furniture.
    “Metallic shoe-type seal” means a primary or secondary
    seal constructed of metal sheets (shoes) which are
    joined together to form a ring,
    springs, or levers
    which attach the shoes to the floating roof and hold
    the shoes against the tank wall,
    and a coated fabric
    which is suspended from the shoes to the floating roof.
    “Miscellaneous fabricated product manufacturing
    process”
    means:
    A manufacturing process involving one or more of
    the following applications,
    including any drying
    and curing of formulations, and capable of
    emitting VON:
    Adhesives to fabricate or assemble components
    or
    products
    Asphalt solutions to paper or fiberboard
    Asphalt to paper or felt
    Coatings or dye to leather
    Coatings to plastic
    Coatings to rubber or glass
    Disinfectant material to manufactured items
    Plastic foam scrap or “fluff” from the
    manufacture of foam containers and packaging
    material to form resin pallets
    Resin solutions to fiber substances
    Viscose
    solutions
    for
    food
    casings
    The storage and handling of formulations
    associated
    with
    the
    process
    described
    above,
    and
    the use and handling of organic liquids and other
    substances for clean—up operations associated with
    the
    process
    described
    in
    this
    definition.
    “Miscellaneous formulation manufacturing process”
    means:

    40
    A manufacturing process which compounds one or
    more of the following and is capable of emitting
    VON:
    Adhesives
    Asphalt
    solutions
    Caulks, sealants, or waterproofing agents
    Coatings, other than paint and ink
    Concrete curing compounds
    Dyes
    Friction materials and compounds
    Resin solutions
    Rubber solutions
    Viscose solutions
    The storage and handling of formulations
    associated
    with
    the
    process
    described above,
    and
    the use and handling of organic liquids and other
    substances for clean—up operations associated with
    the process described in this definition.
    “Miscellaneous
    metal
    parts
    or
    products”
    means
    any
    metal
    part
    or
    metal
    product,
    even
    if
    attached
    to
    or
    combined
    with
    a
    nonmetal
    part
    or
    product,
    except
    cans,
    coils,
    metal
    furniture,
    large
    appliances,
    magnet
    wire,
    automobiles,
    ships, and airplane bodies.
    “Miscellaneous metal parts and products coating” means
    any coating applied to any metal part or metal product,
    even if attached to or combined with a nonmetal part or
    product,
    except cans, coils, metal furniture,
    large
    appliances,
    and magnet wire.
    Prime coat, prime
    surfacer
    coat,
    topcoat,
    and
    final
    repair
    coat
    for
    automobiles
    and
    light—duty
    trucks
    are
    not
    miscellaneous
    metal parts and products coatings.
    However, underbody
    anti-chip
    (e.g., underbody plastisol)
    automobile,
    and
    light—duty
    truck
    coatings are miscellaneous metal parts
    and products coatings.
    Also,
    automobile or light-duty
    truck refinishing coatings, coatings applied to the
    exterior of marine vessels, coatings applied to the
    exterior of airplanes,
    and the customized topcoating of
    automobiles and trucks if production is less than 35
    vehicles per day are not miscellaneous metal parts and

    41
    products coatings
    “Miscellaneous metal parts or products coating
    facility” means a facility that includes one or more
    miscellaneous metal parts or products coating lines.
    “Miscellaneous
    metal
    parts
    or
    products coating line”
    means a coating line in which any protective,
    decorative, or functional coating is applied onto the
    surface of miscellaneous metal parts or products.
    “Miscellaneous organic chemical manufacturing process”
    means:
    A manufacturing process which produces by chemical
    reaction, one or more of the following organic
    compounds or mixtures of organic compounds and
    which is capable of emitting VON:
    Chemicals
    listed
    in
    Appendix
    A
    of
    this
    Part
    Chlorinated and sulfonated compounds
    Cosmetic, detergent,
    soap,
    or surfactant
    intermediaries or specialties and products
    Disinfectants
    Food additives
    Oil
    and petroleum product additives
    Plasticizers
    Resins or polymers
    Rubber additives
    Sweeteners
    Varnishes
    The
    storage
    and
    handling
    of
    formulations
    associated with the process described above and
    the use and handling of organic liquids and
    other
    substances for clean—up operations associated with
    the process described in this definition.
    “Monitor” means to measure and record.
    “Multiple package coating” means
    a coating made from
    more than one different ingredient which must be mixed

    42
    prior to using and has a limited pot life due to the
    chemical
    reaction
    which
    occurs
    upon
    mixing.
    “No
    detectable
    volatile
    organic
    material
    emissions”
    means
    a discharge of volatile organic material into the
    atmosphere
    as
    indicated
    by
    an
    instrument
    reading
    of
    less
    than
    500
    ppm
    above
    background
    as
    determined
    in
    accordance
    with
    40
    CFR
    60.485(c).
    “Offset”
    means,
    with
    respect
    to
    printing
    and
    publishing
    operations,
    use of a blanket cylinder to transfer ink
    from
    the
    plate
    cylinder
    to the surface to be printed.
    “Opaque
    stains”
    means
    all
    stains
    that
    are
    not
    semi—transparent stains.
    “Open
    top
    vapor
    degreasing”
    means
    the
    batch
    process
    of
    cleaning and removing soils from surfaces by condensing
    hot solvent vapor on the colder metal parts.
    “Open—ended valve” means any valve,
    except pressure
    relief devices, having one side of the valve in contact
    with process fluid and one side open to the atmosphere,
    either
    directly
    or
    through
    open
    piping.
    “Operator
    of
    gasoline
    dispensing
    facility”
    means
    any
    person who is the lessee of or operates, controls or
    supervises a gasoline dispensing facility.
    “Organic compound” means any compound of carbon,
    excluding
    carbon
    monoxide,
    carbon
    dioxide,
    carbonic
    acid,
    metallic
    carbides
    or
    carbonates,
    and
    ammoniuin
    carbonate.
    “Organic
    material”
    means
    any
    chemical
    compound
    of
    carbon including diluents and thinners which are
    liquids at standard conditions and which are used as
    dissolvers, viscosity reducers, or cleaning agents, but
    excluding
    methane,
    carbon
    monoxide,
    carbon
    dioxide,
    carbonic acid, metallic carbonic acid, metallic
    carbide, metallic carbonates, and ammonium carbonate.
    “Organic vapor” means the gaseous phase of an organic
    material or a mixture of organic materials present in
    the
    atmosphere.
    “Oven” means a chamber within which heat is used for
    one
    or
    more
    of
    the
    following
    purposes:
    dry,
    bake,
    cure, or polymerize a coating or ink.
    “Overall control” means the product of the capture
    efficiency and the control device efficiency.

    43
    “Overvarnish” means a transparent coating applied
    directly over ink or coating.
    “Owner of gasoline dispensing facility” means any
    person who has legal or equitable title to a stationary
    storage
    tank
    at
    a
    gasoline
    dispensing
    facility.
    “Owner
    or
    operator”
    means
    any
    person
    who
    owns,
    operates, leases,
    controls, or supervises an emission
    source
    or
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment.
    “Packaging
    rotogravure
    printing”
    means
    rotogravure
    printing upon paper, paper board, metal
    foil, plastic
    film, and other substrates, which are,
    in subsequent
    operations,
    formed into packaging products or labels
    for articles to be sold.
    “Packaging rotogravure printing line” means a
    rotogravure printing line in which surface coatings are
    applied to paper, paperboard,
    foil,
    film,
    or other
    substrates
    which
    are
    to
    be
    used
    to
    produce
    containers,
    packaging products, or labels for articles.
    “Paint manufacturing plant” means a plant that mixes,
    blends, or compounds enamels,
    lacquers,
    sealers,
    shellacs, stains, varnishes,
    or pigmented surface
    coatings.
    “Paper coating” means any coating applied on paper,
    plastic film,
    or metallic foil to make certain
    products,
    including (but not limited to)
    adhesive tapes
    and labels, book covers, post cards,
    office copier
    paper,
    drafting paper, or pressure sensitive tapes.
    Paper
    coating
    includes
    the
    application
    of
    coatings
    by
    impregnation
    and/or
    saturation.
    “Paper
    coating
    facility”
    means
    a
    facility
    that
    includes
    one
    or
    more
    paper
    coating
    lines.
    “Paper
    coating
    line”
    means
    a
    coating
    line
    in which any
    protective, decorative, or functional coating is
    applied
    on, saturated into, or impregnated into paper,
    plastic
    film,
    or
    metallic
    foil
    to
    make
    certain
    products,
    including (but not limited to) adhesive tapes
    and labels, book covers, post cards, office copier
    paper, drafting paper, and pressure sensitive tapes.
    “Parts per million (volume)” means a volume/volume
    ratio which expresses the volumetric concentration of
    gaseous air contaminant in
    a million unit volume of
    gas.

    44
    “Person” means any individual,
    corporation,
    partnership, association, State, municipality,
    political subdivision of a State; any agency,
    department, or instrumentality of the United States;
    and any officer, agent,
    or employee thereof.
    “Petroleum”
    means
    the
    crude
    oil
    removed
    from
    the
    earth
    and
    the
    oils
    derived
    from
    tar
    sands,
    shale,
    and
    coal.
    “Petroleum
    liquid”
    means
    crude
    oil,
    condensate
    or
    any
    finished
    or
    intermediate
    product
    manufactured
    at
    a
    petroleum
    refinery,
    but not including Number
    2 through
    Number
    6
    fuel oils as specified in
    ASTN
    D—396—69,
    gas
    turbine fuel oils Numbers 2-GT through 4-GT as
    specified in ASTM D-2880—71 or diesel fuel oils Numbers
    2—D and 4-D,
    as specified in ASTM D—975—68.
    “Petroleum refinery” means any facility engaged in
    producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel oils,
    residual
    fuel
    oils,
    lubricants,
    or
    other
    products
    through distillation of petroleum, or through
    redistillation,
    cracking,
    or reforming of unfinished
    petroleum derivatives.
    “Pharmaceutical” means any compound or mixture, other
    than food,
    used in the prevention, diagnosis,
    alleviation, treatment,
    or cure of disease in human and
    animal.
    “Pharmaceutical coating operation” means a device in
    which a coating is applied to a pharmaceutical,
    including air drying or curing of the coating.
    “Photochemically reactive material” means any organic
    material with an aggregate of more than 20
    percent
    of
    its total volume composed of the chemical compounds
    classified below or the composition of which exceeds
    any of the following individual percentage composition
    limitations.
    Whenever
    any
    photochemically
    reactive
    material or any constituent of any organic material may
    be
    classified
    from
    its
    chemical
    structure
    into
    more
    than one of the above groups of organic materials it
    shall
    be
    considered
    as
    a
    member
    of
    the
    most
    reactive
    group, that is, the group having the least allowable
    percent of the total organic materials.
    A combination of hydrocarbons, alcohols,
    aldehydes,
    esters,
    ethers or ketones having an
    olefinic or cyclo—olefinic types of unsaturation:
    5 percent.
    This definition does not apply to
    perchloroethylene or trichloroethylene.

    45
    A
    combination
    of
    aromatic
    compounds
    with
    eight
    or
    more carbon atoms to the molecule except
    ethylbenzene:
    8 percent.
    A combination of ethylbenzene, ketones having
    branched hydrocarbon structures or toluene:
    20
    percent.
    “Pigmented
    coatings”
    means
    opaque
    coatings
    containing
    binders and colored pigments which are formulated to
    conceal the wood surface either as an undercoat or
    topcoat.
    “Plant” means all of the pollutant-emitting activities
    which belong to the same industrial grouping, are
    located on one or more contiguous or adjacent
    properties, and are under the control of the same
    person
    (or persons under common control), except the
    activities of any marine vessel.
    Pollutant—emitting
    activities shall be considered as part of the same
    industrial grouping if they belong to the same “Major
    Group”
    (i.e., which have the same two—digit code)
    as
    described in the “Standard Industrial Classification
    Manual,
    1987”
    (incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112).
    “Plasticizers” means a substance added to a polymer
    composition to soften and add flexibility to the
    product.
    “Pneumatic rubber tire manufacture” means the
    production
    of
    pneumatic
    rubber
    tires
    with
    a
    bead
    diameter up to but not including 20.0 inches and cross
    section dimension up to 12.8 inches, but not including
    specialty tires for antique or other vehicles when
    produced on equipment separate from normal production
    lines for passenger or truck type tires.
    “Polystyrene plant” means any plant using styrene to
    manufacture polystyrene resin.
    “Polystyrene resin” means substance consisting of
    styrene polymer and additives which is manufactured at
    a
    polystyrene
    plant.
    “Pressure
    release”
    means
    the
    emission
    of
    materials
    resulting from system pressure being greater than set
    pressure
    of the pressure relief device.
    “Pressure tank” means a tank in which fluids are stored
    at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure.

    46
    “Prime coat” means the first of two or more coatings
    applied
    to
    a
    surface.
    “Prime surfacer coat” means a coating used to touch up
    areas
    on
    the
    surface
    of
    automobile
    or
    light—duty
    truck
    bodies
    not adequately covered by the prime coat before
    application of the top coat.
    The prime surfacer coat
    is
    applied
    between the prime coat and topcoat.
    An
    anti-chip
    coating
    applied
    to
    main
    body
    parts
    (e.g.,
    rocker panels, bottom of doors and fenders, and leading
    edge of roof)
    is a prime surfacer coat.
    “Primers” means any coatings formulated and applied to
    substrates to provide a
    firm
    bond between the substrate
    and subsequent coats.
    “Printing” means the application of words, designs,
    and
    pictures
    to
    a
    substrate
    using
    ink.
    “Printing line” means an operation consisting of a
    series of one or more roll printers and any associated
    roll coaters,
    drying areas, and ovens wherein one or
    more coatings are applied, dried, and/or cured.
    “Process”
    means
    any
    stationary
    emission
    source
    other
    than
    a
    fuel
    combustion
    emission
    source
    or
    an
    incinerator.
    “Process
    unit”
    means
    components
    assembled
    to
    produce,
    as intermediate or final products, one or more of the
    chemicals listed in 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 219 Appendix A.
    A process unit can operate independently if supplied
    with sufficient feed or raw materials and sufficient
    storage
    facilities
    for
    the
    product.
    “Process
    unit
    shutdown”
    means
    a
    work
    practice
    or
    operational procedure that stops production from a
    process
    unit
    or
    part
    of
    a
    process
    unit.
    An
    unscheduled
    work practice or operational procedure that stops
    production
    from
    a
    process
    unit
    or
    part
    of
    a
    process
    unit for less than 24 hours
    is not a process unit
    shutdown.
    The use of spare components and technically
    feasible bypassing of components without stopping
    production is not a process unit shutdown.
    “Production equipment
    exhaust
    system”
    means
    a
    system
    for collecting and directing into the atmosphere
    emissions of volatile organic material from reactors,
    centrifuges, and other process emission sources.
    “Publication rotogravure printing line” means a

    47
    rotogravure
    printing
    line
    in which coatings are applied
    to
    paper
    which
    is
    subsequently
    formed
    into
    books,
    magazines,
    catalogues, brochures, directories,
    newspaper supplements, or other types of printed
    material.
    “Purged process fluid” means liquid or vapor from a
    process unit that contains volatile organic material
    and that results from flushing or cleaning the sample
    line(s)
    of
    a
    process
    unit
    so
    that
    an
    uncontaminated
    sample
    may
    then
    be
    taken
    for
    testing
    or
    analysis.
    “Reactor” means a vat, vessel, or other device in which
    chemical reactions take place.
    “Reasonably Available Control Technology
    (RACT)”
    means
    the lowest emission limitation that an emission source
    is capable of meeting by the application of control
    technology that is reasonably available considering
    technological and economic feasibility.
    “Refiner” means any person who owns,
    leases,
    operates,
    controls, or supervises a refinery.
    “Refinery fuel gas” means any gas which is generated by
    a petroleum refinery process unit and which is
    combusted
    at
    the
    refinery,
    including
    any
    gaseous
    mixture
    of
    natural
    gas
    and
    fuel
    gas.
    “Refinery unit,
    process unit or unit” means a set of
    components which are a part of a basic process
    operation such as distillation, hydrotreating,
    cracking, or reforming of hydrocarbons.
    “Refrigerated condenser” means a surface condenser in
    which the coolant supplied to the condenser has been
    cooled by a mechanical device, other than by a cooling
    tower or evaporative spray cooling, such as
    refrigeration unit or steam chiller unit.
    “Reid vapor pressure” means the standardized measure of
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    a
    liquid
    in
    pounds
    per
    square
    inch absolute
    (psia)
    at 100°F(37.8°C).
    “Repair coatings” means coatings used to correct
    imperfections
    or
    damage
    to furniture surface.
    “Repaired” means,
    for the purpose of Subpart Q of this
    Part,
    that equipment component has been adjusted, or
    otherwise altered, to eliminate a leak.
    “Residual fuel oil” means fuel oils of grade No.
    4,
    5

    48
    and
    6 as specified in detailed requirements for fuel
    oils ASTM D—396—69
    (1971).
    “Retail outlet” means any gasoline dispensing facility
    at which gasoline is sold or offered for sale for use
    in
    motor
    vehicles.
    “Roll
    coater”
    means
    an
    apparatus
    in
    which
    a
    uniform
    layer
    of
    coating
    is
    applied
    by
    means
    of one or more
    rolls
    across
    the
    entire
    width
    of
    a
    moving
    substrate
    “Roll printer” means an apparatus used in the
    application
    of
    words,
    designs,
    or
    pictures
    to
    a
    substrate,
    usually by means of one or more rolls each
    with only partial coverage.
    “Roll printing” means the application of words,
    designs, and pictures to a substrate usually by means
    of a series of hard rubber or metal rolls each with
    only
    partial
    coverage.
    “Roller coating” means a method of applying a coating
    to a sheet or strip in which the coating is transferred
    by a roller or series of rollers.
    “Rolling limit” means that a limit or limitation must
    not exceed an annual limit rolled on a monthly basis;
    that is,
    a monthly production or capacity level must be
    determined for each Parameter subiect to a production
    or
    capacity
    limitations
    and
    added
    to
    the eleven prior
    monthly levels for monthly comparison with the annual
    limit.
    “Rotogravure printing” means the application of words,
    designs, and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll
    printing technique- in which the pattern to be applied
    is recessed relative to the non—image area.
    “Rotogravure printing line” means a printing line in
    which
    each
    roll
    printer
    uses
    a
    roll
    with
    recessed
    areas
    for
    applying
    an
    image
    to
    a
    substrate.
    “Safety relief valve” means a valve which is normally
    closed and which is designed to open in order to
    relieve excessive pressures within a vessel or pipe.
    “Sanding sealers” means any coatings formulated for and
    applied to bare wood for sanding and to seal the wood
    for
    subsequent
    application
    of
    varnish.
    To
    be
    considered
    a
    sanding sealer a coating must be clearly
    labelled as such.

    49
    “Sealer” means a coating containing binders which seals
    wood prior to the application of the subsequent
    coatings.
    “Sensor”
    means
    a
    device
    that
    measures
    a
    physical
    quantity or the change in a physical quantity such as
    temperature, pressure, flow rate,
    pH, or liquid level.
    “Semi—transparent stains” means stains containing dyes
    or semi—transparent pigments which are formulated to
    enhance
    wood
    grain
    and
    change the color of the surface
    but not to conceal the surface, including, but not
    limited to,
    sap stain, toner,
    non-grain raising stains,
    pad stain, or spatter stain.
    “Set of safety relief valves” means one or more safety
    relief valves designed to open in order to relieve
    excessive pressures in the same vessel or pipe.
    “Sheet basecoat” means a coating applied to metal when
    the metal is in sheet form to serve as either the
    exterior or interior of a can for either two—piece or
    three—piece cans.
    “Side-seam spray coat” means a coating applied to the
    seam of a three—piece can.
    “Single coat” means one coating application applied to
    a metal surface.
    “Solvent” means a liquid substance that is used to
    dissolve or dilute another substance.
    “Solvent cleaning” means the process of cleaning soils
    from surfaces by cold cleaning, open top vapor
    degreasing,
    or conveyorized degreasing.
    “Specified air contaminant” means any air contaminant
    as to which this Part contains emission standards or
    other
    specific
    limitations.
    “Splash loading” means a method of loading a tank,
    railroad tank car, tank truck,
    or trailer by use of
    other than a submerged loading pipe.
    “Stack” means a flue or conduit, free—standing or with
    exhaust
    port above the roof of the building on which it
    is mounted, by which air contaminants are emitted into
    the atmosphere.
    “Standard conditions” means a temperature of 70°Fand a
    pressure of 14.7 psia.

    50
    “Standard
    cubic
    foot
    (scf)”
    means
    the volume of one
    cubic
    foot of
    gas
    at
    standard
    conditions.
    “Standard Industrial Classification Manual” means the
    Standard
    Industrial
    Classification
    Manual
    (1987),
    Superintendent
    of
    Documents,
    U.S.
    Government
    Printing
    Office,
    Washington,
    DC
    20402
    (incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112).
    “Start—up”
    means
    the
    setting
    in
    operation
    of
    an
    emission source for any purpose.
    “Stationary emission source” and “Stationary source”
    mean an emission source which is not self—propelled.
    “Storage tank or storage vessel” means any stationary
    tank, reservoir or container used for the storage of
    VOL.
    “Styrene devolatilizer unit” means equipment performing
    the function of separating unreacted styrene monomer
    and
    other
    volatile
    components
    from
    polystyrene
    in
    a
    vacuum
    devolatilizer.
    “Styrene
    recovery
    unit”
    means
    equipment
    performing
    the
    function
    of
    separating
    styrene
    monomer
    from
    other
    less
    volatile
    components
    of the styrene devolatilizer unit’s
    output.
    The separated styrene monomer may be reused as
    a raw material in the polystyrene plant.
    “Submerged loading pipe” means any discharge pipe or
    nozzle which meets either of the following conditions:
    Where the tank is filled from the top, the end of
    the discharge pipe or nozzle must be totally
    submerged when the liquid level is 15 cm
    (6 in.)
    above the bottom of the tank.
    Where the tank is filled from the side,
    the
    discharge pipe or nozzle must be totally submerged
    when the liquid level is 46 cm
    (18 in.) above the
    bottom of the tank.
    “Substrate” means the surface onto which a coating is
    applied
    or
    into
    which
    a
    coating
    is
    impregnated.
    “Surface condenser” means a device which removes a
    substance from a gas stream by reducing the temperature
    of the stream, without direct contact between the
    coolant and the stream.

    51
    “Synthetic organic chemical or polymer manufacturing
    plant” means a plant that produces,
    as intermediates or
    final products, one or more of the chemicals or
    polymers listed in 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 219 Appendix A.
    “Tablet coating operation” means a pharmaceutical
    coating operation in which tablets are coated.
    “Thirty—day rolling average” means any value
    arithmetically averaged over any consecutive
    thirty-days.
    “Three—piece can” means a can which is made from a
    rectangular sheet and two circular ends.
    “Topcoat” means a coating applied in a multiple coat
    operation other than prime coat, final repair coat, or
    prime surfacer coat.
    “Topcoat operation” means all topcoat spray booths,
    flash-off areas,
    and bake ovens at a facility which are
    used to apply,
    dry,
    or cure the final coatings
    (except
    final off—line repair) on components of automobile or
    light-duty truck bodies.
    “Transfer efficiency” means the ratio of the amount of
    coating solids deposited onto a part or product to the
    total amount of coating solids used.
    “Tread end cementing” means the application of a
    solvent-based cement to the tire tread ends.
    “True Vapor pressure” means the equilibrium partial
    pressure
    exerted
    by
    a
    volatile
    organic
    liquid
    as
    determined in accordance with methods described in
    American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517,
    “Evaporation Loss From Floating Roof Tanks,” second
    edition, February 1980 (incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112)
    “Turnaround” means the procedure of shutting down an
    operating refinery unit, emptying gaseous and liquid
    contents to do inspection, maintenance and repair work,
    and putting the unit back into production.
    “Two-piece can” means a can which
    is drawn from a
    shallow cup and requires only one end to be attached.
    “TJndercoaters” means any coatings formulated for and
    applied to substrates to provide
    a smooth surface for
    subsequent coats.

    52
    “Undertread cementing” means the application of a
    solvent—based cement to the underside of a tire tread.
    “Unregulated safety relief valve” means a safety relief
    valve
    which
    cannot
    be
    actuated
    by
    a
    means
    other
    than
    high
    pressure
    in
    the
    pipe
    or
    vessel
    which
    it
    protects.
    “Vacuum producing system” means any reciprocating,
    rotary, or centrifugal blower or compressor or any jet
    ejector
    or
    device
    that
    creates
    suction
    from
    a
    pressure
    below atmospheric and discharges against a greater
    pressure.
    “Valves
    not
    externally
    regulated”
    means
    valves
    that
    have no external controls, such as in—line check
    valves
    “Vapor balance system” means any combination of pipes
    or hoses which creates a closed system between the
    vapor spaces of an unloading tank and a receiving tank
    such that vapors displaced from the receiving tank are
    transferred to the tank being unloaded.
    “Vapor collection system” means all piping,
    seals,
    hoses,
    connections, pressure—vacuum vents, and other
    possible sources between the gasoline delivery vessel
    and the vapor processing unit and/or the storage tanks
    and vapor holder.
    “Vapor control system” means any system that limits or
    prevents release to the atmosphere of organic material
    in the vapors displaced from a tank during the transfer
    of gasoline.
    “Vapor-mounted primary seal” means a primary seal
    mounted with an air space bounded by the bottom of the
    primary seal,
    the tank wall,
    the liquid surface and the
    floating roof.
    “Vapor recovery system” means a vapor gathering system
    capable
    of
    collecting all VON vapors and gases
    discharged from the storage tank and a vapor disposal
    system capable of processing such VON vapors and gases
    so as to prevent their emission to the atmosphere.
    “Vehicle” means a device by which any person or
    property may be propelled, moved, or drawn upon a
    highway, excepting a device moved exclusively by human
    power or used exclusively upon stationary rails or
    tracks.
    “Vinyl coating” means any topcoat or printing ink

    53
    applied to vinyl coated fabric or vinyl sheets.
    Vinyl
    coating does not include plastisols.
    “Vinyl coating facility” means a facility that includes
    one or more vinyl coating line(s).
    “Vinyl coating line” means
    a coating line in which any
    protective,
    decorative
    or
    functional
    coating
    is
    applied
    onto vinyl coated fabric or vinyl sheets.
    “Volatile
    organic
    liquid”
    means any substance which is
    liquid
    at
    storage
    conditions
    and
    which
    contains
    volatile
    organic
    compounds.
    “Volatile organic material
    (VON) or volatile organic
    compound
    (VOC)” means any
    organic
    compound which
    participates in atmospheric photochemical reactions.
    This includes any organic compound other than the
    following compounds:
    methane, ethane, methyl
    chloroform
    (1,1, l-trichloroethane), CFC-113
    (trichlorotrifluoroethane), inethylene chloride
    (dichloromethane), CFC-l1
    (trichiorofluoromethane)
    CFC-l2
    (dichlorodifluoromethane), CFC-22
    (chlorodifluoromethane),
    FC-23
    (trifluoromethane),
    CFC-114
    (dichlorotetrafluoroethane), CFC-ll5
    (chloropentafluoroethane), HCFC—l23
    (dichlorotrifluoroethane),
    HFC-134a
    (tetrafluoroethane),
    HCFC-141b
    (dichlorofluoroethane)
    and HCFC-142b (chlorodifluoroethane).
    These compounds
    have been determined to have negligible photochemical
    reactivity.
    For
    purposes
    of
    determining
    compliance
    with
    emission
    limits,
    VOC
    will
    be
    measured
    by
    the
    approved
    test
    methods.
    Where such a method also inadvertently
    measures compounds with negligible photochemical
    reactivity,
    an owner or operator may exclude these
    negligibly reactive compounds when determining
    compliance with an emissions standard.
    “Volatile petroleum liquid” means any petroleum liquid
    with a true vapor pressure that is greater than 1.5
    psia
    (78 millimeters of mercury)
    at standard
    conditions.
    “Wash coat” means a coating containing binders which
    seals
    wood surfaces, prevents undesired staining, and
    controls
    penetration.
    “Wastewater
    (oil/water)
    separator”
    means
    any
    device
    or
    piece of equipment which utilizes the difference in
    density
    between
    oil
    and
    water
    to remove oil and

    54
    associated chemicals of water,
    or any device, such as a
    flocculation tank or a clarifier, which removes
    petroleum derived compounds from waste water.
    “Web” means a substrate which is printed in continuous
    roll-fed presses.
    “Wood
    furniture”
    means
    room
    furnishings
    including
    cabinets
    (kitchen,
    bath,
    and vanity), tables, chairs,
    beds,
    sofas,
    shutters, art objects, wood paneling, wood
    flooring,
    and
    any
    other
    coated
    furnishings
    made
    of
    wood, wood composition, or fabricated wood materials.
    “Wood furniture coating facility” means a facility that
    includes
    one
    or
    more
    wood
    furniture
    coating
    line(s).
    “Wood furniture coating line” means a coating line in
    which any protective,
    decorative, or functional coating
    is applied onto wood furniture.
    “Woodworking” means the shaping, sawing, grinding,
    smoothing, polishing, and making into products of any
    form or shape of wood.
    Section 219.105
    Testing Methods and Procedures
    a)
    Coatings, Inks and Fountain Solutions
    The
    following
    test
    methods
    and
    procedures
    shall
    be
    used
    to determine compliance of applied coatings,
    inks, and
    fountain solutions with the limitations set forth in
    this Part.
    1)
    sampling:
    Samples collected for analyses shall be
    one—liter taken into a one—liter container at a
    location and time such that the sample will be
    representative of the coating as applied (i.e.,
    the
    sample
    shall
    include
    any
    dilution
    solvent
    or
    other VOM added during the manufacturing process).
    The container must be tightly sealed immediately
    after the sample is taken.
    Any solvent or other
    VON added after the sample is taken must be
    measured and accounted for in the calculations in
    subsection
    (a) (3).
    For multiple package coatings,
    separate samples of each component shall be
    obtained.
    A mixed sample shall not be obtained as
    it will cure in the container.
    Sampling
    procedures shall follow the guidelines presented
    in:
    A)
    ASTM
    D3925-Bl(1985)
    standard
    practice
    for
    sampling liquid paints and related pigment

    55
    coating.
    This
    practice
    is
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112.
    B)
    ASTM E300-86 standard practice for sampling
    industrial chemicals. This practice is
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    2)
    Analyses:
    The
    applicable
    analytical
    methods
    specified below shall be used to determine the
    composition of coatings,
    inks, or fountain
    solutions
    as
    applied.
    A)
    Method 24 of 40 CFR 60, Appendix A,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112,
    shall be used to determine the
    VON
    content
    and density of coatings.
    If it is
    demonstrated to the satisfaction of the
    Agency and the USEPA that plant coating
    formulation data are equivalent to Method 24
    results, formulation~data may be used.
    In
    the event of
    any
    inconsistency
    between
    a
    Method 24 test and a facility’s formulation
    data, the Method 24 test will govern.
    B)
    Method 24A of 40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112,
    shall be used to determine the VOM content
    and density of rotogravure printing inks and
    related coatings.
    If it is demonstrated to
    the satisfaction of the Agency and USEPA that
    the plant coating formulation data are
    equivalent to Method 24A results,
    formulation
    data may be used.
    In the event of any
    inconsistency
    between
    a
    Method
    24A test and a
    facility’s formulation data,
    the Method 24A
    test will govern.
    C)
    The following ASTM methods are the analytical
    procedures for determining VON:
    i)
    ASTM Dl475-85: Standard test method for
    density
    of
    paint,
    varnish,
    lacquer
    and
    related
    products.
    This
    test
    method
    is
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112.
    ii)
    ASTM
    D2369—87:
    Standard
    test
    method
    for
    volatile content of a coating. This test
    method is incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112.
    iii) ASTM D3792-86: Standard test method for

    56
    water
    content
    of
    water-reducible
    paints
    by direct injection into a gas
    chromatograph. This test method is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112.
    iv)
    ASTM D4017-8l(1987): Standard test
    method
    for
    water
    content
    in
    paints
    and
    paint
    materials
    by
    the
    Karl
    Fischer
    method.
    This
    test
    method
    is
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112.
    v)
    ASTN
    D4457—85:
    Standard
    test
    method
    for
    determination
    of
    dichloromethane
    and
    1,1,1, trichloroethane in paints and
    coatings by direct injection into a gas
    chromatograph.
    (The procedure
    delineated
    above can be used to develop
    protocols for any compounds specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON.)
    This test method is incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112.
    vi)
    ASTM D2697-86: Standard test method for
    volume non—volatile matter in clear or
    pigmented
    coatings.
    This test method is
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112.
    vii)
    ASTM
    D3980-87: Standard practice for
    interlaboratory testing of paint and
    related materials. This practice is
    incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112.
    viii)
    ASTM E180-85: Standard practice for
    determining the precision data of
    ASTM methods for analysis of and
    testing
    of
    industrial
    chemicals.
    This practice is incorporated by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112.
    ix)
    ASTM
    D2372—85: Standard method of
    separation
    of
    vehicle
    from
    solvent-reducible paints. This method is
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112.
    D)
    Use of an adaptation to any of the analytical
    methods specified in subsections
    (a) (2) (A),
    (B), and
    (C) may not be used unless approved
    by the Agency and USEPA.
    An owner or

    57
    operator must submit sufficient documentation
    for
    the
    Agency
    and
    USEPA
    to
    find
    that
    the
    analytical
    methods
    specified
    in
    subsections
    (a)(2)(A),
    (B),
    and
    (C)
    will
    yield
    inaccurate
    results
    and
    that
    the
    proposed
    adaptation
    is
    appropriate.
    3)
    Calculations:
    Calculations
    for
    determining
    the
    VON content, water content and the content of any
    compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON of coatings, inks and fountain
    solutions
    as
    applied
    shall
    follow
    the
    guidance
    provided
    in
    the
    following
    documents.
    A)
    “A Guide for Surface Coating Calculation”,
    EPA-340/1-86-0l6,
    incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112.
    B)
    “Procedures for Certifying Quantity of
    Volatile Organic Compounds Emitted by Paint,
    Ink and Other Coatings”
    (revised June 1986),
    EPA-450/3-84-0l9,
    incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112.
    C)
    “A Guide for Graphic Arts Calculations”,
    August
    1988,
    EPA-340/1-88-003,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112
    b)
    Automobile or Light-Duty Truck Test Protocol
    The protocol for testing, including determining the
    transfer efficiency,
    of coating applicators at topcoat
    coating operations at an automobile assembly facility
    shall follow the procedure in:
    “Protocol for
    Determining
    the
    Daily
    Volatile
    Organic
    Compound
    Emission
    Rate
    of
    Automobile
    and
    Light-Duty
    Truck
    Topcoat Operations”, December 1988, EPA—450/3—88—018,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    c)
    Capture System Efficiency Test Protocols
    1)
    Applicability
    The requirements of subsection
    (c) (2)
    shall apply
    to
    all
    VON
    emitting
    processes
    employing
    capture
    equipment (e.g., hoods, ducts),
    except those cases
    noted below.
    A)
    If a source installs a permanent total
    enclosure
    (PTE)
    that meets Agency and USEPA
    specifications, and which directs all VOM to
    a
    control
    device,
    then
    the
    source
    is
    exempted

    58
    from the requirements described in subsection
    (c) (2).
    The Agency and USEPA specifications
    to
    determine
    whether
    a
    structure
    is
    considered
    a
    PTE
    are
    given
    in
    Procedure
    T
    of
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    Part.
    In
    this
    instance,
    the
    capture
    efficiency
    is
    assumed
    to
    be
    100
    percent
    and
    the
    source
    is
    still
    required
    to
    measure
    control efficiency using appropriate
    test methods as specified in subsection
    (d).
    B)
    If
    a
    source
    uses
    a
    control
    device
    designed
    to
    collect
    and
    recover
    VON
    (e.g.,
    carbon
    adsorber), an explicit measurement of capture
    efficiency
    is
    not
    necessary
    provided
    that
    the
    conditions
    given
    below
    are
    met.
    The
    overall
    control
    of
    the
    system
    can
    be
    determined
    by
    directly comparing the input liquid VON to
    the recovered liquid VOM.
    The general
    procedure for use in this situation is given
    in
    40
    CFR
    60.433,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in Section 219.112, with the following
    additional restrictions:
    i)
    The source must be able to equate
    solvent usage with solvent recovery on a
    24-hour
    (daily)
    basis,
    rather than a
    30-day weighted average, within 72 hours
    following the 24-hour period.
    In
    addition, one of the following two
    criteria must be met:
    ii)
    The solvent recovery system (i.e
    •,
    capture
    and
    control
    system)
    must
    be
    dedicated
    to
    a
    single
    process
    line
    (e.g.,
    one
    process
    line
    venting
    to
    a
    carbon
    adsorber
    system),
    or
    iii)
    If the solvent recovery system controls
    multiple process lines, then the source
    must be able to demonstrate that the
    overall
    control
    (i.e.,
    the
    total
    recovered
    solvent
    VOM
    divided
    by
    the
    sum
    of liquid VON input to all process lines
    venting to the control system) meets or
    exceeds
    the
    most
    stringent
    standard
    applicable
    for
    any
    process
    line
    venting
    to
    the
    control
    system.
    2)
    Specific Requirements
    The
    capture
    efficiency
    of
    a
    process
    line
    shall
    be
    measured using one of the four protocols given

    59
    below.
    Any error margin associated with a test
    protocol may not be incorporated into the results
    of
    a
    capture
    efficiency
    test.
    If
    these
    techniques
    are
    not
    suitable
    for
    a
    particular
    process,
    then
    the source may use an alternative capture
    efficiency protocol, provided that the alternative
    protocol is approved by the Agency and approved by
    the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    A)
    Gas/gas method using temporary total
    enclosure
    (TTE).
    The Agency and USEPA
    specifications to determine whether a
    temporary enclosure is considered a TTE are
    given in Procedure T of Appendix B of this
    Part.
    The capture efficiency equation to be
    used for this protocol
    is:
    CE
    =
    Gw/(Gw
    +
    Fw)
    where:
    CE
    =
    capture
    efficiency,
    decimal
    fraction
    Gw
    =
    mass of VON captured and delivered
    to control device using a TTE
    Fw
    =
    mass of fugitive
    VON
    that
    escapes
    from a TTE
    Procedure
    G.2
    contained
    in
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    Part is used to obtain Gw.
    Procedure F.l
    in
    Appendix B of this Part is used to obtain Fw.
    B)
    Liquid/gas method using TTE.
    The Agency and
    USEPA specifications to determine whether a
    temporary enclosure is considered a TTE are
    given
    in
    Procedure
    T
    of
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    Part.
    The
    capture
    efficiency
    equation
    to
    be
    used for this protocol
    is:
    CE
    =
    (L
    F~)/L
    where:
    CE
    =
    capture
    efficiency,
    decimal
    fraction
    L
    =
    mass of liquid VON input to
    process
    Fw
    =
    mass
    of
    fugitive
    VON
    that
    escapes
    from a TTE
    Procedure L contained in Appendix B of this
    Part is used to obtain L.
    Procedure F.1 in

    60
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    Part
    is
    used
    to
    obtain
    Fw.
    C)
    Gas/gas method using the building or room
    (building or room enclosure)
    in which the
    affected source is located as the enclosure
    and in which “F” and “G” are measured while
    operating only the affected facility.
    All
    fans and blowers in the building or room must
    be operated as they would under normal
    production.
    The capture efficiency equation
    to
    be
    used
    for
    this
    protocol
    is:
    CE
    =
    G/(G
    +
    F8)
    where: CE
    =
    capture efficiency, decimal
    fraction
    G
    =
    mass
    of VON captured and
    delivered to control device
    =
    mass of fugitive VON that escapes
    from building enclosure
    Procedure
    G.2
    contained
    in
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    Part is used to obtain G.
    Procedure F.2 in
    Appendix
    B
    of
    this
    Part
    is
    used
    to
    obtain
    F8.
    D)
    Liquid/gas method using the building or room
    (building or room enclosure)
    in which the
    affected source is located as the enclosure
    and in which “F” and “L” are measured while
    operating only the affected facility.
    All
    fans
    and
    blowers
    in
    the
    building
    or
    room
    must
    be
    operated
    as
    they
    would
    under
    normal
    production.
    The capture efficiency equation
    to be used for this protocol
    is:
    CE
    =
    (L
    F8)/L
    where: CE
    =
    capture efficiency, decimal
    fraction
    L
    =
    mass of liquid VON input to
    process
    F8
    =
    mass of fugitive VOM that escapes
    from building enclosure
    Procedure L contained in Appendix B of this
    section is used to obtain L.
    Procedure F.2
    in Appendix B of this section is used to
    obtain F8.

    61
    3)
    Recordkeeping
    and
    Reporting
    A)
    All affected facilities must maintain a copy
    of
    the
    capture
    efficiency
    protocol
    submitted
    to the Agency and the USEPA on file.
    All
    results
    of
    the
    appropriate
    test
    methods
    and
    capture
    efficiency
    protocols
    must
    be
    reported
    to
    the
    Agency
    within
    sixty
    (60)
    days
    of
    the
    test date.
    A copy of the results must be
    kept on file with the source for a period of
    three
    (3) years.
    B)
    If any changes are made to capture or control
    equipment,
    then the source
    is required to
    notify the Agency and the USEPA of these
    changes and
    a new test may be required by the
    Agency
    or
    the
    USEPA.
    C)
    The source must notify the Agency 30 days
    prior to performing any capture efficiency or
    control test.
    At that time, the source must
    notify the Agency which capture efficiency
    protocol and control device test methods will
    be used.
    D)
    Sources utilizing a
    PTE
    must demonstrate that
    this enclosure meets the requirement given in
    Procedure T
    (in Appendix B of this Part)
    for
    a
    PTE
    during any testing of their control
    device.
    E)
    Sources utilizing a TTE must demonstrate that
    their TTE meets the requirements given in
    Procedure T
    (in Appendix B of this Part)
    for
    a TTE during testing of their control device.
    The source must also provide documentation
    that the quality assurance criteria for a TTE
    have
    been
    achieved.
    d)
    Control
    Device
    Efficiency
    Testing
    and
    Monitoring
    1)
    The control device efficiency shall be determined
    by simultaneously measuring the inlet and outlet
    gas
    phase
    VON
    concentrations
    and
    gas
    volumetric
    flow rates
    in accordance with the gas phase test
    methods
    specified
    in
    subsection
    (f).
    2)
    Any owner or operator that uses an afterburner or
    carbon adsorber to comply with any Section of this
    Part shall use USEPA approved continuous
    monitoring equipment which is installed,

    62
    calibrated, maintained, and operated according to
    vendor
    specifications
    at
    all
    times
    the
    afterburner
    or carbon adsorber is in use.
    The continuous
    monitoring equipment must monitor the following
    parameters:
    A)
    Combustion
    chamber
    temperature
    of
    each
    afterburner.
    B)
    Temperature rise across each catalytic
    afterburner
    bed
    or
    VON
    concentration
    of
    exhaust.
    C)
    The VON concentration of each carbon
    adsorption bed exhaust.
    e)
    Overall
    Efficiency
    1)
    The overall efficiency of the emission control
    system shall be determined as the product of the
    capture system efficiency and the control device
    efficiency or by the liquid/liquid test protocol
    as specified in 40 CFR 60.433, incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112,
    (and
    revised
    by
    subsection
    (c) (1) (B)
    for each solvent recovery
    system.
    In those cases in which the overall
    efficiency
    is
    being
    determined
    for
    an
    entire
    line,
    the
    capture
    efficiency
    used
    to
    calculate
    the
    product
    of
    the
    capture
    and
    control
    efficiency
    is
    the
    total
    capture
    efficiency
    over
    the
    entire
    line.
    2)
    For coating lines which are both chosen by the
    owner or operator to comply with Section
    219.207(a),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f), or
    (g) by the
    alternative
    in
    Section
    219.207(b)
    (2)
    and meet the
    criteria
    allowing
    them
    to
    comply
    with
    Section
    219.207
    instead
    of
    Section
    219.204, the overall
    efficiency of the capture system and control
    device,
    as determined by the test methods and
    procedures specified in subsections
    (c),
    (d) and
    (e) (1),
    shall be no less than the equivalent
    overall efficiency which shall be calculated by
    the following equation:
    E
    =
    (VOM8
    -
    VONti/VOMa)
    x
    100
    where:
    E
    =
    Equivalent overall efficiency of the
    capture system and control device as a
    percentage,

    63
    VOMa
    =
    Actual VON content of a coating,
    or the
    daily-weighted average VON content of
    two or more coatings
    (if more than one
    coating is used), as applied to the
    subject coating line as determined by
    the applicable test methods and
    procedures specified in subsection
    (a) (4) (i) of this Part in units of kg
    VOM/1
    (lb
    VON/gal)
    of coating solids as
    applied,
    VOM~
    =
    The VON emission limit specified in
    Section 219.207(a) or
    (b)
    in units of kg
    VON/i
    (lb VOM/gal)
    of coating solids as
    applied.
    f)
    Volatile Organic Material Gas Phase Source Test Methods
    The methods in 40 CFR Part
    60,
    Appendix
    A,
    incorporated
    by reference in Section 219.112 delineated below shall
    be used to determine control device efficiencies.
    1)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 18,
    25 or 25A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112 as
    appropriate to the conditions at the site,
    shall
    be used to determine VOM concentration.
    Method
    selection shall be based on consideration of the
    diversity
    of
    organic species present and their
    total concentration and on consideration of the
    potential presence of interfering gases.
    Except
    as
    indicated
    in
    subsections
    (f) (1) (A) and
    (B)
    below,
    the test shall consist of three separate
    runs, each lasting a minimum of 60 mm, unless the
    Agency and the USEPA determine that process
    variables dictate shorter sampling times.
    A)
    When the method is to be used to determine
    the efficiency of a carbon adsorption system
    with a common exhaust stack for all the
    individual
    adsorber
    vessels,
    the test shall
    consist of three separate runs, each
    coinciding with one or more complete
    sequences through the adsorption cycles of
    all the individual adsorber vessels.
    B)
    When the method is to be used to determine
    the
    efficiency
    of
    a
    carbon
    adsorption
    system
    with individual exhaust stacks for each
    adsorber vessel, each adsorber vessel shall
    be tested individually.
    The test for each
    adsorber vessel shall consist of three
    separate runs.
    Each
    run
    shall coincide with

    64
    one or more complete adsorption cycles.
    2)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method
    1 or 1A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112,
    shall
    be
    used
    for
    sample
    and velocity traverses.
    3)
    40
    CFR
    Part
    60,
    Appendix
    A,
    Method
    2,
    2A,
    2C
    or
    2D, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112,
    shall be used for velocity and volumetric flow
    rates.
    4)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method
    3,
    incorporated
    by reference in Section
    219.112,
    shall be used for
    gas
    analysis.
    5)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Method 4,
    incorporated
    by reference in Section 219.112, shall be used for
    stack gas moisture.
    6)
    40 CFR Part 60, Appendix A, Methods
    2,
    2A,
    2C,
    2D,
    3 and 4, incorporated by reference in Section
    219.112,
    shall
    be
    performed,
    as applicable,
    at
    least twice during each test run.
    7)
    Use of an adaptation to any of the test methods
    specified in subsections
    (f) (1),
    (2),
    (3),
    (4),
    (5)
    and
    (6) may not be used unless approved by the
    Agency and the USEPA.
    An owner or operator must
    submit sufficient documentation for the Agency and
    the USEPA to find that the test methods specified
    in subsections
    (f)(1),
    (2),
    (3),
    (4),
    (5)
    and
    (6)
    will
    yield
    inaccurate
    results
    and that the
    proposed
    adaptation
    is
    appropriate.
    g)
    Leak Detection Methods for Volatile Organic Material
    Owners or operators required by this Part to carry out
    a leak detection monitoring program shall comply with
    the following requirements:
    1)
    Leak Detection Monitoring
    A)
    Monitoring
    shall
    comply
    with
    40
    CFR
    60,
    Appendix A, Method 21,
    incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112.
    B)
    The detection instrument shall meet the
    performance criteria of Method 21.
    C)
    The
    instrument
    shall
    be
    calibrated
    before
    use
    on
    each
    day
    of
    its
    use
    by
    the
    methods
    specified in Method 21.

    65
    D)
    Calibration gases shall be:
    i)
    Zero air (less than lOppm of hydrocarbon
    in air);
    and
    ii)
    A mixture
    of
    methane
    or
    n—hexane
    and
    air
    at
    a
    concentration
    of
    approximately,
    but
    no
    less
    than,
    10,000
    ppm
    methane
    or
    n-hexane.
    E)
    The
    instrument
    probe
    shall
    be
    traversed
    around
    all
    potential
    leak
    interfaces
    as
    close
    possible as described in Method 21.
    2)
    When equipment is tested for compliance with no
    detectable emissions as required, the test shall
    comply with the following requirements:
    A)
    The requirements of subsections
    (g) (1) (A)
    through
    (g) (1) (E)
    above shall apply.
    B)
    The
    background
    level
    shall
    be
    determined
    as
    set
    forth
    in
    Method
    21.
    3)
    Leak detection tests shall be performed consistent
    with:
    A)
    “APTI Course SI 417 controlling Volatile
    Organic
    Compound
    Emissions
    from
    Leaking
    Process Equipment”, EPA—450/2—82—015,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    B)
    “Portable Instrument User’s Manual for
    Monitoring VOC Sources”, EPA—340/l—86—015,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    C)
    “Protocols for Generating Unit-Specific
    Emission Estimates for Equipment Leaks of VOC
    and
    VHAP”,
    EPA-450/3-88-OlO,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112.
    D)
    “Petroleum Refinery Enforcement Manual”,
    EPA-340/1-80-008,
    incorporated by reference
    in
    Section
    219.122.
    h)
    Bulk
    Gasoline
    Delivery
    System
    Test
    Protocol
    1)
    The
    method
    for
    determining
    the
    emissions
    of
    gasoline from a vapor recovery system are
    delineated in 40 CFR 60, Subpart XX, Section
    60.503, incorporated by reference in Section

    66
    219.112.
    2)
    Other
    tests
    shall
    be
    performed
    consistent
    with:
    A)
    “Inspection Manual for Control of Volatile
    Organic Emissions from Gasoline Marketing
    Operations:
    Appendix
    D”,
    EPA-340/l—80-012,
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    B)
    “Control
    of
    Hydrocarbons
    from
    Tank
    Truck
    Gasoline
    Loading
    Terminals:
    Appendix
    A”,
    EPA-450/2-77-026,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in Section 219.112.
    fl
    Notwithstanding
    other
    requirements
    of
    this
    Part,
    upon
    request
    of
    the
    A~encv
    where
    it
    is
    necessary
    to
    demonstrate
    compliance,
    an
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an emission source which is subiect to this Part
    shall,
    at
    his
    own
    expense,
    conduct tests in
    accordance
    .with
    the
    applicable
    test
    methods
    and
    procedures specified in this Part.
    ~
    Nothing in the Section shall limit the authority
    of
    the
    USEPA
    pursuant
    to
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act,
    as
    amended, to require testing.
    Section
    219.106
    Compliance
    Dates
    a)
    Compliance with the requirements of all rules
    is
    required
    by
    Nay
    1,
    1992,
    or
    sixty
    days
    after
    a
    final
    decision
    by
    a
    federal
    court
    of the general a~~ealof
    $-h~i
    ,-~•i i.
    i
    i_-~
    _________________________________________________________________________
    UCEPA,
    No.
    90-2770
    (and
    Consolidated
    Cases)
    (7th
    Cir.)), whichever is latcr,
    consistent with the
    nvi~ir~rit
    r~f
    rtir~ri
    ~
    ‘ T”
    ~---vironincntal
    ~
    -if~r~p~r
    ‘i~r~i~rt~r
    -
    b)
    -Compliance
    with
    t he
    requiremcnts
    of
    provisions
    of
    this
    part
    specifically
    applicable
    to
    a
    category
    of
    sources
    which
    is
    the
    same
    -
    h~
    as
    any
    of
    ~
    h’.~
    the
    )‘p”.
    individual
    ~
    appeals
    ~
    of
    ~
    th-...
    ~
    following
    a
    final
    decision
    by
    a
    federal
    court
    of
    the
    appeal of the FIP impacting the specific category of
    sourccs,
    whichever
    is
    later,
    consistent
    with
    the
    provisions
    of
    Cection
    219.103.
    F’
    11L’
    Compliance
    with
    the
    requirements
    of
    all
    rules
    is
    required
    by
    May
    15,
    1992,
    consistent with the provisions of Section 219.103.
    Section
    219.107
    Afterburners
    The operation of any natural gas fired afterburner and capture
    system used to comply with this Part is not required during the

    67
    period of November
    1 of any year to April
    1 of the following year
    provided that the operation of such devices is not required for
    purposes of occupational safety or health, or for the control of
    toxic substances,
    odor nuisances,
    or other regulated pollutants.
    Section 219.108
    Exemptions, Variations, and Alternative Means
    of Control or Compliance Determinations
    Notwithstanding the provisions of any other Sections of this
    Part, any exemptions, variations or alternatives to the control
    requirements, emission limitations, or test methods set forth in
    this Part shall be effective only when approved by the Agency and
    approved by the tJSEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 219.109
    Vapor Pressure of Volatile Organic Liquids
    a)
    If
    the
    VOL~-consists
    of
    only
    a
    single
    compound,
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    shall
    be
    determined
    by
    ASTM
    Method
    D2879—86
    (incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112)
    or
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    may
    be
    obtained
    from
    a
    published
    source
    such
    as:
    Boublik, T.,
    V. Fried and E.
    Hala,
    “The Vapor Pressure of Pure Substances,” Elsevier
    Scientific Publishing Co., New York
    (1973); Perry’s
    Chemical Engineer’s Handbook, McGraw-Hill Book Company
    (1984);
    CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, Chemical
    Rubber Publishing Company (1986—87); and Lange’s
    Handbook of Chemistry, John A.
    Dean, editor,
    McGraw-Hill Book Company (1985).
    b)
    If the VOL is a mixture,
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    shall
    be
    determined by ASTM Method D2879—86 (incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112)
    or by the following
    equation:
    ~voL
    =
    EP1 X~
    where:
    ~vo(
    =Total vapor pressure of the mixture,
    n
    =
    Number
    of
    components
    in
    the
    mixture,
    i
    =
    Subscript
    denoting
    an
    individual
    component,
    =
    Vapor pressure of a component
    determined in accordance with
    Subpart
    A
    of
    this
    Part

    68
    X1
    =
    Mole
    fraction
    of
    the
    component
    in
    the
    total
    mixture.
    Section
    219.110
    Vapor
    Pressure
    of
    Organic
    Material
    or
    Solvent
    a)
    If
    the
    organic
    material
    or
    solvent
    consists
    of
    only
    a
    single
    compound,
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    shall
    be
    determined
    by
    ASTM
    Method
    D2879—86
    (incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112)
    or
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    may
    be
    obtained
    from
    a
    published
    source
    such
    as:
    Boublik,
    T.,
    V.
    Fried
    and
    E.
    Hala,
    “The
    Vapor
    Pressure
    of
    Pure
    Substances,”
    Elsevier
    Scientific
    Publishing
    Co.,
    New
    York
    (1973);
    Perry’s
    Chemical
    Engineer’s
    Handbook,
    McGraw-Hill
    Book
    Company
    (1984);
    CRC
    Handbook
    of
    Chemistry
    and
    Physics,
    Chemical
    Rubber
    Publishing
    Company
    (1986-87);
    and
    Lange’s
    Handbook
    of
    Chemistry,
    John
    A.
    Dean,
    editor,
    McGraw-Hill Book Company (1985).
    b)
    If the organic material or solvent is in
    a
    mixture
    made
    up of both organic material compounds and compounds
    which are not organic material, the vapor pressure
    shall be determined by the following equation:
    ~om
    =
    n
    SX.
    i=1
    1
    where:
    =
    Total vapor pressure of the portion of the
    mixture
    which
    is
    composed
    of
    organic
    material,
    n
    =
    Number
    of
    organic
    material
    components
    in
    the
    mixture,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    component,
    P~
    =
    Vapor
    pressure
    of
    an
    organic
    material
    component determined in accordance with
    Subpart
    A
    of
    this
    Part,
    X1
    =
    Mole
    fraction
    of
    the
    organic
    material
    component
    of
    the
    total
    mixture.
    c)
    If the organic material or solvent is in a mixture made
    up of only organic material compounds, the vapor

    69
    pressure shall be determined by ASTM Method D2879-86
    (incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112)
    or
    by
    the above equation.
    Section
    219.111
    Vapor
    Pressure
    of
    Volatile
    Organic
    Material
    a)
    If
    the
    VON
    consists
    of
    only
    a
    single
    compound,
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    shall
    be
    determined
    by
    ASTN
    Method
    D2879-86 (incorporated by reference in Section 219.112)
    or
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    may
    be
    obtained
    from
    a
    published
    source
    such
    as:
    Boublik,
    T.,
    V.
    Fried
    and
    E.
    Hala,
    “The Vapor Pressure of Pure Substances,” Elsevier
    Scientific Publishing Co., New York
    (1973); Perry’s
    Chemical Engineer’s Handbook, McGraw-Hill Book Company
    (1984);
    CRC Handbook of Chemistry and Physics,
    Chemical
    Rubber Publishing Company (1986-87); and Lange’s
    Handbook of Chemistry, John A. Dean,
    editor,
    McGraw-Hill Book Company (1985).
    ~b)
    If the VON is in a mixture made up of both VON
    compounds and compounds which are not VOM, the vapor
    pressure shall be determined by the following equation:
    =
    i=1
    n
    EX~
    i =1
    where:
    =
    Total vapor pressure of the portion of the
    mixture which is composed of VON,
    n
    =
    Number
    of
    VON
    components
    in
    the
    mixture,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    component,
    P~
    =
    Vapor pressure of a VON component
    determined in accordance with Subpart A
    of
    this
    Part,
    X~
    =
    Mole fraction of the VON component of
    the
    total
    mixture.
    c)
    If
    the
    VON
    is
    in
    a
    mixture
    made
    up
    of
    only
    VOM
    compounds,
    the vapor pressure shall be determined by
    ASTM Method D2879-86 (incorporated by reference in
    Section
    219.112)
    or
    by
    the
    above
    equation.

    70
    Section
    219.112
    Incorporations
    by
    Reference
    The following materials are incorporated by reference:
    a)
    American
    Society
    for
    Testing
    and
    Materials,
    1916
    Race
    Street,
    Philadelphia,
    PA
    19103:
    1)
    ASTM
    D2879—86
    2)
    ASTN
    D323—82
    3)
    ASTM
    D86—82
    4)
    ASTM
    D—369—69
    (1971)
    5)
    ASTM D—396—69
    6)
    ASTN
    D2880—71
    7)
    ASTM
    D—975—68
    8)
    ASTM
    D3925—8l
    (1985)
    9)
    ASTM
    E300—86
    10)
    ASTM
    D1475—85
    11)
    ASTM
    D2369—87
    12)
    ASTN
    D3792—86
    13)
    ASTN
    D40l7—8l
    (1987)
    14)
    ASTM D4457—85
    15)
    ASTM D2697—86
    16)
    ASTM
    D3980—87
    17)
    ASTM E180—85
    18)
    ASTM
    D2372—85
    19)
    ASTN
    D97—66
    20)
    ASTN
    E—l68
    21)
    ASTM
    E—l69
    22)
    ASTM
    E—260
    23)
    ASTM
    D2504—83
    24)
    ASTM
    D2382—83
    b)
    Standard Industrial Classification Manual, published by
    Executive Office of the President, Office of Management
    and Budget, Washington,
    D.C.,
    1987.
    c)
    American Petroleum Institute Bulletin 2517,
    “Evaporation Loss From Floating Roof Tanks”, Second
    ed.,
    February,
    1980.
    d)
    40
    CFR
    60
    (July
    1,
    1990).
    e)
    40
    CFR
    61
    (July
    1,
    1990)
    f)
    40 CFR 50 (July
    1,
    1989)
    g)
    40
    CFR
    51
    (July
    1,
    1989).
    h)
    40 CFR 52
    (July
    1,
    1989).
    i)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,

    71
    Washington,
    D.C.,
    EPA—340/l—86—016.
    j)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington
    D.C.,
    EPA-450/3-84-019.
    k)
    United
    States
    Environmental
    Protection
    Agency,
    Washington D.C.,
    EPA—340/1—88—003.
    1)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington D.C., EPA—450/3—88-018.
    m)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington,
    D.C., EPA-450/2-78—029.
    n)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington,
    D.C., EPA—450/2—78—05l.
    o)
    United States Environmental Protection Agency,
    Washington,
    D.C., EPA-450/3—82—009.
    SUBPART B:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM STORAGE
    AND
    LOADING
    OPERATIONS
    Section
    219.121
    Storage Containers
    No
    person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    storage
    of
    any
    VOL
    with
    a
    vapor pressure of 17.24 kPa
    (2.5 psia)
    or greater at 294.3°K
    (70°F)
    or
    any
    gaseous
    organic
    material
    in any stationary tank,
    reservoir or other container of more than 151 cubic meters
    (40,000 gal) capacity unless such tank,
    reservoir or other
    container:
    a)
    Is a pressure tank capable of withstanding the vapor
    pressure of such liquid or the pressure of the gas,
    so
    as to prevent vapor or gas loss to the atmosphere at
    all times;
    or,
    b)
    Is
    designed
    and
    equipped
    with
    one
    of
    the
    following
    vapor
    loss
    control
    devices:
    1)
    A floating roof which rests on the surface of the
    VOL
    and
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    closure
    seal
    or
    seals
    between
    the
    roof
    edge
    and
    the
    tank
    wall.
    Such
    floating
    roof
    shall
    not
    be
    permitted
    if
    the
    VOL
    has
    a
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    86.19
    kPa
    (12.5
    psia)
    or
    greater
    at
    294.3~K (70°F).
    No
    person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    emission
    of
    air
    contaminants
    into
    the
    atmosphere
    from
    any
    gauging
    or
    sampling
    devices
    attached to such tanks, except during sampling or
    maintenance operations.
    2)
    A
    vapor
    recovery
    system
    consisting
    of:

    72
    A)
    A vapor gathering system capable of
    collecting 85
    or more of the uncontrolled
    VOM
    that
    would
    be
    otherwise
    emitted
    to
    the
    atmosphere;
    and,
    B)
    A vapor disposal system capable of processing
    such VON so as to prevent its emission to the
    atmosphere.
    No
    person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    emission
    of
    air
    contaminants
    into
    the
    atmosphere from any gauging or sampling
    devices
    attached
    to
    such
    tank,
    reservoir
    or
    other container except during sampling.
    3)
    Other
    equipment
    or
    means
    of
    equal
    efficiency
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    according
    to
    the
    provisions
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    201,
    and
    further
    processed
    consistent with Section 219.108.
    Section 219.122
    Loading Operations
    a)
    No person shall cause or allow the discharge of more
    than 3.6 kg/hr
    (8 lbs/hr) of organic material into the
    atmosphere during the loading of any organic material
    ~rom
    the
    aggregate
    loading
    pipes
    of
    any
    loading
    facility having through-put of greater than 151 cubic
    meters per day (40,000 gal/day) into any railroad tank
    car,
    tank
    truck
    or
    trailer
    unless
    such
    loading
    facility
    is
    equipped
    with
    submerged
    loading
    pipes,
    submerged
    fill or a device that is equally effective in
    controlling emissions and is approved by the Agency
    according to the provisions of 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201,
    and
    further
    processed
    consistent
    with
    Section
    219.108.
    b)
    No
    person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    loading
    of
    any
    organic
    material
    into
    any
    stationary
    tank
    having
    a
    storage
    capacity
    of
    greater
    than
    946
    1
    (250
    gal),
    unless such tank i~equipped with a permanent submerged
    loading pipe, submerged fill or an equivalent device
    approved by the Agency according to the provisions of
    35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    201,
    and
    further
    processed
    consistent
    with
    Section
    219.108,
    or
    unless
    such
    tank
    is
    a
    pressure
    tank
    as
    described
    in
    Section
    219.121(a)
    or
    is
    fitted
    with
    a
    recovery
    system
    as
    described
    in
    Section
    219.121(b)
    (2).
    c)
    Exception:
    If
    no
    odor
    nuisance
    exists
    the
    limitations
    of this Section shall only apply to the loading of VOL
    with
    a
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    17.24
    kPa
    (2.5
    psia)
    or
    greater at 294.3’K (70°F).
    Section 219.123
    Petroleum Liquid Storage Tanks

    73
    a)
    The requirements of subsection
    (b)
    shall not apply to
    any
    stationary
    storage
    tank:
    1)
    Equipped before January 1,
    1979 with one of the
    vapor loss control devices specified in Section
    219.121(b), except Section 219.121(b) (1);
    2)
    With a capacity of less than 151.42 cubic meters
    (40,000 gal);
    3)
    With
    a
    capacity
    of
    less
    than
    1,600
    cubic
    meters
    (422,400 gal) and used to store produced crude oil
    and condensate prior to custody transfer;
    4)
    With a capacity of less than 1,430 cubic meters
    (378,000 gal)
    and used to store produced oil or
    condensate in crude oil gathering;
    5)
    Subject to new source performance standards for
    storage vessels of petroleum liquid,
    35 Ill. Adm.
    Code 230;
    6)
    In which volatile petroleum liquid is not stored;
    or
    7)
    Which is a pressure tank as described in Section
    219.121(a).
    b)
    Subject to subsection
    (a) no owner or operator of a
    stationary storage tank shall cause or allow the
    storage of any VOL in the tank unless:
    1)
    The tank is equipped with one of the vapor loss
    control devices specified in Section 219.121(b);
    2)
    There are no visible holes, tears or other defects
    in the seal or any seal fabric or material of any
    floating roof;
    3)
    All openings of any floating roof deck, except
    stub drains, are equipped with covers, lids or
    seals
    such
    that:
    A)
    The cover, lid or seal is in the closed
    position at all times except when petroleum
    liquid is transferred to or from the tank;
    B)
    Automatic bleeder vents are closed at all
    times except when the roof is floated off or
    landed on the roof leg supports; and
    C)
    Rim vents,
    if provided, are set to open when

    74
    the roof is being floated off the roof leg
    supports or at the manufacturer’s recommended
    setting;
    4)
    Routine inspections of floating roof seals are
    conducted through roof hatches once every six
    months;
    5)
    A complete inspection of the cover and seal of any
    floating roof tank is made whenever the tank is
    emptied for reasons other than the transfer of
    petroleum liquid during the normal operation of
    the tank,
    or whenever repairs are made as a result
    of any semi-annual inspection or incidence of roof
    damage or defect; and
    6)
    A record of the results of each inspection
    conducted under subsection
    (b) (4) or
    (b) (5)
    is
    maintained.
    C)
    Owners
    and operators of petroleum liquid storage tanks
    were
    required
    to
    have
    compliance
    schedules
    as
    summarized in Appendix C,
    to 35 Ill Adm. Code 215.
    Section
    219.124
    External Floating Roofs
    a)
    In addition to meeting the requirements of Section
    219.123(b), no owner or operator of a stationary
    storage tank equipped with an external floating roof
    shall cause or allow the storage of any volatile
    petroleum liquid in the tank unless:
    1)
    The tank has been fitted with a continuous
    secondary seal extending from the floating roof to
    the tank wall
    (rim mounted secondary seal)
    or any
    other device which controls VON emissions with an
    effectiveness equal to or greater than a rim
    mounted
    secondary
    seal;
    2)
    Each
    seal
    closure
    device
    meets
    the
    following
    requirements:
    A)
    The seal
    is intact and uniformly in place
    around the circumference of the floating roof
    between
    the
    floating
    roof
    and
    tank
    wall;
    and
    B)
    The accumulated area of gaps exceeding 0.32
    centimeter
    (1/8 inch)
    in width between the
    secondary seal and the tank wall shall not
    exceed 21.2 square centimeters per meter of
    tank diameter (1.0 square inches per foot of
    tank diameter).

    75
    3)
    Emergency roof drains are provided with slotted
    membrane fabric covers or equivalent covers across
    at least 90 percent of the area of the opening;
    4)
    Openings are equipped with projections into the
    tank which remain below the liquid surface at all
    times;
    5)
    Inspections are conducted prior to May 1 of each
    year to insure compliance with subsection
    (a);
    6)
    The
    secondary seal gap is measured prior to May 1
    of each year;
    7)
    Records of the types of volatile petroleum liquid
    stored,
    the maximum true vapor pressure of the
    liquid as stored, the results of the inspections
    and the results of the secondary seal gap
    measurements are maintained and available to the
    Agency, upon verbal or written request, at any
    reasonable time for a minimum of two years after
    the date on which the record was made.
    b)
    Subsection
    (a) does not apply to any stationary storage
    tank equipped with an external floating roof:
    1)
    Exempted under Section 219.123(a) (2) through
    219.123 (a) (6);
    2)
    Of welded construction equipped with a metallic
    type shoe seal having a secondary seal from the
    top of the shoe seal to the tank wall
    (shoe-mounted secondary seal);
    3)
    Of welded construction equipped with a metallic
    type shoe seal,
    a liquid—mounted foam seal,
    a
    liquid-mounted liquid-filled-type seal,
    or other
    closure device of equivalent control efficiency
    approved by the Agency in which a petroleum liquid
    with a true vapor pressure less than 27.6 kPa
    (4.0
    psia)
    at 294.3°K(70°F) is stored; or
    4)
    Used to store crude oil with a pour point of 50°F
    or
    higher
    as
    determined
    by
    ASTN
    Standard
    D97-66
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    Section 218.125
    Compliance Dates
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215, Subpart B as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with its standards and limitations by December 31,
    1987.

    76
    Section
    219.126
    Compliance
    Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source previously
    subject to Section 215.125 shall have submitted to the
    Agency a compliance plan as required by 35 Ill. Adm.
    Code 201.241,
    including a project completion schedule
    where applicable,
    no later than April 21,
    1983.
    b)
    Unless the submitted compliance plan or schedule was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of a
    facility or emission source subject to the rules
    specified in subsection
    (a) may operate the emission
    source according to the plan and schedule as submitted.
    c)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 201.241 including specific interim dates
    as required in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 201.242.
    SUBPART C:
    ORGANIC EMISSIONS FROM MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
    Section 219.141
    Separation Operations
    a)
    No person shall use any single or multiple compartment
    effluent water separator which receives effluent water
    containing 757 1/day (200 gal/day) or more of organic
    material from any equipment processing,
    refining,
    treating, storing or handling organic material unless
    such effluent water separator is equipped with air
    pollution control equipment capable of reducing by 85
    percent or more the uncontrolled organic material
    emitted to the atmosphere.
    Exception:
    If no odor
    nuisance exists the limitations of this subsection
    shall not apply if the vapor pressure of the organic
    material is below 17.24 kPa (2.5 psia)
    at 294.3°K
    (70°F).
    b)
    Subsection
    (a)
    shall
    not
    apply
    to
    water
    and
    crude
    oil
    separation in the production of Illinois crude oil,
    if
    the
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    such
    crude
    oil
    is
    less
    than
    34.5
    kPa
    (5
    psia).
    Section 219.142
    Pumps and Compressors
    No
    person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    discharge
    of
    more
    than
    32.8
    ml
    (2
    cu
    in)
    of
    VOL
    with vapor pressure of 17.24 kPa
    (2.5 psia)
    or
    greater at 294.3°K(70°F) into the atmosphere from any pump or
    compressor in any 15 minute period at standard conditions.
    Section 219.143
    Vapor Blowdown
    No person shall cause or allow the emission of organic material

    77
    into the atmosphere from any vapor blowdown system or any safety
    relief valve,
    except such safety relief valves not capable of
    causing an excessive release, unless such emission is controlled:
    a)
    To 10 ppm equivalent methane
    (molecular weight 16.0)
    or
    less;
    or,
    b)
    By combustion in a smokeless flare;
    or,
    c)
    By other air pollution control equipment approved by
    the Agency according to the provisions of 35 Ill. Adm.
    Code 201, and further processed consistent with Section
    219.108.
    Section 219.144
    Safety Relief Valves
    Section 219.143 shall not apply to any set of unregulated safety
    relief valves capable of causing excessive releases, provided the
    owner or operator thereof, by October
    1,
    1972, supplied the
    Agency with the following:
    a)
    A historical record of each such set
    (or,
    if such
    records were unavailable,
    of similar sets which,
    by
    virtue of operation under similar circumstances, may
    reasonably have been presumed to have the same or
    greater frequency of excessive releases)
    for a
    three-year period immediately preceding October
    1,
    1972,
    indicating:
    1)
    Dates on which excessive releases occurred from
    each such set; and,
    2)
    Duration in minutes of each such excessive
    -
    release; and,
    3)
    Quantities
    (in pounds) of mercaptans and/or
    hydrogen sulfide emitted into the atmosphere
    during each such excessive release.
    b)
    Proof, using such three-year historical records, that
    no excessive release is likely to occur from any such
    set either alone or in combination with such excessive
    releases from other sets owned or operated by the same
    person and located within a ten—mile radius from the
    center point of any such set, more frequently than 3
    times in any 12 month period;
    c)
    Accurate maintenance records pursuant to the
    requirements of subsection
    (a); and,
    d)
    Proof, at three-year intervals, using such three-year
    historical records, that such set conforms to the

    78
    requirements of subsection
    (c).
    SUBPART E:
    SOLVENT CLEANING
    Section 219.181
    Solvent Cleaning in General
    The
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    apply
    to
    all
    cold
    cleaning, open top vapor degreasing, and conveyorized degreasing
    operations.
    Section 219.182
    Cold Cleaning
    a)
    Operating Procedures:
    No person shall operate a cold
    cleaning degreaser unless:
    1)
    Waste solvent is stored in covered containers only
    and not disposed of in such a manner that more
    than
    20
    of
    the
    waste
    solvent
    (by
    weight)
    is
    allowed
    to
    evaporate
    into
    the
    atmosphere;
    2)
    The cover of the degreaser is closed when parts
    are not being handled; and
    3)
    Parts are drained until dripping ceases.
    b)
    Equipment Requirements:
    No person
    shall
    operate
    a
    cold
    cleaning degreaser unless:
    1)
    The degreaser is equipped with a cover which is
    closed whenever parts are not being handled in the
    cleaner.
    The cover shall be designed to be easily
    operated with one hand or with the mechanical
    assistance of springs, counter—weights or a
    powered system if:
    A)
    The solvent vapor pressure is greater than 2
    kPa
    (15
    ñunHg
    or 0.3 psi) measured at 38°C
    (100°F);
    B)
    The solvent is agitated; or
    C)
    The solvent is heated above ambient room
    temperature.
    2)
    The degreaser is equipped with a facility for
    draining cleaned parts.
    The drainage facility
    shall be constructed so that parts are enclosed
    under the cover while draining unless:
    A)
    The solvent vapor pressure is less than 4.3
    kPa
    (32
    mmHg
    or 0.6 psi) measured at 38°C
    (100°F);or

    79
    B)
    An internal drainage facility cannot be
    fitted into the cleaning system,
    in which
    case the drainage facility may be external.
    3)
    The degreaser is equipped with one of the
    following control devices if the vapor pressure of
    the solvent is greater than 4.3 kPa
    (32
    minflg
    or
    0.6 psi) measured at 38°C(100°F)or if the
    solvent is heated above 50°C(120°F) or its
    boiling point:
    A)
    A freeboard height of 7/10 of the inside
    width of the tank or 91 cm
    (36 in), whichever
    is less; or
    B)
    Any other equipment or system of equivalent
    emission control as approved by the Agency
    and further processed consistent with Section
    219.108.
    Such a system may include a water
    cover, refrigerated chiller or carbon
    adsorber.
    4)
    A permanentpecat~ihgupnec~dhee~ama&fix~dgtththe
    degreaser; and
    5)
    If a solvent spray is used,
    the degreaser is
    equipped with a solid fluid stream spray,
    rather
    than a fine,
    atomized or shower spray.
    Section 219.183
    Open Top Vapor Degreasing
    a)
    Operating Requirements:
    No person shall operate an
    open top vapor degreaser unless:
    1)
    The cover of the degreaser is closed when
    workloads are not being processed through the
    degreaser;
    2)
    Solvent carryout emissions are minimized by:
    A)
    Racking parts to allow complete drainage;
    B)
    Moving parts in and out of the degreaser at
    less than 3.3 m/min
    (11 ft/mm);
    C)
    Holding the parts in the vapor zone until
    condensation ceases;
    D)
    Tipping out any pools of solvent on the
    cleaned parts before removal from the vapor
    zone;
    and,

    80
    E)
    Allowing parts to dry within the degreaser
    until
    visually
    dry.
    3)
    Porous or absorbent materials, such as cloth,
    leather, wood or rope are not degreased;
    4)
    Less than half of the degreaser’s open top area is
    occupied with a workload;
    5)
    The degreaser is not loaded to
    the
    point
    where
    the
    vapor
    level
    would
    drop
    more
    than
    10
    cm
    (4
    in)
    when
    the
    workload
    is
    removed
    from
    the
    vapor
    zone;
    6)
    Spraying is done below the vapor level only;
    7)
    Solvent leaks are repaired immediately;
    8)
    Waste solvent is stored in covered containers only
    and not disposed of in such a manner that more
    than 20
    of the waste solvent (by weight)
    is
    allowed to evaporate into the atmosphere;
    9)
    Water is not visually detectable in solvent
    exiting from the water separator; and
    10)
    Exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per
    minute per square meter
    (65 cubic feet per minute
    per square foot)
    of degreaser open area is not
    used, unless necessary to meet the requirements of
    the Occupational Safety and Health Act
    (29 U.S.C.
    Section 651 et seq.).
    b)
    Equipment Requirements:
    No person shall operate an
    open top vapor degreaser unless:
    1)
    The degreaser is equipped with a cover designed to
    open and close easily without disturbing the vapor
    zone;
    2)
    The degreaser is equipped with the following
    switches:
    A)
    A device which shuts off the sump heat source
    if the amount of condenser coolant is not
    sufficient to maintain the designed vapor
    level; and
    B)
    A device which shuts of
    f
    the spray pump if
    the vapor level drops more than 10 cm
    (4
    in)
    below the bottom condenser coil; and

    81
    C)
    A device which shuts off the sump heat source
    when the vapor level exceeds the design
    level.
    3)
    A permanent conspicuous label summarizing the
    operating procedure is affixed to the degreaser;
    4)
    The
    degreaser is equipped with one of the
    following devices:
    A)
    A freeboard height of 3/4 of the inside width
    of the degreaser tank or 91 cm
    (36 in),
    whichever is less; and if the degreaser
    opening is greater than
    1 square meter
    (10.8
    ft2),
    a powered or mechanically assisted
    cover; or
    B)
    Any other equipment or system of equivalent
    emission control as approved by the Agency
    and further processed consistent with Section
    219.108.
    Such equipment or system may
    include a refrigerated chiller, an enclosed
    design or a carbon adsorption system.
    Section 219.184
    Conveyorized Degreasing
    a)
    Operating Requirements:
    No person shall operate a
    conveyorized degreaser unless:
    1)
    Exhaust ventilation exceeding 20 cubic meters per
    minute per square meter
    (65 cubic feet per minute
    per square foot)
    of area of loading and unloading
    opening is not used, unless necessary to meet the
    requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health
    Act
    (29 U.S.C.
    Section 651 et seq.).
    2)
    Solvent carryout emissions are minimized by:
    A)
    Racking parts for best drainage; and
    B)
    Maintaining the vertical conveyor speed at
    less
    than
    3.3
    m/min
    (11
    ft/mm);
    3)
    Waste
    solvent
    is stored in covered containers only
    and not disposed of in such a manner that more
    than 20
    of the waste solvent
    (by weight)
    is
    allowed to evaporate into the atmosphere;
    4)
    Solvent leaks are repaired immediately;
    5)
    Water is not visually detectable in solvent
    exiting from the water separator; and

    82
    6)
    Downtime covers are placed over entrances and
    exits of conveyorized degreasers immediately after
    the conveyors and exhausts are shut down and not
    removed until just before start—up.
    b)
    Equipment Requirements:
    No person shall operate a
    conveyorized degreaser unless:
    1)
    The degreaser is equipped with a drying tunnel,
    rotating (tumbling) basket or other equipment
    sufficient to prevent cleaned parts from carrying
    out solvent liquid or vapor;
    2)
    The degreaser is equipped with the following
    switches:
    A)
    A device which shuts off the sump heat source
    if the amount of condenser coolant is not
    sufficient to maintain the designed vapor
    level;
    B)
    A device which shuts off the spray pump or
    the conveyor if the vapor level drops more
    than 10 cm
    (4
    in)
    below the bottom condenser
    coil; and
    C)
    A device which shuts off the sump heat source
    when the vapor level exceeds the design
    level;
    3)
    The degreaser is equipped with openings for
    entrances and exits that silhouette workloads so
    that the average clearance between the parts and
    the edge of the degreaser opening is less than 10
    cm
    (4
    in) or less than 10 percent of the width of
    the
    opening;
    4)
    The degreaser is equipped with downtime covers for
    closing off entrances and exits when the degreaser
    is shut down; and
    5)
    The degreaser is equipped with one of the
    following control devices,
    if the air/vapor
    interface is larger than 2.0 square meters
    (21.6
    ft2):
    A)
    A carbon adsorption system with ventilation
    greater than or equal to 15 cubic meters per
    minute per square meter
    (50 cubic feet per
    minute per square foot)
    of air/vapor area
    when downtime covers are open, and exhausting

    83
    less than 25 ppm of solvent by volume
    averaged over a complete adsorption cycle; or
    B)
    Any other equipment or system of equivalent
    emission control as approved by the Agency,
    and further processed consistent with Section
    219.108.
    Such equipment or system may
    include
    a
    refrigerated
    chiller.
    Section 219.185
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emission source which was
    previously exempt from the requirements of Subpart E of 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215
    (Sections 215.182—215.184) because it satisfied the
    criteria
    in
    either
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    215.181(a)
    or
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 215.181(b),
    shall comply with the requirements of this
    Subpart on and after a date consistent with Section 219.106.
    A
    source which did not satisfy the cri.~.’riain either 35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 215.181(a) or 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215.181(b)
    shall comply with
    the requirements of this Subpart upon adoption.
    Section 219.186
    Test Methods
    The following test methods shall be used to demonstrate
    compliance
    with
    this
    Subpart:
    a)
    Vapor pressures shall be determined by using the
    procedure specified in Section 219.110.
    b)
    Exhaust ventilation rates shall be determined by using
    the procedures specified in Section 219.105(f) (3).
    c)
    The performance of control devices shall be determined
    by using the procedures specified in Section
    219.105(f).
    SUBPART F:
    COATING OPERATIONS
    Section 219.204
    Emission Limitations for Manufacturing Plants
    Except as provided in Section 219.208, no owner or operator of a
    coating line shall apply at any time any coating in which the VON
    content exceeds the following emission limitations for the
    specified coating.
    The following emission limitations are
    expressed in units of VON per volume of coating
    (minus water and
    any compounds which are specifically exempted from the definition
    of VON)
    as applied at each coating applicator, except where
    noted.
    Compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON should be treated as water for the purpose of
    calculating the “less water” part of the coating composition.
    Compliance with this Subpart must be demonstrated through the

    84
    applicable
    coating
    analysis
    test
    methods
    and
    procedures
    specified
    in
    Section
    219.105(a)
    and
    the
    recordkeeping
    and
    reporting
    requirements
    specified
    in
    Section
    219.211(c).
    (Note:
    The
    equation presented in Section 219.206 shall be used to calculate
    emission limitations for determining compliance by add-on
    controls, credits for transfer efficiency, emissions trades and
    cross—line averaging.)
    The emission limitations are as follows:
    a)
    Automobile or Light-Duty
    k~/l
    lb/gal
    Truck
    Coating
    1)
    Prime
    coat
    0.14
    (1.2)
    2)
    Prime surfacer coat
    0.34
    (2.8)
    (Note:
    The prime surfacer coat limitation is based
    upon a transfer efficiency of 30 percent.
    The use of
    transfer
    efficiency
    credits
    can
    be
    allowed
    only
    if
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a
    SIP revision.
    3)
    Topcoat
    1.81
    (15.1)
    ~(Note: The topcoat limitation is in units of kg
    (ibs)
    of VON per 1
    (gal)
    of
    coating
    solids
    deposited.
    Compliance with the limitation shall be based on the
    daily-weighted average VON content from the entire
    topcoat operation
    (all topcoat spray booths, flash-off
    areas and bake ovens).
    Compliance shall be
    demonstrated in accordance with the topcoat protocol
    for automobiles and light—duty trucks referenced in
    Section 219.105(b).
    Section 219.205 does not apply to
    the topcoat limitation.)
    At least 180 days prior to
    the initial compliance date, the owner or operator of a
    coating line subject to the topcoat limitation shall
    have submitted to the USEPA a detailed proposal
    specifying the method of demonstrating compliance with
    the protocol.
    The proposal shall have included,
    at a
    minimum,
    a comprehensive plan (including a rationale)
    for determining the transfer efficiency at each booth
    through
    the
    use
    of
    in-plant,
    or
    pilot
    testing;
    the
    selection of coatings to be tested (for the purpose of
    determining transfer efficiency)
    including the
    rationale for coating groupings; and the method for
    determining
    the
    analytic
    VON
    content
    of
    as
    appliedcoatings
    and
    the
    formulation
    solvent
    content
    of
    as applied coatings.
    Upon approval of the protocol by
    the USEPA,
    the source may proceed with the
    compliance
    demonstration.
    k~/1
    lb/c~a1

    85
    4)
    Final repair coat
    b)
    Can Coating
    1)
    Sheet basecoat and
    overvarnish
    2)
    Exterior basecoat and
    overvarnish
    3)
    Interior body spray coat
    4)
    Exterior end coat
    5)
    Side seam spray coat
    6)
    End sealing compound
    c)
    Paper Coating
    0.35
    (Note:
    The paper coating limitation shall not apply to
    any owner or operator of any paper coating line on
    which printing is performed if the paper coating line
    complies with the emissions limitations in Subpart
    H:
    Printing and Publishing, Sections 219.401 through
    219.404.)
    kg/l
    lb/gal
    d)
    Coil Coating
    0.31
    (2.6)
    e)
    Fabric Coating
    0.35
    (2.9)
    f)
    Vinyl Coating
    0.45
    (3.8)
    g)
    Metal
    Furniture
    Coating
    0.36
    (3.0)
    h)
    Large Appliance Coating
    0.34
    (2.8)
    (Note:
    The limitation shall not apply to the use of
    quick-drying lacquers for repair of scratches and nicks
    that occur during assembly, provided that the volume of
    coating does not exceed 0.95 1
    (1 quart)
    in any one
    rolling eight—hour period.)
    kg/i
    lb/~al
    1)
    Magnet Wire Coating
    0.20
    (1.7)
    j)
    Miscellaneous Metal Parts and
    0.58
    kg!1
    0.34
    0.34
    0.51
    0.51
    0.66
    coato.44
    (4.8)
    lb/gal
    (2.8)
    (2.8)
    (4.2)
    (4.2)
    (5.5)
    (3.7)
    lb/gal
    (2.9)
    k~/l

    86
    Products
    Coating
    1)
    Clear coating
    0.52
    (4.3)
    2)
    Air-dried coating
    0.42
    (3.5)
    3)
    Extreme
    performance
    0.42
    (3.5)
    coating
    4)
    All other coatings
    0.36
    (3.0)
    ka/l
    lb/gal
    k)
    Heavy Off-Highway Vehicle
    Products Coating
    1)
    Extreme performance
    0.42
    (3.5)
    prime coat
    2)
    Extreme performance top-
    0.42
    (3.5)
    coat
    (air
    dried)
    3)
    Final repair coat
    0.42
    (3.5)
    (air dried)
    4)
    All other coatings are subject to the emission
    limitations for miscellaneous metal parts and
    products coatings in subsection
    (j)
    above.
    k~/l
    lb/gal
    1)
    Wood
    Furniture
    Coating
    1)
    Clear topcoat
    0.67
    (5.6)
    2)
    Opaque stain
    0.56
    (4.7)
    3)
    Pigmented coat
    0.60
    (5.0)
    4)
    Repair coat
    0.67
    (5.6)
    5)
    Sealer
    0.67
    (5.6)
    6)
    Semi-transparent stain
    0.79
    (6.6)
    7)
    Wash coat
    0.73
    (6.1)
    (Note:
    An owner or operator of a wood furniture
    coating
    operation
    subject
    to
    this
    Section
    shall
    apply
    all
    coatings,
    with
    the
    exception
    of
    no
    more
    than
    37.8
    1
    (10
    gal)
    of
    coating
    per
    day
    used
    for touch-up and
    repair operations,
    using one or more of the following

    87
    application systems:
    airless spray application system,
    air—assisted airless spray application system,
    electrostatic spray application system, electrostatic
    bell or disc spray application system, heated airless
    spray application system, roller coating, brush or wipe
    coating application system, or dip coating application
    system.)
    Section
    219.205
    Daily-Weighted
    Average
    Limitations
    No
    owner
    or operator of a coating line
    subject
    to
    the
    limitations
    of
    Section
    219.204
    and
    complying
    by
    means
    of
    this
    Section
    shall
    operate
    the
    subject coating line unless the owner or operator has
    demonstrated compliance with subsection
    (a),
    (b),
    (c),
    (d),
    (e)
    or
    (f)
    (depending upon the source category) through the
    applicable coating analysis test methods and procedures specified
    in Section 219.105(a)
    and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements
    specified
    in
    Section
    219.211(d):
    a)
    No owner or operator of a coating line subject to only
    one of the limitations from among Section
    219.204(a) (1),
    (a) (2),
    (a) (4),
    (c)
    ,
    (d)
    ,
    (e)
    ,
    (f)
    ,
    (g)
    ,
    (h),
    or
    (1)
    shall
    apply
    coatings
    on
    any
    such
    coating
    line,
    during
    any
    day, whose daily-weighted average VON
    content
    exceeds
    the
    emission limitation to which the
    coatings are subject.
    b)
    No owner or operator of a miscellaneous metal parts and
    products
    coating
    line
    subject
    to
    the
    limitations
    of
    Section
    219.204(j)
    shall apply coatings to
    miscellaneous metal parts or products on the subject
    coating line unless the requirements in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2) below are met.
    1)
    For each coating line which applies multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical emission limitation within Section
    219.204(j)
    above, during the same day (e.g., all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.42 kg/l
    3.5
    lbs/gal)), the daily—weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed the coating VON content
    limit corresponding to the category of coating
    used,
    or
    2)
    For each coating line which applies coatings from
    more than one of the four coating categories in
    Section 219.204(j)
    above,
    during the same day, the
    owner or operator shall have a site—specific
    proposal approved by the Agency and approved by
    the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    To receive approval,
    the requirements of USEPA’s Emissions Trading

    88
    Policy Statement
    (and related policy) must be
    satisfied.
    c)
    No owner or operator of a can coating facility subject
    to the limitations of Section 215.204(b)
    shall operate
    the subject coating facility using a coating with a VON
    content
    in
    excess
    of
    the limitations specified in
    Section 215.204(b)
    unless all of the following
    requirements
    are
    met:
    1)
    An alternative daily emission limitation shall be
    determined according to subsection
    (C)
    (2) below.
    Actual daily emissions shall never exceed the
    alternative
    daily
    emission
    limitation and shall be
    calculated by use of the following equation.
    n
    E
    =
    E
    V.C.
    d
    1=1
    where:
    =
    Actual VON emissions for the day in
    units of kg/day (lbs/day),
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific coating
    applied,
    n
    =
    Total number
    of
    coatings
    applied
    in
    the
    can
    coating
    operation,
    V1
    =
    Volume of each
    coating
    applied
    for
    the
    day in units of 1/day
    (gal/day) of
    coating (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON),
    and
    C~
    =
    The VON content of each coating as
    applied in units of kg VON/i
    (lbs
    VON/gal) of coating
    (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON).
    2)
    The alternative daily emission limitation
    (Ad)
    shall be determined on a daily basis as follows:
    Ad=
    .~
    V~L~j.Q1-C~1
    1—1
    (D1
    L.)
    where:

    89
    Ad
    =
    The VON emissions allowed for the day in
    units of kg/day (lbs/day),
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific coating
    applied,
    n
    =
    Total number of surface coatings applied
    in the can coating operation,
    C.
    =
    The VON content of each surface coating
    as applied in units of kg VOM/1
    (lbs
    VON/gal)
    of coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON),
    D1
    =
    The density of VON in each coating
    applied.
    For the purposes of
    calculating Ad, the density
    is
    0.882 kg VOM/l VOM (7.36 lbs VON/gal
    VOM),
    V1
    =
    Volume of each surface coating applied
    for the day in units of 1
    (gal)
    of
    coating
    (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON),
    L~
    =
    The VON emission limitation for each
    surface coating applied as specified in
    Section 219.204(b)
    in units of kg VON/l
    (lbs VON/gal)
    of coating (minus water
    and any compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON).
    d)
    No owner or operator of a heavy off—highway vehicle
    products coating line subject to the limitations of
    Section 219.204(k)
    shall apply coatings to heavy
    off-highway vehicle products on the subject coating
    line unless the requirements of subsection
    (d) (1) or
    (d) (2) below are met.
    1)
    For each coating line which applies multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical emission limitation within Section
    219.204(k)
    above,
    during the same day (e.g.,
    all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.42 kg/l
    3.5
    lbs/gal),
    the daily-weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed the coating VOM content
    limit corresponding to the category of coating
    used, or
    2)
    For each coating line which applies coatings

    90
    subject to more than one numerical emission
    limitation
    in
    Section 219.204(k) above, during the
    same day, the owner or operator shall have a site
    specific proposal approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    To
    receive approval, the requirements of USEPA’s
    Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related
    policy) must be satisfied.
    e)
    No owner or operator of a wood furniture coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.204(1) shall
    apply coatings to wood furniture on the subject coating
    line unless the requirements of subsection
    (e) (1)
    or
    (e) (2),
    in addition to the requirements specified in
    the note to Section 219.204(1), are met.
    1)
    For each coating line which applies multiple
    coatings, all of which are subject to the same
    numerical emission limitation within Section
    219.204(1)
    above, during the same day (e.g.,
    all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.67 kg/i
    5.6
    lbs/gal)), the daily-weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed the coating VON content
    limit corresponding to the category of coating
    used,
    or
    2)
    For each coating line which applies coatings
    subject to more than one numerical emission
    limitation in Section 219.204(1)
    above, during the
    same day, the owner or operator shall have a site
    specific proposal approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    To
    receive approval, the requirements of USEPA’s
    Emissions Trading Policy Statement (and related
    policy) must be satisfied.
    Section 219.206
    Solids Basis Calculation
    Limitations in terms of kg
    (Ibs)
    of VON emissions per 1
    (gal)
    of
    solids as applied at each coating applicator shall be determined
    by the following equation:
    S=
    C
    1
    (C/D)
    where:
    S
    =
    The limitation on VON emissions in terms
    of kg VOM/l
    (lbs VON/gal) of solids,
    C
    =
    The limitation on VON emissions in terms
    of kg/l
    (lbs/gal) of coating (minus

    91
    water and any compounds which are
    specifically excluded from the
    definition of VON) specified in Section
    219.204,
    D
    =
    The density of VON in the coating.
    For
    the purposes of calculating 5, the
    density is 0.882 kg VON/i VON (7.36 lbs
    VON/gal VON).
    Section 219.207
    Alternative Emission Limitations
    a)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line subject to
    Section 219.204 may comply with this Section, rather
    than with Section 219.204,
    if a capture system and
    control device are operated at all times and the owner
    or operator demonstrates compliance with subsections
    (c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g) or
    (h)
    (depending upon the
    source category) through the applicable coating
    analysis and capture system and control device
    efficiency test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 219.105 and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 219.211(e); and the
    control device
    is equipped with the applicable
    monitoring equipment specified in Section 219.105(d)
    and the monitoring equipment is installed, calibrated,
    operated and maintained according to vendor
    specifications at all times the control device
    is in
    use.
    A capture system and control device, which does
    not demonstrate compliance with subsection
    (c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g) or
    (h) may be used as an alternative to
    compliance with Section 219.204 only if the alternative
    is approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as
    a SIP revision.
    b)
    Alternative Add-On Control Methodologies
    1)
    The coating line is equipped with a capture system
    and control device that provides 81 percent
    reduction in the overall emissions of VON from the
    coating line and the control device has a 90
    percent efficiency,
    or
    2)
    The system used to control VON from the coating
    line is demonstrated to have an overall efficiency
    sufficient to limit VON emissions to no more than
    what is allowed under Section 219.204.
    Use of any
    control system other than an afterburner, carbon
    adsorption,
    condensation, or absorption scrubber
    system can be allowed only if approved by the
    Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    The use of transfer efficiency credits

    92
    can be allowed only if approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Baseline
    transfer efficiencies and transfer efficiency test
    methods must be approved by the Agency and the
    USEPA.
    Such overall efficiency is to be determined as
    follows:
    A)
    obtain the emission limitation from the
    appropriate subsection in Section 219.204,
    B)
    calculate
    “S’1 according to the equation in
    Section 219.206,
    3)
    calculate the overall efficiency required
    according to Section 219.105(e).
    For the
    purposes of calculating this value, according
    to the equation in Section 219.105(e) (2),
    VON1
    is equal to the value of
    “S”
    as
    determined above in subsection
    (b) (2) (B).
    c)
    No owner or operator of a coating line subject to only
    one of the emission limitations from among Section
    219.204(a)(l),
    (a)(2),
    (a) (4),
    (c),
    (d),
    (e)
    ,
    (f),
    (g),
    (h) or
    (i) and equipped with a capture system and
    control device shall operate the subject coating line
    unless the requirements in subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (b) (2)
    above are met.
    No owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to Section 219.204(a) (3) and equipped with a
    capture system and control device shall operate the
    coating line unless the owner or operator demonstrates
    compliance with the topcoat limitation in accordance
    with the topcoat protocol for automobile or light-duty
    trucks referenced
    in Section 219.105(b).
    d)
    No owner or operator of a miscellaneous metal parts and
    products coating line which applies one or more
    coatings during the same day, all of which are subject
    to the same numerical emission limitation within
    Section 219.204(j)
    (e.g.,
    all coatings used on the line
    are subject to 0.42 kg/l
    3.5
    lbs/gal),
    and which is
    equipped with a capture system and control device shall
    operate the subject coating line unless the
    requirements in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2)
    above are
    met.
    e)
    No owner or operator of a heavy off-highway vehicle
    products coating line which applies one or more
    coatings during the same day,
    all of which are subject
    to the same numerical emission limitation within
    Section 219.204(k)
    (e.g.,
    all coatings used on the line

    93
    are subject to 0.42 kg/i (3.5 lbs/gal)),
    and which is
    equipped with a capture system and control device shall
    operate the subject coating line unless the
    requirements
    in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2)
    above are
    met.
    f)
    No owner or operator of a wood furniture coating line
    which applies one or more coatings during the same day,
    all of which are subject to the same numerical emission
    limitation within Section 219.204(1)
    (e.g., all
    coatings used on the line are subject to 0.67 kg/l
    5.6
    lbs/gal)),
    and which is equipped with a capture system
    and control device shall operate the subject coating
    line unless the requirements
    in subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (b) (2)
    are met.
    If compliance is achieved by meeting
    the requirements in subsection
    (b) (2), then the
    provisions in the note to Section 219.204(1) must also
    be met.
    g)
    No owner or operator of
    a can coating facility and
    equipped with a capture system and control device shall
    operate the subject coating facility unless the
    requirements in subsection
    (h) (1) or
    (h) (2) below are
    met.
    1)
    An alternative daily emission limitation shall be
    determined according to Section 219.205(c) (2).
    Actual daily emissions shall never exceed the
    alternative daily emission limitation and shall be
    calculated by use of the following equation:
    Ed
    =
    E V1
    C,
    (1—F1)
    where:
    Ed
    =
    Actual VON emissions for the day in
    units of kg/day
    (lbs/day),
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting the specific coating
    applied,
    n
    =
    Total number of surface coatings as
    applied in the can coating operation,
    V~
    =
    Volume of each coating as applied for
    the day in units of 1/day
    (gal/day) of
    coating
    (minus water and any compounds
    which are specifically exempted from the
    definition of VOM),

    94
    C~
    =
    The VON content of each coating as
    applied in units of kg VON/l
    (lbs
    VON/gal) of coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON),
    and
    F1
    =
    Fraction, by weight, of VON emissions
    from the surface coating, reduced or
    prevented from being emitted to the
    ambient air. This is the overall
    efficiency of the capture system and
    control device.
    2)
    The coating line is equipped with a capture system
    and control device that provide 75 percent
    reduction in the overall emissions of VON from the
    coating line and the control device has a 90
    percent efficiency.
    Section 219.208
    Exemptions From Emission Limitations
    a)
    Exemptions for all source categories except wood
    furniture coating.
    The limitations of this Subpart
    shall not apply to coating lines within a facility,
    that otherwise would be subject to the same subsection
    of Section 219.204
    (because they belong to the same
    source category, e.g. can coating), provided that
    combined
    actual emissions of VON from all lines at the
    facility subject to that subsection never exceed
    6.8
    kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) before the application of
    capture systems and control devices.
    (For example, can
    coating lines within a plant would not be subject to
    the limitations of Section 219.204(b)
    if the combined
    actual emissions of VON from the can coating lines
    never exceed 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) before the
    application of capture systems and control devices.)
    Volatile organic material emissions from heavy
    off-highway vehicle products coating lines must be
    combined with VOM emissions from miscellaneous metal
    parts and products coating lines to determine
    applicability.
    Any
    owner or operator of
    a coating
    facility shall comply with the applicable coating
    analysis test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 219.105(a) and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 219.211(a)
    if total
    VON emissions from the subject coating lines are always
    less than or equal to 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) before
    the application of capture systems and control devices
    and, therefore, are not subject to the limitations of
    Section 219.204.
    Once a category of coating lines at a
    facility is subject to the limitations in Section

    95
    219.204, the coating lines are always subject to the
    limitations in Section 219.204.
    b)
    Applicability for wood furniture coating
    1)
    The limitations of this Subpart shall apply to a
    plant’s wood furniture coating lines if the plant
    contains process emission sources, not regulated
    by Subparts
    B,
    E, F (excluding Section
    219.204(1)), H (excluding Section 219.405),
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X,
    Y,
    or Z of this Part, which as a group
    both:
    A)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    or more per calendar year of VOM
    if no air pollution control equipment were
    used, and
    B)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    of VON per calendar year if no
    air pollution
    control equipment were used, through
    production or capacity limitations contained
    in a federally enforceable construction
    permit or SIP revision.
    2)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of
    subsection (b)(1), the limitations of Section
    219.204(1)
    shall continue to apply to any wood
    furniture coating line which was ever subject to
    the limitations of Section 219.204(1).
    3)
    For the purposes of subsection
    (b), an emission
    source shall be considered regulated by a Subpart
    if it is subject to the limitations of that
    -
    Subpart.
    An emission source is not considered
    regulated by
    a Subpart if its emissions are below
    the applicability cutoff level or if the source is
    covered by an exemption.
    4)
    Any owner or operator of a wood furniture coating
    line to which the limitations of this Subpart are
    not applicable due to the criteria in subsection
    (b)
    shall, upon request by the Agency or the
    USEPA,
    submit records to the Agency and the USEPA
    within 30 calendar days from the date of the
    request that document that the coating line is
    exempt from the limitations of this Subpart.
    Section 219.209
    Exemption From General Rule on Use of Organic
    Material
    No owner or operator of a coating line subject to the limitations

    96
    of Section 219.204
    is required to meet the limitations of
    Subpart G
    (Section 219.301 or 219.302) of this Part,
    after the
    date by which the coating line is required to meet Section
    219.204.
    Section 219.210
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of a coating line
    (of a type included
    within Section 219.204)
    shall comply with the requirements of
    Section 219.204, 219.207 or 219.208 and Section 219.211 in
    accordance with the appropriate compliance schedule as specified
    in subsection
    (a),
    (b),
    (c) or
    (d) below:
    a)
    No owner or operator of a coating line which is exempt
    from the limitations of Section 219.204 because of the
    criteria in Section 219.208(a)
    shall operate said
    coating line on or after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with,
    and continues to comply with,
    Section 219.211(b).
    Wood furniture coating lines are not subject to Section
    219.211(b).
    b)
    No owner or operator of a coating line complying by
    means of Section 219.204 shall operate said coating
    line on or after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with, and continues to comply with, Sections 219.204
    and 219.211(c).
    c)
    No owner or operator of a coating line complying by
    means of Section 219.205 shall operate said coating
    line on or after
    a date consistent with Section
    219.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with, and continues to comply with, Sections 219.205
    and 219.211(d).
    d)
    No owner or operatpr of a coating line complying by
    means of Section 219.207 shall operate said coating
    line on or after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with, and continues to comply with, Sections 219.207
    and 219.211(e).
    Section 219.211
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    a)
    The VOM content of each coating and the efficiency of
    each capture system and control device shall be
    determined by the applicable test methods and
    procedures specified in Section 219.105 to establish
    the records required under this Section.
    b)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line which is

    97
    exempted from the limitations of Section 219.204
    because of Section 219.208(a) shall comply with the
    following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, the
    owner or operator of a facility referenced in this
    subsection shall certify to the Agency that the
    facility is exempt under the provisions of Section
    219.208(a).
    Such certification shall include:
    A)
    A declaration that the facility is exempt
    from the limitations of Section 219.204
    because of Section 219.208(a);
    and
    B)
    Calculations which demonstrate that the
    combined VON emissions from all coating lines
    at the facility never exceed 6.8 kg
    (15 lbs)
    per day before the application of capture
    systems and control devices.
    The following
    equation shall be used to calculate total VON
    emissions:
    In
    n
    T
    =
    E
    (A.
    B.).
    e
    isi
    1=1
    t
    1
    J
    where:
    Te
    =
    Total VON emissions from coating lines
    at a facility each day before the
    application of capture systems and
    control devices in units of kg/day
    (lbs/day),
    m
    =
    Number of coating lines at the
    facility,
    j
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    coating line,
    n
    =
    Number of different coatings as
    applied each day on each coating
    line at the facility,
    =
    Subscript denoting an individual
    coating,
    A1
    =
    Weight of VON per volume of each coating
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the
    definition of VON) as applied each day
    on each coating line at the facility in

    98
    units of kg VON/i
    (lbs VON/gal), and
    B1
    =
    Volume
    of each coating (minus water and
    any compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON)
    as
    applied each day on each coating line at
    the facility in units of 1/day
    (gal/day).
    The instrument or method by
    which the owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume of
    each coating as applied on each coating
    line each day shall be described in the
    certification to the Agency.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    referenced in this subsection shall collect and
    record all of the following information each day
    for each coating line and maintain the information
    at the facility for a period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of each coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON)
    as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    exempted from the limitations of Section 219.204
    because of Section 219.208(a)
    shall notify the
    Agency of any record showing that total VON
    emissions from the coating facility exceed 6.8 kg
    (15 ibs)
    in any day before the application of
    capture systems and control devices by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    after the exceedance occurs.
    c)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line subject to the
    limitations of Section 219.204 and complying by means
    of Section 219.204 shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon
    initial start—up of a new coating line, or upon
    changing the method of compliance from an existing
    subject coating line from Section 219.205 or
    Section 219.207 to Section 219.204; the owner or
    operator of a subject coating line shall certify
    to the Agency that the coating line will be in

    99
    compliance with Section 219.204 on and after a
    date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume of each coating
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the definition of
    VON)
    as applied each day on each coating
    line.
    C)
    For coating lines subject to Section
    219.204(a) (3), certification shall include:
    i)
    The name and identification number of
    each coating line which will comply by
    means of Section 219.204(a) (3),
    ii)
    The name and identification number of
    each coating as applied on each coating
    line,
    iii) The weight of VON per volume of each
    coating as applied on each coating line,
    iv)
    The instrument or method by which the
    owner or operator will accurately
    measure or calculate the volume of each
    coating as applied each day on each
    coating line,
    v)
    The method by which the owner or
    operator will create and maintain
    records each day as required in
    subsection
    (c) (2) below for coating
    lines subject to Section 219.204(a) (3),
    vi)
    An example format in which the records
    required in subsection
    (c) (2) below for
    coating lines subject to Section
    219.204 (a) (3).
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start—up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.204 and
    complying by means of Section 219.204 shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and

    100
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume of each coating
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the definition of
    VON)
    as applied each day on each coating
    line.
    C)
    For coating lines subject to Section
    219.204(a) (3), the owner or operator shall
    maintain all records necessary to calculate
    the daily-weighted average VON content from
    the coating line in accordance with the
    proposal submitted, and approved by the
    USEPA, pursuant to Section 219.204(a) (3).
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    219.204 shall be reported by sending a copy
    of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation,
    except that any record showing a violation of
    Section 219.204(a) (3)
    shall be reported by
    sending a copy of such record to the Agency
    within 15 days from the end of the month in
    which the violation occurred.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 219.204
    from Section 219.204 to Section 219.205 or
    Section 219.207, the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of subsection
    (d) (1) or
    (e) (1) below,
    respectively.
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Section 219.204 from Section 219.204 to
    Section 219.205 or Section 219.207, the owner
    or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (d) or
    (e),
    respectively.
    C)
    For coating lines subject to Section
    219.204(a) (3), the owner or operator shall
    notify the Agency of any change to the
    topcoating operation at least 30 days before

    101
    the change is effected.
    The Agency shall
    determine whether or not recertification
    testing is required.
    If the Agency
    determines that recertification testing is
    required, then the owner or operator shall
    submit
    a
    proposal to the Agency to test
    within 30 days and retest within 30 days of
    the Agency’s approval of the proposal.
    d)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line subject to the
    limitations of Section 219.204 and complying by means
    of Section 219.205 shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon
    initial start—up of a new coating line, or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    subject coating line from Section 219.204 or
    Section 219.207 to Section 219.205; the owner or
    operator of the subject coating line shall certify
    to the Agency that the coating line will be in
    compliance with Section 219.205 on and after a
    date consistent with Section 219.106,
    or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall
    include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating line which will comply by means of
    Section 219.205.
    B)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    C)
    The weight of VOM per volume and the volume
    of each coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON)
    as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    D)
    The instrument or method by which the owner
    or operator will accurately measure or
    calculate the volume of each coating as
    applied each day on each coating line.
    E)
    The method by which the owner or operator
    will create and maintain records each day as
    required in subsection
    (d) (2).
    F)
    An example of the format in which the records
    required in subsection
    (d) (2) will be kept.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up

    102
    date, the owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.204 and
    complying by means of Section 219.205,
    shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of each coating (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON) as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    C)
    The daily-weighted average VON content of all
    coatings as applied on each coating line as
    defined in Section 219.104.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    219.205 shall be reported by sending a copy
    of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with this subpart from
    Section 219.205 to Section 219.204 or Section
    219.207, the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c) (1) or
    (e)(l), respectively.
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with this subpart from
    Section 219.205 to Section 219.204 or Section
    219.207, the ~
    o~mply
    subsection
    (c) or
    (e),
    respectively.
    e)
    Any owner or operator of a coating line subject to the
    limitations of Section 219.207 and complying by means
    of Section 219.207(c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g) or
    (h)
    shall
    comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon
    initial start—up of a new coating line, or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    coating line from Section 219.204 or Section

    103
    219.205 to Section 219.207, the owner or operator
    of the subject coating line shall perform all
    tests and submit to the Agency the results of all
    tests and calculations necessary to demonstrate
    that the subject coating line will be in
    compliance with Section 219.207 on and after
    a
    date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date, the owner or operator of a coating line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.207 and
    complying by means of Section 219.207(c),
    (d),
    (e),
    (f),
    (g), or
    (h) shall collect and record all
    of the following information each day for each
    coating line and maintain the information at the
    facility for a period of three years:
    A)
    The weight of VON per volume of coating
    solids as applied each day on each coating
    line,
    if complying pursuant to Section
    219.207(b) (2).
    B)
    Control device monitoring data.
    C)
    A log of operating time for the capture
    system, control device, monitoring equipment
    and the associated coating line.
    D)
    A maintenance log for the capture system,
    control device and monitoring equipment
    detailing all routine and non—routine
    maintenance performed including dates and
    duration of any outages.
    3)
    On and after
    a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    219.207 shall be reported by sending a copy
    of such record to the Agency within 30 days
    following the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with this Subpart from
    Section 219.207 to Section 219.204 or Section
    219.205, the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c) (1) or
    (d) (1)
    of this Section,
    respectively.
    Upon

    104
    changing the method of compliance with this
    subpart from Section 219.207 to Section
    219.204 or Section 219.205, the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements
    of subsection
    (c) or
    (d)
    of this Section,
    respectively.
    SUBPART G:
    USE OF ORGANIC MATERIAL
    Section 219.301
    Use of Organic Material
    No person shall cause or allow the discharge of more than 3.6
    kg/hr
    (8 lbs/hr)
    of organic material into the atmosphere from any
    emission source, except as provided in Sections 219.302,
    219.303,
    219.304 and the following exception:
    If no odor nuisance exists
    the limitation of this Subpart shall apply only to
    photochemically reactive material.
    Section 219.302
    Alternative Standard
    Emissions of organic material in excess of those permitted by
    Section 219.301 are allowable if such emissions are controlled by
    one of the following methods:
    a)
    Flame, thermal or catalytic incineration
    so
    as either
    to reduce such emissions to 10 ppm equivalent methane
    (molecular weight 16) or less, or to convert 85 percent
    of the hydrocarbons to carbon dioxide and water;
    or,
    b)
    A vapor recovery system which adsorbs and/or condenses
    at least 85 percent of the total uncontrolled organic
    material that would otherwise be emitted to the
    atmosphere;
    or,
    c)
    Any other air pollution control equipment approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a -SIP revision
    capable of reducing by 85 percent or more the
    uncontrolled organic material that would be otherwise
    emitted to the atmosphere.
    Section 219.303
    Fuel Combustion Emission Sources
    The provisions of Sections 219.301 and 219.302 shall not apply to
    fuel combustion emission sources.
    Section 219.304
    Operations with Compliance Program
    The provisions of Sections 219.301 and 219.302 shall not apply to
    any owner,
    operator, user or manufacturer of paint, varnish,
    lacquer, coatings or printing ink whose compliance program and
    project completion schedule, as required by 35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    201, provided for the reduction of organic material used in such

    105
    process to 20 percent or less of total volume by May 30,
    1977.
    SUBPART H:
    PRINTING
    AND
    PUBLISHING
    Section 219.401
    Flexographic and Rotogravure Printing
    a)
    No owner or operator of a subject flexographic,
    packaging rotogravure or publication rotogravure
    printing line shall apply at any time any coating or
    ink unless the VON content does not exceed the
    limitation specified in either subsection
    (a) (1) or
    (a) (2)
    below.
    Compliance with this Section must be
    demonstrated through the applicable coating or ink
    analysis test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 219.105(a)
    and the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 219.404(c).
    As an
    alternative to compliance with this subsection,
    a
    subject printing line may meet the requirements of
    subsection
    (b) or
    (c) below.
    1)
    Forty percent VON by volume of the coating and ink
    (minus water and any compounds which are
    specifically exempted from the definition of VON),
    or
    2)
    Twenty-five percent VON by volume of the volatile
    content in the coating and ink.
    b)
    No owner or operator of a subject flexographic,
    packaging rotogravure or publication rotogravure
    printing line shall apply coatings or inks on the
    subject printing line unless the weighted average, by
    volume, VON content of all coatings and inks as applied
    each day on the subject printing line does not exceed
    the limitation specified in either subsection
    (a) (1)
    (as determined by subsection
    (b) (1)) or subsection
    (a) (2)
    (as determined by subsection
    (b) (2)).
    Compliance with this subsection must be demonstrated
    through the applicable coating or ink analysis test
    methods and procedures specified in Section 219.105 (a)
    and the recordkeeping and reporting requirements
    specified in Section 219.404(d).
    1)
    The following equation shall be used to determine
    if the weighted average VOM content of all
    coatings and inks as applied each day on the
    subject pr~p~dà~iHnine~ubedstths
    ~i~4t~tion
    C1L1 (V~~
    +
    VOM(i)(A)
    =
    _____________________________

    106
    L~(V~1
    +
    V~~)
    Where:
    VOM(i)CA)
    =
    The weighted average VON content in
    units of percent VON by volume of all
    coatings and inks
    (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of VON)
    used each day,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific
    coating or ink as applied,
    n
    =
    The number of different coatings
    and/or inks as applied each day on
    a printing line,
    =
    The VON content in units of percent
    VON by volume of each coating or
    ink as applied
    (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically
    exempted from the definition of
    VON),
    =
    The liquid volume of each coating
    or ink as applied in units of 1
    (gal),
    ~
    =
    The volume fraction of solids in
    each coating or ink as applied,
    and
    Vv~1
    =
    The volume fraction of VON in each
    coating or ink as applied.
    2)
    The following equation shall be used to determine
    if the weighted average VON content of all
    coatings and inks as applied each day on the
    subject printing line exceeds the limitation
    specified in subsection
    (a) (2).
    i=1
    ~
    C~L1V~1
    VOM(1)(8)
    =
    •9~
    LIVVffl
    where:

    107
    VOM(I)(B)
    =
    The weighted average VON content in
    units of percent VOM by volume of the
    volatile content of all coatings and
    inks used each day,
    i
    =
    Subscript denoting a specific
    coating or ink as applied,
    The number of different coatings
    and/or inks as applied each day on
    each printing line,
    C1
    =
    The VON content in units of percent
    VON by volume of the volatile
    matter in each coating or ink as
    applied,
    L1
    =
    The liquid volume of each coating
    or ink as applied in units of
    1
    (gal),
    and
    ~
    =The volume fraction of volatile matter
    in each coating or ink as applied.
    c)
    No owner or operator of a subject flexographic,
    packaging rotogravure or publication rotogravure
    printing line equipped with a capture system and
    control device shall operate the subject printing line
    unless the owner or operator meets the requirements in
    subsection
    (c) (1),
    (c) (2), or
    (c) (3) and subsections
    (c) (4),
    (c) (5) and
    (c) (6)
    below.
    1)
    A carbon adsorption system is used which reduces
    the captured VON emissions by at least 90 percent
    by weight, or
    2)
    An incineration system is used which reduces the
    captured VON emissions by at least 90 percent by
    weight, or
    3)
    An alternative VON emission reduction system is
    used which is demonstrated to have at least a
    90 percent control device efficiency,
    approved by
    the Agency and approved by USEPA as a SIP
    revision, and
    4)
    The printing line is equipped with a capture
    system and control device that provides an overall
    reduction in VON emissions of at least:
    A)
    75 percent where a publication rotogravure
    printing line is employed, or

    108
    B)
    65 percent where a packaging rotogravure
    printing line is employed,
    or
    C)
    60 percent where a flexographic printing line
    is employed, and
    5)
    The control device is equipped with the applicable
    monitoring equipment specified in Section
    219.105(d) (2) and the monitoring equipment is
    installed,
    calibrated, operated and maintained
    according to vendor specifications at all times
    the control device is in use, and
    6)
    The capture system and control device are operated
    at all times when the subject printing line is in
    operation.
    The owner or operator shall
    demonstrate compliance with this subsection by
    using the applicable capture system and control
    device test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 219.105(c) through Section 219.105(f) and
    by complying with the recordkeeping and reporting
    requirements specified in Section 219.404(e).
    Section 219.402
    Applicability
    a)
    The limitations of Section 219.401 apply to all
    flexographic and rotogravure printing lines at a
    subject facility.
    All facilities with flexographic
    and/or rotogravure printing lines are subject
    facilities unless:
    1)
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of VON from
    all flexographic and rotogravure printing line(s)
    at the facility never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons)
    per calendar year before the application of
    capture systems and control devices, or
    2)
    A federally enforceable construction permit or SIP
    revision for all flexographic and rotogravure
    printing line(s) at a facility requires the owner
    or operator to limit production or capacity of
    these printing line(s)
    to reduce total VON
    emissions from all flexographic and rotogravure
    printing line(s) to 90.7 Mg (100 tons)
    or less per
    calendar year before the application of capture
    systems and control devices.
    b)
    Upon achieving compliance with this Subpart, the
    emission source is not required to meet Subpart G
    (Sections 219.301 or 219.302).
    Emission sources exempt
    from this Subpart are subject to Subpart G (Sections

    109
    219.301 or 215.802).
    Rotogravure or flexographic
    equipment used for both roll printing and paper coating
    is subject to this Subpart.
    c)
    Once subject to the limitations of Section 219.401,
    a
    flexographic or rotogravure printing line is always
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.401.
    d)
    Any
    owner or operator of any flexographic or
    rotogravure printing line that is exempt from the
    limitations of Section 219.401 because of the criteria
    in this Section is subject to the recordkeeping and
    reporting requirements specified in Section 219.404(b).
    Section 219.403
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of a flexographic and/or rotogravure
    printing line shall comply with the applicable requirements of
    Section 219.401 and Section 219.404 in accordance with the
    applicable compliance schedule specified in subsection
    (a),
    (b),
    (c) or
    (d)
    below:
    a)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line which is exempt from the limitations of
    Section 219.401 because of the criteria in Section
    219.402 shall operate said printing line on or after
    a
    date consistent with Section 219.106, unless the owner
    or operator has complied with, and continues to comply
    with, Section 219.404(b).
    b)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line complying by means of Section 219.401(a)
    shall operate said printing line on or after a date
    consistent with Section 219.106, unless the owner or
    operator has complied with,
    and continues to comply
    with,
    Section 219.401(a)
    and Section 219.404(c).
    c)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line complying by means of Section 219.401(b)
    shall operate said printing line on or after a date
    consistent with Section 219.106, unless the owner or
    operator has complied with, and continues to comply
    with, Section 219.401(b)
    and Section 219.404(d).
    d)
    No owner or operator of a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line complying by means of Section 219.401(c)
    shall operate said printing line on or after a date
    consistent with Section 219.106, unless the owner or
    operator has complied with,
    and continues to comply
    with, Section 219.401(c) and Section 219.404(e).
    Section 219.404
    Recordkeeping and Reporting

    110
    a)
    The VON content of each coating and ink and the
    efficiency of each capture system and control device
    shall be determined by the applicable test methods and
    procedures specified in Section 219.105 to establish
    the records required under this Section.
    b)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line which is
    exempted from the limitations of Section 219.401
    because of the criteria in Section 219.402 shall comply
    with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, the
    owner or operator of a facility to which this
    subsection is applicable shall certify to the
    Agency that the facility is exempt under the
    provisions of Section 219.402.
    Such certification
    shall include:
    A)
    A declaration that the facility is exempt
    from the limitations of the criteria in
    Section 219.401 because of Section 219.402,
    and
    B)
    Calculations which demonstrate that total
    maximum theoretical emissions of VON from all
    flexographic and rotogravure printing lines
    at the facility never exceed 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons)
    per calendar year before the
    application of capture systems and control
    devices.
    Total maximum theoretical emissions
    of VOM for a flexographic or rotogravure
    printing facility is the sum of maximum
    theoretical emissions of VON from each
    flexographic and rotogravure printing line at
    the facility.
    The following equation shall
    be used to calculate total maximum
    theoretical emissions of VON per calendar
    year before the application of capture
    systems and control devices for each
    flexographic and rotogravure printing line at
    the facility:
    E~
    =
    A
    x B
    where:
    E~
    =
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON from one flexographic or rotogravure
    printing line in units of kg/year
    (lbs/year),

    111
    A
    =
    Weight of VON per volume of solids of
    the coating or ink with the highest VON
    content as applied each year on the
    printing line in units of kg VON/i
    (lbs
    VOM/gal) of coating or ink solids,
    and
    B
    =
    Total volume of solids for all coatings
    and inks that can potentially be applied
    each year on the printing line in units
    of 1/year (gal/year).
    The instrument
    and/or method by which the owner or
    operator accurately measured or
    calculated the volume of each coating
    and ink as applied and the amount that
    can potentially be applied each year on
    the printing line shall be described in
    the certification to the Agency.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106,
    the owner or operator of a facility
    referenced in this subsection shall collect and
    record all of the following information each year
    for each printing line and maintain the
    information at the facility for a period of three
    years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VON content and the volume of each
    coating and ink as applied each year on each
    printing line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    exempted from the limitations of Section 219.401
    because of the criteria in Section 219.402
    shall
    notify the Agency of any record showing that total
    maximum theoretical emissions of VOM from all
    printing lines exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons)
    in any
    calendar year before the application of capture
    systems and control devices by sending a copy of
    such record to the Agency within 30 days after the
    exceedance occurs.
    c)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
    limitations of Section 219.401 and complying by means
    of Section 219.401(a)
    shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106,
    or upon

    112
    initial start-up of a new printing line, or upon
    changing the method of compliance from an existing
    subject printing line from Section 219.401(b) or
    Section 219.401(c)
    to Section 219.401(a), the
    owner or operator of a subject printing line shall
    certify to the Agency that the printing line will
    be in compliance with Section 219.401(a)
    on and
    after a date consistent with Section 219.106, or
    on and after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and
    ink
    as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VOM content of each coating and ink as
    applied each day on each printing line.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date, the owner or operator of a printing line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.401 and
    complying by means of Section 219.401(a)
    shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VON content of each coating and ink as
    applied each day on each printing line.
    3)
    On
    and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    219.401(a)
    shall be reported by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 30
    days following the occurrence of the
    violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 219.401
    from Section 219.401(a)
    to Section 219.401(b)
    or
    (c), the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (b) (1) or
    (c) (1), respectively.
    Upon changing the

    113
    method of compliance with Section 219.401
    from Section 219.401(a) to Section 219.401(b)
    or
    (c), the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (b) or
    (c), respectively.
    d)
    Any
    owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
    limitations of Section 219.401 and complying by means
    of Section 219.401(b) shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106,
    or upon
    initial start-up of a new printing line,
    or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    subject printing line from Section 219.401(a)
    or
    (c) to Section 219.401(b), the owner or operator
    of the subject printing line shall certify to the
    Agency that the printing line will be in
    compliance with Section 219.401(b)
    on and after
    a
    date consistent with Section 219.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    printing line which will comply by means of
    Section 219.401(b).
    B)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating and ink available for use on each
    printing line.
    C)
    The VON content of each coating and ink as
    applied each day on each printing line.
    D)
    The instrument or method by which the owner
    or operator will accurately measure or
    calculate the volume of each coating and ink
    as applied each day on each printing line.
    E)
    The method by which the owner or operator
    will create and maintain records each day as
    required in subsection
    (b) (2).
    F)
    An example of the format in which the records
    required in subsection
    (b) (2) will be kept.
    2)
    On and after
    a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start—up
    date, the owner or operator of a printing line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.401 and
    complying by means of Section 219.401(b)
    shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each printing line and

    114
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification
    number
    of each
    coating and ink as applied on each printing
    line.
    B)
    The VON content and the volume of each
    coating and ink as applied each day on each
    printing line.
    C)
    The daily-weighted average VON content of all
    coatings and inks as applied on each printing
    line.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    219.401(b)
    shall be reported by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 30
    days following the occurrence of the
    violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 219.401
    from Section 219.401(b) to Section 219.401(a)
    or 219.401(c),
    the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of subsection
    (c) (1) or
    (e) (1), respectively.
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Section 219.401 from Section 219.401(b)
    to
    Section 219.401(a)
    or
    (c), the owner or
    operator shall comply with all requirements
    of subsection
    (c)
    or
    (e), respectively.
    e)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line subject to the
    limitations of Section 219.401 and complying by means
    of Section 219.401(c)
    shall comply with the following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon
    initial start-up of a new printing line, or upon
    changing the method of compliance for an existing
    printing line from Section 219.401(a)
    or
    (b) to
    Section 219.401(c),
    the owner or operator of the
    subject printing line shall perform all tests and
    submit to the Agency the results of all tests and
    calculations necessary to demonstrate that the
    subject printing line will be in compliance with
    Section 219.401(c)
    on and after a date consistent

    115
    with Section 219.106, or on and after the initial
    start-up date.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date, the owner or operator of a printing line
    subject to the limitations of Section 219.401 and
    complying by means of Section 219.401(c)
    shall
    collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each printing line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    Control device monitoring data.
    B)
    A log of operating time for the capture
    system,
    control device, monitoring equipment
    and the associated printing line.
    C)
    A maintenance log for the capture system,
    control device and monitoring equipment
    detailing all routine and non-routine
    maintenance performed including dates and
    duration of any outages.
    3)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of Section
    219.401(c),
    shall be reported by sending a
    copy of such record to the Agency within 30
    days following the occurrence of the
    violation.
    B)
    At least 30 calendar days before changing the
    method of compliance with Section 219.401
    from Section 219.401(c)
    to Section 219.401(a)
    or
    (b), the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (c) (1)
    or
    (d) (1), respectively.
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with Section 219.401
    from Section 219.401(c)
    to Section 219.401(a)
    or
    (b), the owner or operator shall comply
    with all requirements of subsection
    (C)
    or
    (d), respectively.
    Section 219.405
    Heatset-Web-Offset Lithographic Printing
    a)
    Applicability

    116
    1)
    The limitations of subsection
    (b) below apply to
    all heatset-web-offset lithographic printing lines
    at a subject facility.
    All facilities with
    heatset-web-offset lithographic printing lines are
    subject facilities unless:
    A)
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of VON
    from all heatset-web-offset lithographic
    printing lines at the facility never exceed
    90.7 Mg (100 tons) per calendar year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment,
    or
    B)
    A federally enforceable construction permit
    or SIP revision for all heatset-web-offset
    lithographic printing lines(s)
    at a facility
    requires the owner or operator to limit
    production or capacity of these printing
    line(s) to reduce total VON emissions from
    all heatset—web-offset lithographic printing
    line(s) to 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons) per calendar
    year or less in the absence of air pollution
    control equipment,
    and
    2)
    Any owner or operator of any heatset—web-offset
    lithographic printing line that is exempt from the
    limitations in subsection
    (b) because of the
    criteria in subsection
    (a) (1)
    shall be subject to
    the recordkeeping and reporting requirements in
    subsection
    (c) (1).
    b)
    Specific Provisions.
    No owner or operator of a subject
    heatset-web— offset printing line may cause or allow
    the operation of the subject heatset-web-offset
    printing line unless the owner or operator meets the
    requirements in subsection
    (b) (1)
    or
    (b) (2) and the
    requirements in subsections
    (b) (3) and
    (b) (4)
    below.
    1)
    An afterburner system is installed and operated
    that reduces 90 percent of the VON emissions from
    the dryer exhaust, or
    2)
    The fountain solution contains no more than
    8 percent, by weight, of VON and a condensation
    recovery system is installed and operated that
    removes at least 75 percent of the non—isopropyl
    alcohol organic materials from the dryer exhaust,
    and
    3)
    The control device is equipped with the applicable
    monitoring equipment specified in Section
    219.105(d) (2) and the monitoring equipment is

    117
    installed,
    calibrated, operated and maintained
    according to vendor specifications at all times
    the control device is in use, and
    4)
    The control device is operated at all times when
    the subject printing line is in operation.
    The
    owner or operator shall demonstrate compliance
    with this Section by using the applicable test
    methods and procedures specified in Section
    219.105(a),
    (d), and
    (f) and by complying with the
    recordkeeping and reporting requirements specified
    in subsection
    (c) below.
    c)
    Recordkeeping and Reporting.
    The VON content of each
    fountain solution and ink and the efficiency of each
    control device shall be determined by the applicable
    test methods and procedures specified in Section
    219.105 to establish the records required under this
    subsection.
    1)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line which is
    exempted from the limitations of subsection
    (b)
    because of the criteria in subsection
    (a)
    shall
    comply with the following:
    A)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106,
    the owner or operator of a facility to which
    subsection
    (c) (1)
    is applicable shall certify
    to the Agency that the facility is exempt
    under the provisions of subsection
    (a).
    Such
    certification shall include:
    i)
    A declaration that the facility is
    exempt from the limitations of
    subsection
    (b) because of the criteria
    in subsection. (a), and
    ii)
    Calculations which demonstrate that
    total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON from all heatset-web—offset
    lithographic printing lines at the
    facility never exceed 90.7 Mg (100 tons)
    per calendar year before the application
    of air pollution control equipment.
    Total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON for a heatset—web-offset
    lithographic printing facility is the
    sum of maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON from each heatset-web-offset
    lithographic printing line at the
    facility.
    The following equation shall
    be used to calculate total maximum

    118
    theoretical emissions of VON per
    calendar year in the absence of air
    pollution control equipment for each
    heatset-web-offset lithographic printing
    line at the facility.
    E~
    =
    (A x B)
    +
    (C x D)
    100
    where:
    E~
    =
    Total maximum theoretical emissions
    of VON from one heatset—web-offset
    printing line in units of kg/year
    (lbs/year),
    A
    =
    Weight of VOM per volume of solids
    of ink with the highest VON content
    as applied each year on the
    printing line in units of kg VON/i-
    (lbs VON/gal) of solids, and
    B
    =
    Total volume of solids for all inks
    that ~an potentially be applied
    each year on the printing line in
    units of 1/year (gal/year).
    The
    instrument or method by which the
    owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume
    of each ink as applied and the
    amount that can potentially be
    applied each year on the printing
    line shall be described in the
    certification to the Agency.
    C
    =
    The weight percent VON of the
    fountain solution with the highest
    VON content.
    D
    =
    The total volume of fountain
    solution that can potentially be
    used each year on the printing line
    in units of 1/year
    (gal/year).
    The
    instrument and/or method by which
    the owner or operator accurately
    measured or calculated the volume
    of each fountain solution used and
    the amount that can potentially be
    used each year on the printing line
    shall be described in the
    certification to the Agency.

    119
    B)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    to which subsection
    (C) (1) is applicable
    shall collect and record all of the following
    information each year for each printing line
    and maintain the information at the facility
    for a period of three years:
    i)
    The name and identification of each
    fountain solution and ink as applied on
    each printing line.
    ii)
    The VON content and the volume of each
    fountain solution and ink as applied
    each year on each printing line.
    C)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a facility
    exempted from the limitations of subsection
    (b) because of the criteria in subsection
    (a)
    shall notify the Agency of any record showing
    that total maximum theoretical emissions of
    VON from all printing lines exceed 90.7 Mg
    (100 tons)
    in any calendar year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment by
    sending a copy of such record to the Agency
    within 30 days after the exceedance occurs.
    2)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line subject
    to the limitations of subsection
    (b) and complying
    by means of subsection
    (b) (1)
    shall comply with
    the following:
    A)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or
    upon initial start-up of a new printing line,
    or upon changing the method of compliance for
    an existing printing line from subsection
    (b) (2) to subsection
    (b) (1); the owner or
    operator of the subject printing line shall
    perform all tests and submit to the Agency
    the results of all tests and calculations
    necessary to demonstrate that the subject
    printing line will be in compliance with
    subsection
    (b) (1) on and after a date
    consistent with Section 219.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    B)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date,
    the owner or operator of a printing
    line subject to the limitations of subsection
    (b)
    and complying by means of subsection

    120
    (b)
    (1)
    shall collect and record the following
    information each day for each printing line
    and maintain the information at the facility
    for a period of three years:
    i)
    Control device monitoring data.
    ii)
    A log of operating time for the control
    device, monitoring equipment and the
    associated printing line.
    iii) A maintenance log for the control device
    and monitoring equipment detailing all
    routine and nonroutine maintenance
    performed including dates and duration
    of any outages.
    C)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency
    in the
    following instances:
    i)
    Any record showing violation of
    subsection
    (b) (1)
    shall be reported by
    sending
    a copy of such record to the
    Agency within 30 days following the
    occurrence of the violation.
    ii)
    At least 30 calendar days before
    changing the method of compliance with
    subsection
    (b)
    from subsection
    (b) (1) to
    (b) (2), the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of
    subsection
    (c) (3) (A).
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with subsection
    (b)
    from subsection
    (b)(1)
    to (b)(2), the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (c) (3).
    3)
    Any owner or operator of a printing line subject
    to the limitations of subsection
    (b) and complying
    by means of subsection
    (b) (2)
    shall comply with
    the following:
    A)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or
    upon initial start-up of a new printing line,
    or upon changing the method of compliance for
    an existing printing line from subsection
    (b) (1) to
    (b) (2); the owner or operator of
    the subject printing line shall perform all
    tests and submit to the Agency and the USEPA
    the results of all tests and calculations

    121
    necessary to demonstrate that the subject
    printing line will be in compliance with
    subsection
    (b) (2) on and after
    a date
    consistent with Section 219.106, or on and
    after the initial start-up date.
    B)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start—up
    date, the owner or operator of a printing
    line subject to the limitations of subsection
    (b) and complying by means of subsection
    (b) (2)
    shall collect and record the following
    information each day for each printing line
    and maintain the information at the facility
    for a period of three years:
    i)
    The VON content of the fountain solution
    used each day on each printing line.
    ii)
    A log of operating time for the control
    device and the associated printing line.
    iii) A maintenance log for the control device
    detailing all routine and non—routine
    maintenance performed including dates
    and duration of any outages.
    C)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    printing line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    i)
    Any record showing violation of
    subsection
    (b) (2)
    shall be reported by
    sending a copy of such record to the
    Agency within 30 days following the
    occurrence of the violation.
    ii)
    At least 30 calendar days before
    changing the method of compliance with
    subsection
    (b) from subsection
    (b) (2) to
    (b) (1), the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of
    subsection
    (C)
    (2) (A).
    Upon changing the
    method of compliance with subsection
    (b)
    from subsection
    (b) (2) to
    (b) (1), the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (c) (2).
    d)
    Compliance Schedule.
    Every owner or operator of
    a
    heatset-web-offset lithographic printing line shall
    comply with the applicable requirements of subsections

    122
    (b) and
    (c)
    in accordance with the applicable
    compliance schedule specified in subsection
    (d)(1),
    (d) (2), or
    (d) (3)
    below:
    1)
    No owner or operator of a heatset—web—offeet
    lithographic printing line which is exempt from
    the limitations of subsection
    (b) because of the
    criteria in subsection
    (a) shall operate said
    printing line on or after a date consistent with
    Section 219.106, unless the owner or operator has
    complied with, and continues to comply with,
    subsection
    (b) (1) and
    (c) (1).
    2)
    No owner or operator of a heatset—web—offset
    lithographic printing line complying by means of
    subsection
    (b) (1)
    shall operate said printing line
    on or after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with, and continues to comply with,
    subsection
    (b)(2)
    and (c)(2).
    3)
    No owner or operator of a heatset—web—offset
    lithographic printing line complying by means of
    subsection
    (b) (2)
    shall operate said printing line
    on or after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, unless the owner or operator has complied
    with, and continues to comply with,
    subsection
    (C)
    (3)
    SUBPART
    Q:
    LEAKS FROM SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICAL
    AND
    POLYMER
    MANUFACTURING
    EQUIPMENT
    Section 219.421
    General Requirements
    The owner or operator of a plant which processes more than 3660
    mg/yr
    (4033 tons/year)
    gaseous and light liquid VON, and whose
    components are used to manufacture the synthetic organic
    chemicals or polymers listed in Appendix A, shall comply with
    this Subpart.
    The provisions of this Subpart are applicable to
    components containing 10 percent or more by weight VON as
    determined
    by
    ASTN
    method E-l68, E-169 and E-260,
    incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112.
    Those components that are not
    process unit components are exempt from this
    Subpart.
    A
    component shall be considered to be leaking if the VON is equal
    to, or is greater than 10,000 ppmv as methane or hexane as
    determined
    by USEP.A Reference Method 21,
    as specified at 40 CFR
    60, Appendix A, incorporated by reference in Section 219.112,
    indication of liquids dripping, or indication by a sensor that a
    seal or barrier fluid system has failed.
    The provisions of this
    Subpart are not applicable if the equipment components are used
    to produce heavy liquid chemicals only from heavy liquid feed or
    raw materials.

    123
    Section 219.422
    Inspection Program Plan for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical or polymer
    manufacturing plant subject to Section 219.421 shall prepare an
    inspection program plan which contains, at a minimum:
    a)
    An identification of all components and the period in
    which each will be monitored pursuant to Section
    219. 423.
    b)
    The format for the monitoring log required by Section
    219.425.
    c)
    A description of the monitoring equipment to be used
    when complying with Section 219.423, and
    d)
    A description of the methods to be used to identify all
    pipeline valves, pressure relief valves in gaseous
    service,
    all leaking components, and components
    exempted under Section 219.423(i)
    such that they are
    obvious and can be located by both plant personnel
    -performing monitoring and Agency personnel performing
    inspections.
    Section 219.423
    Inspection Program for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical or polymer
    manufacturing plant subject to this subpart shall, for the
    purposes of detecting leaks, conduct a component inspection
    program using the test methods specified in Method 21,
    40 CFR 60,
    Appendix A (1986), incorporated by reference in Section 219.112,
    consistent with the following provisions:
    a)
    Test annually those components operated near extreme
    temperature or pressure such- that they would be unsafe
    to routinely monitor and those components which would
    require the elevation of monitoring personnel higher
    than two meters above permanent worker access
    structures or surfaces.
    b)
    Test quarterly all other pressure relief valves in gas
    service, pumps in light liquid service, valves in light
    liquid service and in gas service, and compressors.
    c)
    If less than or equal to 2 percent of the valves in
    light liquid service and in gas service tested pursuant
    to subsection
    (b) are found not to leak for
    five consecutive quarters, no leak tests shall be
    required for three consecutive quarters.
    Thereafter,
    leak tests shall resume for the next quarter.
    If that
    test shows less than or equal to 2 percent of the

    124
    valves in light liquid service and in gas service are
    leaking, then no tests are required for the next
    three quarters.
    If more than
    2 percent are leaking,
    then tests are required for the next five quarters.
    d)
    Observe visually all pump seals weekly.
    e)
    Test immediately any pump seal from which liquids are
    observed dripping.
    f)
    Test any relief valve within 24 hours after it has
    vented to the atmosphere.
    g)
    Routine instrument monitoring of valves which are not
    externally regulated,
    flanges,
    and equipment in heavy
    liquid service,
    is not required.
    However, any valve
    which is not externally regulated,
    flange or piece of
    equipment
    in heavy liquid service that is found to be
    leaking on the basis of sight,
    smell or sound shall be
    repaired as soon as practicable but no later than
    30 days after the leak is found.
    h)
    Test immediately after repair any component that was
    found leaking.
    i)
    Within one hour of its detection,
    a weatherproof,
    readily visible tag, in bright colors such as red or
    yellow, bearing an identification number and the date
    on which the leak was detected must be affixed on the
    leaking component and remain in place until the leaking
    component is repaired.
    j)
    The following components are exempt from the monitoring
    requirements in this Section:
    1)
    Any component that is in vacuum service, and
    2)
    Any pressure relief valve that is connected to an
    operating flare header or vapor recovery device.
    Section 219.424
    Repairing Leaks
    All leaking components must be repaired and retested as soon as
    practicable but no later than 15 days after the leak is found
    unless the leaking component cannot be repaired until the process
    unit is shut down.
    Records of repairing and retesting must be
    maintained in accordance with Section 219.425 and 219.426.
    Section 219.425
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    a)
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical
    or polymer manufacturing plant shall maintain a leaking

    125
    components monitoring log which shall contain, at a
    minimum, the following information:
    1)
    The name of the process unit where the component
    is located;
    2)
    The type of component
    (e.g., valve,
    seal);
    3)
    The identification number of the component;
    4)
    The date on which a leaking component is
    discovered;
    5)
    The date on which a leaking component is repaired;
    6)
    The date and instrument reading of the recheck
    procedure after a leaking component is repaired;
    7)
    A record of the calibration of the monitoring
    instrument;
    8)
    The identification number of leaking components
    which cannot be repaired until process unit
    shutdown; and
    9)
    The total number of valves in light liquid service
    and in gas service inspected;
    the total number and
    the percentage of these valves found leaking
    during the monitoring period.
    b)
    Copies of the monitoring log shall be retained by the
    owner or operator for a minimum of two years after the
    date on which the record was made or the report was
    prepared.
    c)
    Copies of the monitoring log shall be made available to
    the Agency upon verbal or written request prior to or
    at the time of inspection pursuant to Section 4(d) of
    the Environmental Protection Act
    (Act)
    (Ill.
    Rev.
    Stat.
    1989,
    ch.
    111 1/2, pars.
    1001 et seq.)
    at any
    reasonable time.
    Section 219.426
    Report for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a synthetic organic chemical or polymer
    manufacturing plant subject to Section 219.421 through 219.430
    shall:
    a)
    Submit quarterly reports to the Agency on or before
    March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31 of
    each year,
    listing all leaking components identified
    pursuant to Section 219.423 but not repaired within 15

    126
    days, all leaking components awaiting process unit
    shutdown, the total
    number
    of components inspected,
    the
    type of components inspected,
    and the total number of
    components found leaking, the total number of valves in
    light liquid service and in gas service inspected and
    the number and percentage of valves in light liquid
    service and in gas service found leaking.
    b)
    Submit a signed statement with the report attesting
    that all monitoring and repairs were performed as
    required under Section 219.421 through 219.427.
    Section 219.427
    Alternative Program for Leaks
    The Agency shall approve an alternative program of monitoring,
    recordkeeping, or reporting to that prescribed in this Subpart
    upon a demonstration by the owner or operator of such plant that
    the alternative program will provide plant personnel and Agency
    personnel with an equivalent ability to identify and repair
    leaking components.
    Any alternative program, can be allowed when
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    Section 219.428
    Open—Ended Valves
    a)
    Each open-ended valve shall be equipped with a cap,
    blind flange,
    plug, or a second valve,
    except during
    operations requiring fluid flow through the open-ended
    valve.
    b)
    Each open—ended valve equipped with a second valve
    shall be operated in a manner such that the valve on
    the process fluid end is closed before the second valve
    is closed.
    c)
    Components which are open-ended valves and which serve
    as a sampling connection shall be controlled such that:
    1)
    A closed purge system or closed vent system shall
    return purged process fluid to the process line
    with no detectable volatile organic material
    emissions to the atmosphere,
    or
    2)
    A closed purge system or closed vent system shall
    collect and recycle purged process fluid to the
    process line with no detectable volatile organic
    material emissions to the atmosphere,
    or
    3)
    Purged process fluid shall be transported to
    a
    control device that complies with the requirements
    of Section 219.429.

    127
    d)
    In-situ sampling systems are exempt from subsection
    (C).
    Section 219.429
    Standards for Control Devices
    Control devices used to comply with Section 219.428(c)
    shall
    comply with the following:
    a)
    If the control device is a vapor recovery system
    (for
    example, condensers and adsorbers),
    it shall be
    designed and operated to recover the volatile organic
    material emissions vented to it with an efficiency of
    95 percent or greater.
    b)
    If the control device is an enclosed combustion device,
    it shall be designed and operated to reduce the
    volatile organic material emissions vented to it with
    an efficiency of 95 percent or greater, or to provide a
    minimum residence time of 0.75 seconds at a minimum
    temperature of 816°C.
    -
    c)
    If the control device is a flare,
    it shall:
    1)
    Be designed for and operated with no visible
    emissions as determined by USEPA Reference Method
    22,
    40 CFR 60, Appendix A
    (1986), incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112, except for periods
    not to exceed a total of 5 minutes during any 2
    consecutive hours.
    2)
    Be operated with a pilot flame present at all
    times and shall be monitored with a thermocouple
    or any other equivalent device to detect the
    presence of the pilot flame.
    3)
    Be steam—assisted,
    air—assisted, or nonassisted.
    4)
    Be used only with the net heating value of the gas
    being
    combusted
    being 11.2
    NJ/scm
    (300 Btu/scf) or
    greater if the flare is steam-assisted or
    air-assisted; or with the net heating value of the
    gas being combusted being 7.45 NJ/scm or greater
    if the flare is nonassisted.
    The net heating
    value of the gas being combusted shall be
    calculated using the following equation:
    n
    H
    =
    K
    E
    C.H.
    r
    i—i
    1
    Where:

    128
    Hr
    =
    Net heating value of the sample in NJ/scm;
    where the net enthalpy per mole of offgas is based
    on combustion at 25°Cand 760 mm Hg, but the
    standard temperature for determining the volume
    corresponding to one mole is 20°C.
    K
    =
    Constant,
    1.740 x 10~’(1/ppm) (g-mole/scm) (MJ/Kcal)
    where
    standard temperature for
    (g—mole/scm)
    is 20°C.
    =
    Concentration of sample component
    i,
    in ppm,
    as measured by USEPA Reference Method 18,
    40
    CFR 60, Appendix A (1986),
    and
    ASTN
    D
    2504-83, both incorporated by reference in
    Section 219.112.
    =
    Net heat of combustion of sample component i,
    kcal/g mole.
    The heats of combustion may be
    determined using
    ASTN
    D
    2382-83, incorporated
    by reference in Section 219.112,
    if published
    values are not available or cannot be
    calculated.
    5)
    Steam—assisted and nonassisted flares shall be
    designed and operated with an exit velocity, as
    determined by dividing the volumetric flowrate (in
    units of standard temperature and pressure),
    as
    determined by USEPA Reference Method
    2 or 2A, 40
    CFR 60, Appendix A
    (1986)
    incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112, as appropriate; by
    the unobstructed
    (free)
    cross sectional area of
    the flare tip, less than 18 rn/sec
    (60 ft/sec).
    6)
    Air-assisted flares shall be designed and operated
    with an exit velocity less than the maximum
    permitted velocity, V~, as determined by the
    following equation:
    =
    8.706
    +
    O~7O84(Hr)•
    V~
    =
    Maximum permitted velocity, m/sec.
    8.706
    =
    Constant.
    0.7084
    =
    Constant.
    Hr
    =
    The net heating value as determined in
    subsection
    (c) (4) of this section.
    d)
    If the control device
    is a closed container,
    it shall
    be designed and operated to reduce the volatile organic
    material emissions, vented from purged process fluid

    129
    after transfer,
    to no detectable volatile organic
    material emissions as determined by USEPA Reference
    Method 21 as specified at 40 CFR 60, Appendix A
    (1986),
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    For
    purposes of this Section,
    the phrase “after transfer”
    shall refer to the time at which the entire amount of
    purged process fluid resulting from a flushing or
    cleaning of the sample line enters the closed container
    or containers including the final container(s) prior to
    disposal.
    e)
    The owner or operator of a control device shall monitor
    the control device to ensure that it is operated and
    maintained in conformance with the manufacturer’s
    specifications, modified to the particular process
    design.
    f)
    The control device shall be operated at all times when
    emissions may be vented to it.
    Section 219.430
    Compliance Date
    The owner tr operator of a synthetic organic chemical or polymer
    manufacturing plant subject to 35 111.
    Mm.
    Code 215.430 through
    215.438 as of December 31,
    1987 shall have complied with the
    standards and limitations of those Sections no later than
    December 31,
    1987.
    SUBPART R:
    PETROLEUM REFINING AND RELATED INDUSTRIES; ASPHALT MATERIALS
    Section 219.441
    Petroleum Refinery Waste Gas Disposal
    a)
    Except as provided in subsection
    (b) or
    (c), no person
    shall cause or allow the discharge of organic materials
    in excess of 100 ppm equivalent methane (molecular
    weight 16.0)
    into the atmosphere from:
    1)
    Any catalyst regenerator of a petroleum cracking
    system; or
    2)
    Any petroleum fluid coker; or
    3)
    Any other waste gas stream from any petroleum or
    petrochemical manufacturing process.
    b)
    Exception.
    Existing sources subject to subsection
    (a) (3)
    may, alternatively, at their election, comply
    with the organic material emission limitations imposed
    by 35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 215.301 or 215.302; provided,
    however, that there shall be no increase in emissions
    from such sources above the level of emissions in

    130
    existence on May 3,
    1979.
    c)
    New Sources.
    Sources subject to subsection
    (a) (3),
    construction of which commenced on or after January
    1,
    1977, may, at their election, comply with the following
    emission limitations:
    1)
    A maximum of eight pounds per hour of organic
    material; or
    2)
    Emission of organic material in excess of the
    limitation of subsection
    (C)
    (1)
    is allowable if
    such emissions are controlled by air pollution
    control methods or equipment approved by the
    Agency capable of reducing by 85 percent or more
    the uncontrolled organic material that would
    otherwise be emitted to the atmosphere.
    Such
    methods or equipment must be approved by the
    Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    Section 219.442
    Vacuum Producing Systems
    No owner or operator of a petroleum- refinery shall cause or allow
    the operation of any vacuum producing system unless the
    condensers,
    hot wells and accumulators of any such system are
    equipped with vapor loss control equipment including, but not
    limited to,
    piping, valves,
    flame arrestors and hot well covers,
    to vent any volatile organic material with a vapor pressure of
    10.34 kPa
    (1.5 psia)
    or greater at 294.3°K(70°F)to a heater,
    fire box,
    flare,
    refinery fuel gas system, or other equipment or
    system of equal emission control as approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    This Section shall not
    apply to vacuum producing systems on lube units.
    Section 219.443
    Wastewater
    (Oil/Water)
    Separator
    No owner or operator of
    a petroleum refinery shall operate any
    wastewater (oil/water) separator at a petroleum refinery unless
    the separator is equipped with air pollution control equipment
    capable of reducing by 85 percent or more the uncontrolled
    organic material emitted to the atmosphere.
    If no odor nuisance
    exists, the limitation of this Section shall not apply if the
    vapor pressure of the organic material is below 10.34 kPa (1.5
    psia) at 204.3°K(70°F) at all times.
    Section 219.444
    Process Unit Turnarounds
    a)
    No owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall
    cause or allow a refinery process unit turnaround
    except in compliance with an operating procedure as
    approved by the Agency.

    131
    b)
    Unless a procedure was already on file with the Agency
    as part of an approved operating permit no later than
    November
    1,
    1979,
    the owner or operator of a petroleum
    refinery shall submit to the Agency for approval a
    detailed procedure for reducing emissions of volatile
    organic material during refinery process unit
    turnarounds from organic material with a vapor pressure
    of 10.34 kPa (1.5 psia) or greater at 294.3°K(70°?).
    The Agency shall not approve the procedure unless it
    provides for:
    1)
    Depressurization of the refinery process unit or
    vessel to a flare, refinery fuel gas system, or
    other equipment or system of equal emission
    control,
    as approved by the Agency and approved by
    the USEPA as a SIP revision, until the internal
    pressure from the vessel or unit is less than 5.0
    psig before allowing the vessel to be vented to
    the atmosphere;
    2)
    Recordkeeping of the following items:
    A)
    Each date that a refinery unit or vessel is
    shut down; and
    B)
    The total estimated quantity of volatile
    organic material emitted to the atmosphere
    and the duration of the emission in hours.
    Section 219.445
    Leaks:
    General Requirements
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall:
    1)
    Develop a monitoring program plan consistent with
    the provisions of Section 219.446;
    2)
    Conduct a monitoring program consistent with the
    provisions of Section 219.447;
    3)
    Record all leaking components which have a
    volatile organic material concentration exceeding
    10,000 ppm consistent with the provisions of
    Section 219.448;
    4)
    Identify each component consistent with the
    monitoring program plan submitted pursuant to
    Section 219.446;
    5)
    Repair and retest the leaking components as soon
    as possible within 22 days after the leak is
    found, but no later than June 1 for the purposes

    132
    of Section 219.447(a) (1), unless the leaking
    components cannot be repaired until the unit is
    shut down for turnaround; and
    6)
    Report to the Agency consistent with the
    provisions of Section 219.449.
    Section 219.446
    Monitoring Program Plan for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall prepare
    a
    monitoring program plan which contains, at a minimum:
    a)
    An identification of all refinery components and the
    period in which each will be monitored pursuant to
    Section 219.447;
    b)
    The format for the monitoring log required by Section
    219.448;
    -c)
    A description of the monitoring equipment to be used
    pursuant to Section 219.447; and
    d)
    A description of the methods to be used to identify all
    pipeline valves, pressure relief valves in gaseous
    service and all leaking components such that they are
    obvious to both refinery personnel performing
    monitoring and Agency personnel performing inspections.
    Section 219.447
    Monitoring Program for Leaks
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery subject
    to Section 219.445 shall,
    for the purpose of detecting
    leaks, conduct a component monitoring program
    consistent with the following provisions:
    1)
    Test once between March 1 and June 1 of each year,
    by methods referenced in Section 219.105(g), all
    pump seals, pipeline valves in liquid service and
    process drains.
    2)
    Test once each quarter of each calendar year, by
    methods referenced in Section 219.105(g), all
    pressure relief valves in gaseous service,
    pipeline valves in gaseous service and compressor
    seals.
    3)
    Inaccessible valves may be tested once each
    calendar year instead of once each quarter of each
    calendar year.
    4)
    Observe visually all pump seals weekly.

    133
    5)
    Test immediately any pump seal from which liquids
    are observed dripping,
    6)
    Test any relief valve within 24 hours after it has
    vented to the atmosphere,
    and
    7)
    Test immediately after repair any component that
    was found leaking.
    b)
    Storage tank valves and pressure relief devices
    connected to an operating flare header or vapor
    recovery device are exempt from the monitoring
    requirements in subsection
    (a).
    c)
    The Agency may require more frequent monitoring than
    would otherwise be required by subsection
    (a)
    for
    components which are demonstrated to have a history of
    leaking.
    Section 219.448
    Recordkeeping for Leaks
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall
    maintain a leaking components monitoring log which
    shall contain,
    at a minimum, the following information:
    1)
    The name of the process unit where the component
    is located;
    2)
    The type of component
    (e.g., valve,
    seal);
    3)
    The identification number of the component;
    4)
    The date on which
    a leaking component is
    discovered;
    5)
    The
    date on which
    a leaking component is repaired;
    6)
    The date and instrument reading of the recheck
    procedure after a leaking component is repaired;
    7)
    A record of the calibration of the monitoring
    instrument;
    8)
    The identification number of leaking components
    which cannot be repaired until turnaround; and
    9)
    The total number of components inspected and the
    total
    number
    of components found leaking during
    that monitoring period.
    b)
    Copies of the monitoring log shall be retained by the
    owner or operator for a minimum of two years after the

    134
    date on which the record was made or the report
    prepared.
    C)
    Copies of the monitoring log shall be made available to
    the Agency, upon verbal or written request, at any
    reasonable time.
    Section 219.449
    Reporting for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall:
    a)
    Submit a report to the Agency prior to the 1st day of
    both July and September listing all leaking components
    identified pursuant to Section 219.447 but not repaired
    within 22 days,
    all leaking components awaiting unit
    turnaround, the total number of components inspected
    and the total number of components found leaking;
    b)
    Submit a signed statement with the report attesting
    that all monitoring and repairs were performed as
    required under Sections 219.445 through 219.448.
    Section 219.450
    Alternative Program for
    Leaks.
    The Agency may approve an alternative program of monitoring,
    recordkeeping or reporting to that prescribed in Sections 219.446
    through 219.449 upon a demonstration by the owner or operator of
    a petroleum refinery that the alternative program will provide
    refinery, Agency and USEPA personnel with an equivalent ability
    to identify and repair leaking components.
    Any
    alternative
    program can be allowed only if approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    Section 219.451
    Sealing Device Requirements
    Except for safety pressure relief valves, no owner or operator of
    a petroleum refinery shall install or operate a valve at the end
    of a pipe or line containing volatile organic materials unless
    the pipe or line is sealed with a second valve, blind flange,
    plug, cap or other sealing device.
    The sealing device may be
    removed only when a sample is being taken or during maintenance
    operations.
    Section 219.452
    Compliance Schedule for Leaks
    The owner or operator of a petroleum refinery shall adhere to the
    increments of progress contained in the following schedule:
    a)
    Submit to the Agency a monitoring program consistent
    with Section 219.446 prior to July 1,
    1991 or a date
    consistent with Section 219.106.

    135
    b)
    Submit to the Agency the first monitoring report
    pursuant to Section 219.449 prior to August
    1,
    1991 or
    a date consistent with Section 219.106.
    Section 218.453
    Compliance Dates
    Every
    owner or operator of a petroleum refinery subject to 35
    Ill.
    Adju.
    Code 215, Subpart R as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with its standards and limitations by December 31,
    1987.
    SUBPART
    5:
    RUBBER
    AND
    MISCELLANEOUS
    PLASTIC
    PRODUCTS
    Section 219.461
    Manufacture of Pneumatic Rubber Tires
    The owner or operator of an undertread cementing, treadend
    cementing
    or
    bead
    dipping
    operation
    at
    a
    pneumatic
    rubber
    tire
    manufacturing facility shall install and operate:
    a)
    A capture system, with minimum capture efficiency of 65
    percent by weight of VON for treadend cementing or bead
    dipping operations and a capture system with a minimum
    capture efficiency of 55.5 percent by weight of VON for
    undertread cementing;
    and
    b)
    A control device that meets the requirements of one of
    the following:
    1)
    A carbon adsorption system designed and operated
    in a manner such that there is at least a 90
    percent removal of VON by weight from the gases
    ducted to the control device;
    2)
    An afterburning system that oxidizes at least 90
    percent of the captured nonmethane VON (VOM
    measured as total combustible carbon) to carbon
    dioxide and water; and
    3)
    An alternative VON emission reduction system
    demonstrated to have at least a 90 percent overall
    reduction efficiency and approved by the Agency
    and approved by the USEPA.
    Section 219.462
    Green Tire Spraying Operations
    The owner or operator of a green tire spraying operation at a
    pneumatic rubber tire manufacturing facility shall:
    a)
    Install and operate:
    1)
    A capture system- with a minimum capture efficiency
    of 90 percent by weight of VON; and

    136
    2)
    A control device that meets the requirements of
    one of the following:
    A)
    A carbon adsorption system designed and
    operated in a manner such that there
    is at
    least 90 percent removal of VON by weight
    from the bases ducted to the control device;
    B)
    An afterburning system that oxidizes at least
    90 percent of the captured rioninethane VON
    (measured as total combustible carbon) to
    carbon dioxide and water; or
    C)
    An alternative VON emission reduction system
    demonstrated to have at least a 90 percent
    overall reduction efficiency approved by the
    Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP
    revision.
    b)
    Substitute for the normal solvent—based mold release
    compound water-based sprays containing:
    1)
    No more than five percent by volume of VON as
    applied for the inside of tires;
    2)
    No more than ten percent by vOlume of VON as
    applied for the outside of tires.
    Section 219.463
    Alternative Emission Reduction Systems
    In lieu of complying with Section 219.461 or 219.462, the owner
    or operator of an emission source may utilize an alternative
    volatile organic emission reduction system, including an
    alternative production process, which is demonstrated to be
    equivalent to Section 219.461 or 219.462 on the basis of
    emissions of volatile organic matter.
    A treadend cementing
    operation shall be considered equivalent to Section 219.461 or
    219.462 for the purposes of this Section if the total volatile
    organic emission from such operation is 10 grams or less per
    tire.
    Section 219.464
    Testing and Monitoring
    a)
    Upon a reasonable request by the Agency, the owner or
    operator of a VON emission source required to comply
    with a limit of Sections 219.461 through 219.464 shall
    conduct emissions testing, at such person’s own
    expense, to demonstrate compliance.
    b)
    A person planning to conduct a VON emission test to
    demonstrate compliance shall notify the Agency of that
    intent not less than 30 days before the planned

    137
    initiation of the tests so the Agency may observe the
    test.
    Section 218.465
    Compliance Dates
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 215, Subpart 5,
    as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with its standards and limitations by December 31,
    1987.
    Section 219.466
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source shall have
    submitted
    to
    the
    Agency a compliance plan, pursuant to
    35 Ill. Adm. Code 201, Subpart H, including a project
    completion schedule where applicable, no later than
    April 21,
    1983.
    b)
    Unless the submitted compliance plan or schedule was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of a
    facility or emission source may operate the emission
    source according to the plan and schedule as submitted.
    C)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 201, Subpart
    H, including specific
    interim dates as required in 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 201.242.
    SUBPART
    T:
    PHARMACEUTICAL
    MANUFACTURING
    Section 219.480
    Applicability
    a)
    The rules of this Subpart, except for Sections 219.483
    through 219.485, apply to all emission sources of VON,
    including but not limited to reactors, distillation
    units, dryers, storage tanks for VOL, equipment for the
    transfer of VOL,
    filters, crystallizers, washers,
    laboratory hoods, pharmaceutical coating operations,
    mixing operations and centrifuges used in
    manufacturing, including packaging, of pharmaceuticals,
    and emitting more than 6.8 kg/day
    (15 lbs/day) and more
    than 2,268 kg/year (2.5 tons/year)
    of VON.
    If an
    emission source emits less than 2,268 kg/year
    (2.5
    tons/year)
    of VON, the requirements of this Subpart
    still apply to the emission source if VON emissions
    from the emission source exceed 45.4 kg/day
    (100 lbs/day).
    b)
    Notwithstanding subsection
    (a), the air suspension
    coater/dryer,
    fluid
    bed
    dryers,
    tunnel
    dryers,
    and
    Accelacotas located in Libertyville Township,
    Lake
    County, Illinois shall be exempt from the rules of this
    Subpart, except for Sections 219.483 through 219.485,
    if emissions of VON not vented to air pollution control

    138
    equipment
    do
    not
    exceed
    the
    following
    levels:
    1)
    for the air suspension coater/dryer:
    2,268 kg/year
    (2.5 tons/year);
    2)
    for each fluid bed dryer: 4,535 kg/year
    (5.0 tons/year);
    3)
    for each tunnel dryer: 6,803 kg/year (7.5
    tons/year);
    and
    4)
    for each Accelacota:
    6,803 kg/year
    (7.5 tons/year).
    c)
    Sections 219.483 through 219.485 apply to a plant
    having one or more emission sources that:
    1)
    Are used to manufacture pharmaceuticals, and
    2)
    Emit more than 6.8 kg/day
    (15, lbs/day)
    of VOM and
    more than 2,268 kg/year (2.5 tOns/year) of VON,
    or,
    if less than 2,268 kg/year (2.5 tons/year),
    these Sections still apply
    if emissions from one
    or more sources exceed 45.4 kg/day
    (100 lbs/day).
    d)
    No owner or operator shall violate any condition in a
    permit when the condition results in exclusion of an
    emission source from this Subpart.
    e)
    Any pharmaceutical manufacturing source that becomes
    subject to the provisions of this Subpart at any time
    shall remain subject to the provisions of this Subpart
    at all times.
    f)
    Emissions subject to this Subpart shall be controlled
    at all times consistent with the requirements set forth
    in this Subpart.
    g)
    Any control device required pursuant to this Subpart
    shall be operated at all times when the source it is
    controlling is operated.
    h)
    Determinations of daily and annual emissions for
    purposes
    of
    this
    Section
    shall
    be
    made
    using
    both
    data
    on the hourly emission rate (or the emissions per unit
    of throughput)
    and appropriate daily and annual data
    from records of emission source operation (or material
    throughput or material consumption data).
    In the
    absence of representative test data pursuant to Section
    219.487 for the hourly emission rate
    (or the emissions
    per unit of throughput), such items shall be calculated
    using engineering calculations, including the methods

    139
    described in Appendix B of “Control of Volatile Organic
    Emissions from Manufacturing of Synthesized
    Pharmaceutical Products” (EPA-450/2—78-029),
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    (This
    subsection shall not affect the Agency’s or the USEPA’s
    authority to require emission tests to be performed
    pursuant to Section 219.487.)
    Section 219.481
    Control of Reactors, Distillation Units,
    Crystallizers, Centrifuges and Vacuum Dryers
    a)
    The owner or operator shall equip all reactors,
    distillation units, crystallizers, centrifuges and
    vacuum dryers that are used to manufacture
    pharmaceuticals with surface condensers or other air
    pollution control equipment listed in subsection
    (b).
    If a surface condenser is used,
    it shall be operated
    such that the condenser outlet gas temperature does not
    exceed:
    1)
    248.2eK (-13°F)when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 40.0 kPa (5.8 psi)
    at
    294.3°K(70°?), or
    2)
    258.2°K(5°?)when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 20.0 kPa (2.9 psi)
    at
    294.3°K(70°F),or
    3)
    273.2°K(32°F)when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 10.0 kPa (1.5 psi)
    at
    294.3°K(70oF),
    or
    4)
    283.2.K (50°F)when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 7.0 kPa
    (1.0 psi)
    at 294.3°K
    (70°F),or
    5)
    298.2°K(77°F)when condensing VON of vapor
    pressure greater than 3.45 kPa (0.5 psi)
    at
    294.3°K(70°F).
    b)
    If a scrubber, carbon adsorber, thermal afterburner,
    catalytic afterburner, or other air pollution control
    equipment other than a surface condenser is used,
    such
    equipment shall provide a reduction in the emissions of
    VON of 90 percent or more.
    C)
    The owner or operator shall enclose all centrifuges
    used to manufacture pharmaceuticals and that have an
    exposed VOL surface, where the VON in the VOL has
    a
    vapor pressure of 3.45 kPa (0.5 psi) or more at 294.3°K
    (70°F),except as production,
    sampling, maintenance, or
    inspection procedures require operator access.

    140
    Section 219.482
    Control of Air Dryers, Production Equipment
    Exhaust Systems and Filters
    a)
    The owner or operator of an air dryer or production
    equipment exhaust system used to manufacture
    pharmaceuticals shall control the emissions of VON from
    such emission sources by air pollution control
    equipment
    which
    reduces
    by
    90
    percent
    or
    more
    the
    VON
    that would otherwise be emitted into the atmosphere.
    b)
    The owner or operator shall enclose all rotary vacuum
    filters and other filters used to manufacture
    pharmaceuticals and that have an exposed VOL surface,
    where the VON in the VOL has a vapor pressure of 3.45
    kPa
    (0.5 psi)
    or more at 294°K(70°F),except as
    production,
    sampling, maintenance, or inspection
    procedures require operator access.
    Section 219.483
    Material Storage and Transfer
    The owner or operator of a pharmaceutical manufacturing plant
    shall:
    a)
    Provide a vapor balance system that is at least
    90 percent effective in reducing VON emissions from
    truck or railcar deliveries to storage tanks with
    capacities equal to or greater than 7.57 m3
    (2,000 gal)
    that store VOL with vapor pressures greater than
    28.0 kPa (4.1 psi) at 294.3°K(70°F),and
    b)
    Install,
    operate, and maintain pressure/vacuum
    conservation
    vents
    set
    at
    0.2
    kPa
    (0.03
    psi)
    or
    greater
    on all storage tanks that store VOL with vapor
    pressures greater than 10 kPa (15 psi) at 294.3°K
    (70°?).
    Section 219.484
    In-Process Tanks
    The owner or operator shall install covers on all in-process
    tanks used to manufacture pharmaceuticals and containing a VOL at
    any time.
    These covers must remain closed, except as production,
    sampling, maintenance or inspection procedures require operator
    access.
    Section 219.485
    Leaks
    The owner or operator of a pharmaceutical manufacturing plant
    shall repair any component from which a leak of VOL can be
    observed.
    The repair shall be completed as soon as practicable
    but no later than 15 days after the leak is found.
    If the
    leaking component cannot be repaired until the process unit is

    141
    shut down,
    the leaking component must then be repaired before the
    unit is restarted.
    Section 219.486
    Other Emission Sources
    The owner or operator of a washer, laboratory hood, tablet
    coating operation,
    mixing operation or any other process emission
    source not subject to Sections 219.481 through 219.485, and used
    to manufacture pharmaceuticals shall control the emissions of VON
    from such emission sources by:
    a)
    Air pollution control equipment which reduces by
    81 percent or more the VON that would otherwise be
    emitted to the atmosphere,
    or
    b)
    A surface condenser which captures all the VON which
    would otherwise be emitted to the atmosphere and which
    meets the requirements of Section 219.481(a)
    and
    (b).
    Section 219.487
    Testing
    a)
    Upon request by the Agency or the USEPA, the owner or
    operator of any VON emission source subject to this
    Subpart or exempt from this Subpart by virtue of the
    provisions of Section 219.480 shall, at his own
    expense, demonstrate compliance to the Agency and the
    USEPA by the methods or procedures listed in Section
    219.105(f) (1).
    b)
    A person planning to conduct a VON emissions test to
    demonstrate compliance with this Subpart shall notify
    the Agency and the USEPA of that intent not less than
    30 calendar days before the planned initiation of the
    test.
    Section 219.488
    Monitoring for Air Pollution Control
    Equipment
    a)
    At a minimum,
    continuous monitors for the following
    parameters shall be installed on air pollution control
    equipment used to control sources subject to this
    Subpart:
    1)
    Destruction device combustion temperature.
    2)
    Temperature rise across a catalytic afterburner
    bed.
    3)
    VON concentration on a carbon adsorption unit to
    determine breakthrough.
    4)
    Outlet gas temperature of a refrigerated

    142
    condenser.
    5)
    Temperature of a non-refrigerated condenser
    coolant supply system.
    b)
    Each monitor shall be equipped with a recording device.
    c)
    Each monitor shall be calibrated
    quarterly.
    d)
    Each monitor shall operate at all times while the
    associated control equipment is operating.
    Section 219.489
    Recordkeeping for Air Pollution Control
    Equipment
    a)
    The owner or operator of a pharmaceutical manufacturing
    facility shall maintain the following records:
    1)
    Parameters listed in Section 219.488(a) (1)
    shall
    be recorded.
    2)
    For sources subject to Section 219.481, the vapor
    pressure of VON being controlled shall be recorded
    for every process.
    b)
    For any leak subject to Section 219.485 which cannot be
    readily repaired within one hour after detection, the
    following records shall be kept:
    1)
    The name of the leaking equipment,
    2)
    The date and time the leak is detected,
    3)
    The action taken to repair the leak,
    and
    4)
    The data and time the leak is repaired.
    c)
    The following records shall be kept for emission
    sources subject to Section 219.484 which contain VOL:
    1)
    For maintenance and inspection:
    A)
    The date and time each cover is opened,
    B)
    The length of time the cover remains open,
    and
    C)
    The reason why the cover is opened.
    2)
    For production and sampling, detailed written
    procedures or manufacturing directions specifying
    the circumstances under which covers may be opened

    143
    and the procedures for opening covers.
    d)
    For each emission source used in the manufacture of
    pharmaceuticals for which the owner or operator of a
    pharmaceutical manufacturing plant claims emission
    standards are not applicable, because the emissions are
    below the applicability cutoffs in Section 219.480(a)
    or 219.480(b), the owner or operator shall:
    1)
    Maintain a demonstration including detailed
    engineering calculations of the maximum daily and
    annual emissions for each such emission source
    showing that the emissions are below the
    applicability cutoffs in Section 219.480(a)
    or
    219.480(b), as appropriate, for the current and
    prior calendar years;
    2)
    Maintain appropriate operating records for each
    such emission source to identify whether the
    applicability cutoffs in Section 219.480(a)
    or
    219.480(b), as appropriate, are ever exceeded; and
    3)
    Provide written notification to the Agency and the
    USEPA within 30 days of a determination that such
    an emission source has exceeded the applicability
    cutoffs in Section 219.480(a)
    or 219.480(b),
    as
    appropriate.
    e)
    Records required under subsection
    (a)
    shall be
    maintained by the owner or operator for a minimum of
    two years after the date on which they are made.
    f)
    Copies
    of
    the
    records
    shall
    be
    made
    available
    to
    the
    Agency or the USEPA upon verbal or written request.
    SUBPART
    V:
    AIR
    OXIDATION
    PROCESSES
    Section 219.521
    Definitions
    In addition to the definitions of 35 Ill.
    Athu. Code 211,
    the
    following definitions apply to this Subpart:
    “Air Oxidation Process”:
    any unit process including
    ammoxidation
    and
    oxychlorination
    which
    uses
    air
    or
    a
    combination
    of
    air
    and
    oxygen
    as
    an
    oxidant
    in
    combination
    with
    one
    or
    more
    organic
    reactants
    to
    produce one or more organic compounds.
    “Cost Effectiveness”:
    the annual expense for cost of
    control of a given process stream divided by the
    reduction in emissions of organic material of that
    stream.

    144
    “Flow
    (F)”:
    Vent stream flowrate (scm/mm)
    at a
    standard temperature of 20°C.
    “Full
    Operating
    Flowrate”:
    Maximum
    operating
    capacity
    of the facility.
    “Hourly Emissions
    (E)”:
    Hourly emissions reported in
    kg/hr measured at full operating flowrate.
    “Net Heating Value
    (H)”:
    Vent stream net heating value
    (NJ/scm),
    where the net enthalpy per mole of offgas is
    based on combustion at 25°Cand 760 mm Hg, but the
    standard temperature for determining the volume
    corresponding to one mole is 20°C,as
    in the definition
    of “Flow.”
    “Process Vent Stream”:
    An emission stream resulting
    from
    an
    air
    oxidation
    process.
    “Total
    Resource
    Effectiveness
    Index
    (TRE)”:
    Cost
    effectiveness in dollars per megagrain of controlling
    any gaseous stream vented to the atmosphere from an air
    oxidation process divided by $1600/Mg, using the
    criteria and methods set forth in this Subpart and
    Appendices C and D.
    Section 219.525
    Emission Limitations for Air Oxidation
    Processes
    a)
    No person shall cause or allow the emission of volatile
    organic material
    (VON)
    from any process vent stream
    unless the process vent stream is vented to a
    combustion
    device
    which
    is
    designed
    and
    operated
    either:
    1)
    To reduce the volatile organic emissions vented to
    it with an efficiency of at least ninety eight
    percent
    (98)
    by weight; or
    2)
    To emit VON at a concentration less than twenty
    parts per million by volume,
    dry
    basis.
    b)
    Air oxidation facilities for which an existing
    combustion
    device
    is
    employed
    to
    control
    process
    VON
    emissions are not required to meet the 98 percent
    emissions limit until the combustion device is replaced
    for other reasons, which shall be considered to
    include, but not be limited to, normal maintenance,
    malfunction, accident, and obsolescence.
    The
    combustion
    device
    is
    considered
    to
    be
    replaced
    when:

    145
    1)
    All of the device is replaced; or
    2)
    When the cost of the repair of the device or the
    cost of replacement of part of the device exceeds
    50
    of the cost of replacing the entire device
    with a device which complies.
    c)
    The limitations of subsection
    (a) do not apply to any
    process vent stream or combination of process vent
    streams which has a Total Resource Effectiveness Index
    (TRE)
    greater. than 1.0,
    as determined by the following
    methods:
    1)
    If an air oxidation process has more than one
    process
    vent
    stream,
    TRE
    shall
    be
    based
    upon
    a
    combination
    of
    the
    process
    vent
    streams.
    2)
    TRE of a process vent stream shall be determined
    according to the following equation:
    TRE
    =
    E1
    a
    +
    bF~
    +
    cF
    +
    dFH
    +
    e(FH)’1
    +
    fF05
    where:
    n
    =
    0.88
    TRE
    =
    Total resource effectiveness index.
    F
    =
    Vent stream flowrate (scm/mm), at a
    standard temperature of 20°C.
    E
    =
    Hourly measured emissions in kg/hr.
    H
    =
    Net heating value of vent stream
    (NJ/scm),
    where the net enthalpy per
    mole
    of
    offgas
    is
    based
    on
    combustion
    at
    25°Cand 760
    inn Hg, but the standard
    temperature for determining the volume
    corresponding to one mole is 20°C,as in
    the definition of “Flow”.
    a,b,c,d,
    e and f
    =
    Coefficients obtained by use of Appendix
    F.
    3)
    For nonchiorinated process vent streams,
    if the
    net heating value,
    H,
    is greater than 3.6 NJ/scm,
    F shall be replaced by F1 for purposes of
    calculating TRE.
    F1 is computed as follows:
    F1
    =
    FH
    /
    3.6

    146
    where F and H are as defined in subsection
    (c) (2).
    4)
    The actual numerical values used in the equation
    described in subsection
    (c) (2) shall be determined
    as follows:
    A)
    All reference methods and procedures for
    determining the flow,
    (F), hourly emissions,
    (E), and net heating,
    (H), value shall be in
    accordance with Appendix C.
    B)
    All coefficients described in subsection
    (C)
    (2)
    shall be in accordance with Appendix
    D.
    Section 219.526
    Testing and Monitoring
    a)
    Upon
    reasonable
    request
    by
    the
    Agency,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator of an air oxidation process shall demonstrate
    compliance with this Subpart by use of the methods
    specified in Appendix C.
    This Section does not limit
    the USEPA’s authority, under the Clean Air Act,
    to
    require demonstrations of compliance.
    b)
    A person planning to conduct a VON emissions test to
    demonstrate compliance with this Subpart shall notify
    the Agency of that intent not less than 30 days before
    the planned initiation of the tests so that the Agency
    may observe the test.
    Section 219.527
    Compliance Date
    Each owner or operator of an emission source subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215, Subpart V, as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied with the standards and limitations of 35 Ill.
    Adin. Code
    215, Subpart V, by December 31,
    1987.
    SUBPART W:
    AGRICULTURE
    Section 219.541
    Pesticide Exception
    The provisions of Sections 219.301 and 219.302 shall not apply to
    the spraying or use of insecticides, herbicides or other
    pesticides.
    SUBPART X:
    CONSTRUCTION
    Section 219.561
    Architectural Coatings
    No person shall cause or allow the sale or use of any
    architectural coating containing more than 20 percent by volume
    of photo-chemically reactive material
    in containers having
    a

    147
    capacity of more than one gallon.
    Section 219.562
    Paving Operations
    The provisions of Sections 219.301 and 219.302 shall not apply to
    the application of paving asphalt and pavement marking paint from
    sunrise to sunset.
    Section 219.563
    Cutback Asphalt
    a)
    No person shall cause or allow the use or application
    of cutback asphalt for paving,
    resurfacing,
    reconditioning,
    repairing or otherwise maintaining a
    roadway unless:
    1)
    The use or application of the cutback asphalt
    commences
    on
    or
    after
    October
    1
    of
    any
    year
    and
    such use or application is completed by April
    30
    of the following year; or
    2)
    The cutback asphalt is a long-life stockpile
    material which remains in stock after April
    30 of
    each year and as such it may be used until
    depleted for patching potholes and for other
    similar
    repair
    work;
    or
    3)
    The cutback asphalt is to be used solely as an
    asphalt prime coat.
    b)
    Sources subject to this Section are not required to
    submit or obtain an Agency approved compliance plan or
    project completion schedule under 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    201, Subpart H.
    SUBPART Y:
    GASOLINE DISTRIBUTION
    Section 219.581
    Bulk Gasoline Plants
    a)
    Subject to Subsection
    (e), no person may cause or allow
    the transfer of gasoline from a delivery vessel into a
    stationary storage tank located at a bulk gasoline
    plant unless:
    1)
    The delivery vessel and the stationary storage
    tank are each equipped with a vapor collection
    system that meets the requirements of subsection
    (d) (4),
    2)
    Each vapor collection system
    is operating,
    3)
    The delivery vessel displays the appropriate
    sticker pursuant to the requirements of Sections

    148
    219.584
    (b) or
    (d),
    4)
    The pressure relief valve(s)
    on the stationary
    storage tank and the delivery vessel are set to
    release at no less than 0.7 psi or the highest
    pressure allowed by state or local fire codes or
    the
    guidelines
    of
    the
    National
    Fire
    Prevention
    Association,
    and
    5)
    The stationary storage tank is equipped with a
    submerged loading pipe.
    b)
    Subject to subsection
    (f), no person may cause or allow
    the
    transfer
    of
    gasoline
    from
    a
    stationary
    storage
    tank
    located
    at
    a
    bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    into
    a
    delivery
    vessel
    unless:
    1)
    The requirements set forth in subsections
    (a) (1)
    through
    (a) (4) are met, and
    2)
    Equipment is available at the bulk gasoline plant
    to provide for the submerged filling of the
    delivery vessel or the delivery vessel is equipped
    for bottom loading.
    c)
    Subject to subsection
    (e), each owner of a stationary
    storage
    tank
    located
    at
    a
    bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    shall:
    1)
    Equip each stationary storage tank with a vapor
    control system that meets the requirements of
    subsection
    (a) or
    (b), whichever is applicable,
    2)
    Provide instructions to the operator of the bulk
    gasoline plant describing necessary maintenance
    operations and procedures for prompt notification
    of the owner in case of any malfunction of a vapor
    control system, and
    3)
    Repair, replace or modify any worn out or
    malfunctioning component or element of design.
    d)
    Subject to subsection
    (e), each operator of a bulk
    gasoline plant shall:
    1)
    Maintain and operate each vapor control system in
    accordance with the owner’s instructions,
    2)
    Promptly notify the owner of any scheduled
    maintenance or malfunction requiring replacement
    or repair of a major component of a vapor control
    system, and

    149
    3)
    Maintain gauges, meters or other specified testing
    devices in proper working order,
    4)
    Operate the bulk plant vapor collection system and
    gasoline loading equipment in a manner that
    prevents:
    A)
    Gauge pressure from exceeding 45.7 cm
    (18
    in.) of water and vacuum from exceeding 15.2
    c-rn
    (6
    in.) of water, as measured as close as
    possible to the vapor hose connection, and
    B)
    A
    reading
    equal
    to
    or
    greater
    than
    100
    percent of the lower explosive limit
    (LEL
    measured as propane) when tested in
    accordance
    with
    the
    procedure
    described
    in
    “Control of Volatile Organic Compound Leaks
    from Gasoline Tank Trucks and Vapor
    Collection Systems”, Appendix B,
    EPA 450/2-78-051,
    (incorporated by reference
    in Section 219.112), and
    C)
    Avoidable leaks of liquid during loading or
    unloading operations.
    5)
    Provide
    a
    pressure
    tap
    or
    equivalent
    on
    the
    bulk
    plant vapor collection system in order to allow
    the
    determination
    of
    compliance
    with
    subsection
    (d) (4) (A), and
    6)
    Within 15 business days after discovery of any
    leak
    by
    the
    owner,
    the
    operator,
    the
    Agency
    or
    the
    USEPA, repair and retest a vapor collection system
    which exceeds the limits of subsection
    (d) (4) (A)
    or
    (B).
    e)
    The requirements of subsections
    (a),
    (c) and
    (d)
    shall
    not apply to:
    1)
    Any
    stationary
    storage
    tank
    with
    a
    capacity
    of
    less than 2,177
    1
    (575 gal),
    or
    2)
    Any bulk gasoline plant whose daily gasoline
    throughput is less than 15,140
    1
    (4,000 gal/day)
    on a thirty-day rolling average.
    f)
    The requirements of subsection
    (b)
    shall apply only to
    bulk gasoline plants whose daily gasoline throughput is
    greater than or equal to 15,140
    1
    (4,000 gal/day)
    on a
    thirty-day rolling average.
    g)
    Any
    bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    which
    is
    ever
    subject
    to

    150
    subsections
    (a),
    (b),
    (c),
    or
    (d)
    shall
    always
    be
    subject to these paragraphs.
    Section 219.582
    Bulk Gasoline Terminals
    a)
    No person shall cause or allow the transfer of gasoline
    into
    any
    delivery
    vessel
    from
    any
    bulk
    gasoline
    terminal
    unless:
    1)
    The bulk gasoline terminal is equipped with a
    vapor control system that limits emission of VON
    to
    80
    mg/l
    (0.00067
    lbs/gal)
    of
    gasoline
    loaded;
    2)
    The vapor control system is operating and all
    vapors displaced in the loading of gasoline to the
    delivery vessel are vented only to the vapor
    control system;
    3)
    There is no liquid drainage from the loading
    device when it is not
    in use;
    4)
    All
    loading
    and
    vapor
    return
    lines
    are
    equipped
    with
    fittings
    which
    are
    vapor
    tight;
    and
    5)
    The
    delivery
    vessel
    displays
    the
    appropriate
    sticker pursuant to the requirements of Section
    219.584(b) or
    (d); or,
    if the terminal
    is
    driver—loaded, the terminal owner or operator
    shall
    be
    deemed
    to
    be
    in
    compliance
    with
    this
    Section
    when
    terminal
    access
    authorization
    is
    limited
    to
    those
    owners
    and/or
    operators
    of
    delivery vessels who have provided a current
    certification as required by Section
    219.584(c) (3).
    b)
    Bulk
    gasoline
    terminals
    were
    required
    to
    take
    certain
    actions
    to
    achieve
    compliance
    which
    are
    summarized
    in
    35 Ill. Adm. Code 215, Appendix C.
    c)
    The
    operator
    of
    a
    bulk
    gasoline
    terminal
    shall:
    1)
    Operate the terminal vapor collection system and
    gasoline loading equipment in a manner that
    prevents:
    A)
    Gauge pressure from exceeding 18 inches of
    water
    and
    vacuum
    from
    exceeding
    6
    inches
    of
    water as measured as close as possible to the
    vapor hose connection; and
    B)
    A
    reading
    equal
    to
    or
    greater
    than
    100
    percent
    of
    the
    lower
    explosive
    limit
    (LEL

    151
    measured
    as
    propane)
    when
    tested
    in
    accordance with the procedure described in
    EPA 450/2-78-051 Appendix B incorporated by
    reference in Section 219.112; and
    C)
    Avoidable leaks of liquid during loading or
    unloading operations.
    2)
    Provide a pressure tap or equivalent on the
    terminal
    vapor
    collection
    system
    in
    order
    to
    allow
    the determination of compliance with Section
    219.582(d) (1) (A); and
    3)
    Within 15 business days after discovery of the
    leak
    by
    the
    owner,
    operator,
    or
    the
    Agency
    repair
    and
    retest
    a
    vapor
    collection
    system
    which
    exceeds
    the limits of subsection
    (c)(1)(A) or
    (B).
    Section 219.583
    Gasoline Dispensing Facilities
    a)
    Subject to subsection
    (b), no person shall cause or
    allow the transfer of gasoline from any delivery vessel
    into
    any
    stationary
    storage
    tank
    at
    a
    gasoline
    dispensing
    facility
    unless:
    1)
    The
    tank
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    submerged
    loading
    pipe; and
    2)
    The vapors displaced from the storage tank during
    filling are processed by a vapor control system
    that includes one or more of the following:
    A)
    A vapor collection system that meets the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (d) (4);
    or
    B)
    A
    refrigeration—condensation
    system
    or
    any
    other system approved by the Agency and
    approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision, that
    recovers at least 90 percent by weight of all
    vaporized organic material from the equipment
    being controlled; and
    C)
    The delivery vessel displays the appropriate
    sticker pursuant to the requirements of
    Section 219.584(b)
    or
    (d).
    b)
    The requirements of subsection
    (a) (2)
    shall not apply
    to transfers of gasoline to a stationary storage tank
    at a gasoline dispensing facility if:
    1)
    The
    tank
    is
    equipped
    with
    a
    floating
    roof,
    or
    other system of equal or better emission control

    152
    as approved by the Agency and approved by the
    USEPA as a SIP revision;
    2)
    The tank has a capacity of less than 2000 gallons
    and was in place and operating before January
    1,
    1979;
    or
    3)
    The tank has a capacity of less than 575 gallons.
    c)
    Subject to subsection
    (b), each owner of a gasoline
    dispensing facility shall:
    1)
    Install all control systems and make all process
    modifications required by subsection
    (a);
    2)
    Provide instructions to the operator of the
    gasoline
    dispensing
    facility
    describing
    necessary
    maintenance
    operations
    and
    procedures
    for
    prompt
    notification of the owner in case of any
    malfunction
    of
    a
    vapor
    control
    system;
    and
    3)
    Repair, replace or modify any worn out or
    malfunctioning component or element of design.
    d)
    Subject to subsection
    (b), each operator of a gasoline
    dispensing facility shall:
    1)
    Maintain
    and
    operate
    each
    vapor
    control
    system
    in
    accordance with the owner’s instructions;
    2)
    Promptly notify the owner of any scheduled
    maintenance or malfunction requiring replacement
    or repair of a major component of a vapor control
    system;
    3)
    Maintain
    gauges,
    meters
    or
    other
    specified
    testing
    devices in proper working order;
    4)
    Operate the vapor collection system and delivery
    vessel unloading points in
    a manner that prevents:
    A)
    A reading equal to or greater than 100
    percent of the lower explosive limit
    (LEL
    measured as propane) when tested in
    accordance with the procedure described in
    EPA 450/2-78-051 Appendix B, and
    B)
    Avoidable
    leaks
    of
    liquid
    during
    the
    filling
    of storage tanks; and
    5)
    Within
    15
    business
    days
    after
    discovery
    of
    the
    leak by the
    owner,
    operator, or the Agency, repair

    153
    and
    retest
    a
    vapor
    collection
    system
    which
    exceeds
    the
    limits
    of
    subsection
    (d) (4) (A).
    e)
    Gasoline dispensing facilities were required to take
    certain actions to achieve compliance which are
    summarized
    in
    35
    Ill.
    Adxn.
    Code 215, Appendix C.
    Section
    219.584
    Gasoline
    Delivery
    Vessels
    a)
    Any delivery vessel equipped for vapor control by use
    of vapor collection equipment:
    1)
    Shall
    have
    a
    vapor
    space
    connection
    that
    is
    equipped with fittings which are vapor tight;
    2)
    Shall
    have
    its
    hatches
    closed
    at
    all
    times
    during
    loading
    or
    unloading
    operations,
    unless
    a
    top
    loading
    vapor
    recovery
    system
    is
    used;
    3)
    Shall
    not
    internally
    exceed
    a
    gauge
    pressure
    of
    18
    inches
    of
    water
    or
    a
    vacuum
    of
    6
    inches
    of
    water;
    4)
    Shall
    be
    designed
    and
    maintained
    to
    be
    vapor
    tight
    at
    all
    times
    during
    normal
    operations;
    5)
    Shall
    not
    be
    refilled
    in
    Illinois
    at
    other
    than:
    A)
    A
    bulk
    gasoline
    terminal
    that
    complies
    with
    the
    requirements
    of
    Section
    219.582
    or
    B)
    A
    bulk
    gasoline
    plant
    that
    complies
    with
    the
    requirements
    of
    Section
    219.581(b).
    6)
    Shall
    be
    tested
    annually
    in
    accordance
    with
    Method
    27,
    40
    CFR
    60,
    Appendix
    A,
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.105.
    Each
    vessel
    must
    be
    repaired
    and
    retested
    within
    15
    business
    days
    after
    discovery
    of
    the
    leak
    by
    the
    owner,
    operator, or the Agency, when it fails to sustain:
    A)
    A pressure drop of no more than three inches
    of water in five minutes; and
    B)
    A
    vacuum
    drop
    of
    no
    more
    than
    three
    inches
    of
    water
    in
    five
    minutes.
    b)
    Any
    delivery
    vessel
    meeting
    the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (a)
    shall have
    a sticker affixed to the tank
    adjacent to the tank manufacturer’s data plate which
    contains
    the
    tester’s
    name,
    the
    tank
    identification
    number
    and
    the
    date
    of
    the
    test.
    The
    sticker
    shall
    be
    in
    a
    form
    prescribed
    by
    the
    Agency,
    and,
    for
    those

    154
    delivery
    vessels
    subject
    to
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    215
    as
    of
    December
    31,
    1987
    shall
    have
    been
    displayed
    no
    later
    than
    December
    31,
    1987.
    c)
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    delivery
    vessel
    shall:
    1)
    Maintain
    copies
    of
    any
    test
    required
    under
    subsection
    (a) (6)
    for
    a
    period
    of
    3
    years;
    2)
    Provide
    copies
    of
    these
    tests
    to
    the
    Agency
    upon
    request;
    and
    3)
    Provide annual test result certification to bulk
    gasoline
    plants
    and
    terminals
    where
    the
    delivery
    vessel
    is
    loaded.
    d)
    Any
    delivery
    vessel
    which
    has
    undergone
    and
    passed
    a
    test
    in
    another
    state
    which
    has
    a
    USEPA-approved
    leak
    testing
    and
    certification
    program
    will
    satisfy
    the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (a).
    Delivery
    vessels
    must
    display
    a
    sticker,
    decal
    or
    stencil
    approved
    by
    the
    state
    where
    tested
    or
    comply
    with
    the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (b).
    All
    such. stickers,
    decals
    or
    stencils
    shall
    have
    been
    displayed
    no
    later
    than
    December
    31,
    1987,
    for
    delivery
    vessels
    subject.
    to
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    215 as of December 31,
    1987.
    Section 219.585
    Gasoline Volatility Standards
    a)
    No person shall sell, offer for sale, dispense,
    supply,
    offer for supply, or transport for use in Illinois
    gasoline
    whose
    Reid
    vapor
    pressure
    exceeds
    the
    applicable
    limitations
    set
    forth
    in
    subsections
    (b)
    and
    (C)
    during
    the
    regulatory
    control
    periods,
    which
    shall
    be July
    1 to August 31 for retail outlets, wholesale
    purchaser—consumer
    facilities,
    and
    all
    other
    facilities.
    b)
    The
    Reid
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    gasoline,
    a
    measure
    of
    its
    volatility, shall not exceed 9.5 psi
    (65.5 kPa) during
    the regulatory control period in 1990 and each year
    thereafter.
    c)
    The Reid vapor pressure of ethanol blend gasolines
    shall not exceed the limitations for gasoline set forth
    in subsection
    (b) by more than 1.0 psi
    (6.9 kPa).
    Notwithstanding
    this
    limitation,
    blenders
    of
    ethanol
    blend gasolines whose Reid vapor pressure is less than
    1.0 psi above the base stock gasoline immediately after
    blending with ethanol are prohibited from adding butane
    or
    any
    product
    that
    will
    increase
    the
    Reid
    vapor
    pressure of the blended gasoline.

    155
    d)
    All
    sampling
    of
    gasoline
    required
    pursuant
    to
    the
    provisions of this Section shall be conducted by one or
    more of the following approved methods or procedures
    which
    are
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    215.105.
    1)
    For
    manual
    sampling,
    ASTN
    D4057;
    2)
    For automatic sampling, ASTM D4177;
    3)
    Sampling procedures for Fuel Volatility,
    40 CFR 80
    Appendix D.
    e)
    The Reid vapor pressure of gasoline shall be measured
    in accordance with either test method ASTN D323 or a
    modification of ASTN D323 known
    as
    the
    “dry
    method”
    as
    set
    forth
    in
    40
    CFR
    80,
    Appendix
    E,
    incorporated
    by
    reference in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215.105.
    For gasoline
    oxygenate blends which contain water—extractable
    oxygenates, the Reid vapor pressure shall be measured
    using the dry method test.
    f)
    The
    ethanol
    content
    of
    ethanol
    blend
    gasolines
    shall
    be
    determined by use of one of the approved testing
    methodologies specified in 40 CFR 80, Appendix F,
    incorporated by reference in 35 Ill. Adm. Code 215.105.
    g)
    Any
    alternate to
    the
    sampling
    or
    testing
    methods
    or
    procedures
    contained
    in
    subsections
    (d),
    (e),
    and
    (f)
    must
    be
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency,
    which
    shall
    consider
    data comparing the performance of the proposed
    alternative
    to
    the
    performance
    of
    one
    or
    more
    approved
    test
    methods
    or
    procedures.
    Such
    data
    shall
    accompany
    any
    request
    for
    Agency
    approval
    of
    any
    alternate
    test
    procedure.
    If
    the
    Agency
    determines
    that
    such
    data
    demonstrates
    that
    the
    proposed
    alternative
    will
    achieve
    results equivalent to the approved test methods or will
    achieve results equivalent to the approved test methods
    or procedures, the Agency shall approve the proposed
    alternative.
    h)
    Each
    refiner
    or
    supplier
    that
    distributes
    gasoline
    or
    ethanol
    blends
    shall:
    1)
    During
    the
    regulatory
    control
    period,
    state
    that
    the
    Reid
    vapor
    pressure
    of
    all
    gasoline
    or
    ethanol
    blends
    leaving
    the
    refinery
    or
    distribution
    facility
    for
    use
    in
    Illinois
    complies
    with
    the
    Reid
    vapor
    pressure
    limitations
    set
    forth
    in
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    215.585(b)
    and
    (C).
    Any
    facility
    receiving this gasoline shall be provided with a
    copy of an invoice, bill of lading, or other

    156
    documentation
    used
    in
    normal
    business
    practice
    stating that the Reid vapor pressure of the
    gasoline complies with the State Reid vapor
    pressure standard.
    2)
    Maintain records for a period of one year on the
    Reid vapor pressure, quantity shipped and date of
    delivery of any gasoline or ethanol blends leaving
    the
    refinery
    or
    distribution
    facility
    for
    use
    in
    Illinois.
    The Agency shall be provided with
    copies of such records if requested.
    SUBPART Z:
    DRY
    CLEANERS
    Section
    219.601
    Perchloroethylene
    Dry
    Cleaners
    The owner or operator of a dry cleaning facility which uses
    perchloroethylene shall:
    a)
    Vent the entire dryer exhaust through a properly
    designed and functioning carbon adsorption system or
    equally effective control device; and
    b)
    Emit no more than 100 ppmv of VON from the dryer
    control device before dilution,
    or achieve a 90 percent
    average
    reduction
    before
    dilution;
    and
    c)
    Immediately repair all components found to be leaking
    liquid
    VON;
    and
    d)
    Cook
    or
    treat
    all
    diatomaceous
    earth
    filters
    so
    that
    the
    residue
    contains
    25
    kg
    (55
    ib)
    or
    less
    of
    volatile
    organic material per 100 kg (220
    lb) of wet waste
    material;
    and
    e)
    Reduce the vVOM from all solvent stills to 60 kg
    (132
    lb)
    or
    less
    per
    100
    kg
    (220
    1b)
    of
    wet
    waste
    material;
    and
    f)
    Drain
    all
    filtration
    cartridges
    in
    the
    filter
    housing
    or other sealed container for at least 24 hours before
    discarding the cartridges; and
    g)
    Dry all drained filtration cartridges in equipment
    connected
    to
    an
    emission
    reduction
    system
    or
    in
    a
    manner
    that
    will
    eliminate
    emission
    of
    volatile
    organic
    material to the atmosphere.
    Section
    219.602
    Exemptions
    The
    provisions
    of
    Section
    219.601
    are
    not
    applicable
    to
    perchloroethylene dry cleaning operations which are coin-operated

    157
    or
    to
    dry
    cleaning
    facilities
    consuming
    less
    than
    30
    gal
    per
    month
    (360
    gal
    per
    year)
    of
    perchioroethylene.
    Section 219.603
    Leaks
    The presence of leaks shall be determined for purposes of Section
    219.601(c) by
    a visual inspection of the following: hose
    connections, unions, couplings and valves; machine door gaskets
    and seatings; filter head gasket and seating; pumps; base tanks
    and storage containers; water separators; filter sludge recovery;
    distillation unit; diverter valves; saturated lint from lint
    baskets; and cartridge filters.
    Section 219.604
    Compliance Dates
    Every
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    emission
    source
    previously
    subject
    to
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    215,
    Subpart
    Z
    shall
    have
    complied
    with
    its
    standards and limitations in accordance with the applicable dates
    set
    forth
    in
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    215.604.
    Section
    219.605
    Compliance
    Plan
    a)
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    emission
    source
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    have
    submitted
    to
    the
    Agency
    a
    compliance
    plan,
    pursuant
    to
    35
    Iii.
    Adm.
    Code
    201,
    Subpart
    H,
    including
    a
    project
    completion
    schedule
    where applicable,
    no later than,
    for Section 219.601(a)
    and
    (b), April
    21, 1983.
    b)
    Unless
    the
    submitted
    compliance
    plan
    or
    schedule
    was
    disapproved
    by
    the
    Agency,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    facility or emission source may operate the emission
    source according to the plan and schedule as submitted.
    C)
    The
    plan
    and
    schedule
    shall
    meet
    the
    requirements
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    201,
    Subpart
    H,
    including
    specific
    interim
    dates
    as
    required
    in
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    201.242.
    Section 219.606
    Exception to Compliance Plan
    Coin—operated dry cleaning operations and dry cleaning facilities
    consuming less than 30 gal per month (360 gal per year)
    of
    perchloroethylene are not required to submit or obtain an Agency
    approved compliance plan or project completion schedule.
    Section 219.607
    Standards for Petroleum Solvent Dry Cleaners
    a)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum solvent
    dry
    cleaning dryer shall either:
    1)
    Limit
    emissions
    of
    volatile
    organic
    material
    to
    the atmosphere to an average of 3.5 kilograms of

    158
    VON
    per
    100
    kilograms
    dry
    weight
    of
    articles
    dry
    cleaned, or
    2)
    Install and operate a solvent recovery dryer in a
    manner such that the dryer remains closed and the
    recovery phase
    continues until a final solvent
    flow rate of 50 ml per minute is attained.
    b)
    The owner or operator of a petroleum solvent filtration
    system shall either:
    1)
    Reduce the VON content in all filtration wastes to
    1.0 kilogram or less per 100 kg dry weight of
    articles dry cleaned, before disposal, and
    exposure
    to
    the
    atmosphere,
    or
    2)
    Install
    and
    operate
    a
    cartridge
    filtration
    system,
    and
    drain
    the
    filter
    cartridges
    in
    their
    sealed
    housings for
    8 hours or more before their removal.
    Section
    219.608
    Operating
    Practices
    for
    Petroleum
    Solvent
    Dry
    Cleaners
    In
    order
    to
    minimize
    fugitive
    solvent
    emissions,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    petroleum
    solvent
    dry
    cleaning
    facility
    shall
    employ
    good
    housekeeping
    practices
    including
    the
    following:
    a)
    General Housekeeping Requirements
    1)
    Equipment
    containing
    solvent
    (washers,
    dryers,
    extractors and filters) shall remain closed at all
    times except during load transfer and maintenance.
    Lint filter and button trap covers shall remain
    closed except when solvent—laden material
    is being
    removed.
    2)
    Cans,
    buckets,
    barrels
    and
    other
    containers
    of
    solvent or of solvent—laden material shall be
    covered except when in use.
    3)
    Solvent-laden material shall be exposed to the
    atmosphere only for the minimum time necessary for
    load transfer.
    b)
    Installation and operation of equipment:
    1)
    All
    cartridge
    filters
    shall
    be
    enclosed
    and
    operated in accordance with the procedures and
    specifications recommended by the manufacturer for
    the cartridge filter.
    After installation, the
    cartridges shall be inspected, monitored and
    maintained in accordance with the manufacturer’s

    159
    recommendations;
    and
    2)
    Vents on containers for new solvent and for
    solvent—containing waste shall be constructed and
    maintained so as to minimize solvent vapor
    emissions.
    Criteria
    for
    the
    minimization
    of
    solvent
    vapor
    emissions
    include
    the
    elimination
    of
    solvent
    buckets
    and
    barrels
    standing
    open
    to
    the
    atmosphere, and the repair of gaskets and seals
    that
    expose
    solvent—rich
    environments
    to
    the
    atmosphere, to be determined through visual
    inspection.
    Section
    219.609
    Program
    for
    Inspection
    and
    Repair
    of
    Leaks
    a)
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    petroleum
    solvent
    dry
    cleaning
    facility
    shall
    conduct
    the
    following
    visual
    inspections on a weekly basis:
    1)
    Washers,
    dryers,
    solvent
    filters,
    settling
    tanks,
    vacuum
    stills
    and
    containers
    and
    conveyors
    of
    petroleum
    solvent
    shall
    be
    inspected
    for
    visible
    leaks
    of
    solvent
    liquid.
    2)
    Pipes, hoses and fittings shall be inspected for
    active
    dripping
    or
    dampness.
    3)
    Pumps
    and
    filters
    shall
    be
    inspected
    for
    leaks
    around seals and access covers.
    4)
    Gaskets
    and
    seals
    shall
    be
    inspected
    for
    wear
    and
    defects.
    b)
    Leaks
    of
    petroleum
    solvent
    liquid
    and
    vapors
    shall
    be
    repaired
    within
    three
    working
    days
    of
    detection,
    unless
    necessary
    replacement
    parts
    are
    not
    on
    site.
    1)
    If
    necessary,
    repair
    parts
    shall
    be
    ordered
    within
    three
    working
    days
    of
    detection
    of
    the
    leak.
    2)
    The leak shall be repaired within three days of
    delivery of necessary parts.
    Section
    219.610
    Testing
    and
    Monitoring
    a)
    Compliance
    with
    Sections
    219.607(b)
    (2),
    215.608
    and
    215.609
    shall
    be
    determined
    by
    visual
    inspection;
    and
    b)
    Compliance
    with
    Sections
    219.607(a)
    (2)
    and
    (b)(1)
    shall
    be
    determined
    by
    methods
    described
    in
    EPA-450/3-82-009
    (1982)
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112.

    160
    C)
    If a control device is used to comply with Section
    219.607(a) (1), then compliance shall be determined
    using 40
    CFR
    60 Appendix A, Method 25
    (1984)
    incorporated by reference in Section 219.112.
    Section
    219.611
    Exemption
    for
    Petroleum
    Solvent
    Dry
    Cleaners
    The provisions of Sections 219.607 through 219.610 shall not
    apply to petroleum solvent dry cleaning facilities whose
    emissions of volatile organic material do not exceed 91 Mg (100
    tons) per year in the absence of pollution control equipment or
    whose emissions of VON, as limited by the operating permit, will
    not exceed 91 Mg (100 tons) per year in the absence of pollution
    control equipment.
    Section
    219.612
    Compliance
    Dates
    Owners and operators of emission sources subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm.
    Code 215.607 through 215.609 as of December 31,
    1987 shall have
    complied
    with
    the
    requirements
    set
    forth
    therein
    no
    later
    than
    December
    31,
    1987.
    Section 219.613
    Compliance Plan-
    a)
    The owner or operator of an emission source formerly
    subject
    to
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    215.610(a)
    as
    of
    May
    31,
    1987 shall have submitted to the Agency a compliance
    plan,
    including a project completion schedule where
    applicable,
    no
    later
    than
    Nay
    31,
    1987.
    b)
    The
    plan
    and
    schedule
    shall
    meet
    the
    requirements
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    201.
    SUBPART
    AA:
    PAINT
    AND
    INK
    MANUFACTURING
    Section
    219.620
    Applicability
    a)
    This subpart shall apply to all paint and ink
    manufacturing
    plants
    which:
    1)
    Include
    process
    emission
    sources
    not
    subject
    to
    Subparts B,
    E, F (excluding Section 219.204(1)), H
    excluding Section 219.405),
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X,
    Y
    or
    Z
    of this Part;
    and which as a group both:
    A)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg
    (100 tons) or more per calendar year of VON
    if
    no
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    were
    used, and
    B)
    are
    not
    limited
    to
    less
    than
    91
    Mg
    (100
    tons)

    161
    of VON emissions per calendar year in the
    absence of air pollution control equipment,
    through production or capacity limitations
    contained in a federally enforceable
    construction
    permit
    or
    a
    SIP
    revision,
    or
    2)
    Produce more than 7,570,820 1
    (2,000,000 gal) per
    calendar year of paint or ink formulations, which
    contain less than 10 percent (by weight) water,
    and ink formulations not containing as the primary
    solvents water, Magie oil or glycol.
    b)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VOM
    emissions are the emissions of VOM which would result
    if
    no
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    were
    used.
    Section 219.621
    Exemption for Waterbase Material and
    Heatset-Offset
    Ink
    The
    requirements
    of
    Sections
    219.624
    and
    219.625
    and
    Section
    219.628(a)
    shall
    not
    apply
    to
    equipment
    while
    it
    is
    being
    used
    to
    produce either:
    a)
    paint or ink formulations which contain 10 percent or
    more
    (by
    weight)
    water,
    or
    b)
    inks
    containing
    Magie
    oil
    and
    glycol
    as
    the
    primary
    solvent.
    Section
    219.623
    Permit
    Conditions
    No
    person
    shall
    violate
    any
    condition
    in
    a
    permit
    when
    the
    condition results
    in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from
    this
    Subpart.
    Section 219.624
    Open-top Mills, Tanks, Vats or Vessels
    No person shall operate an open—top mill,
    tank, vat or vessel
    with a volume of more than 45
    1
    (12 gal) for the production of
    paint
    or
    ink
    unless:
    a)
    The mill, tank, vat or vessel is equipped with a cover
    which completely covers the mill,
    tank, vat or vessel
    opening
    except
    for
    an
    opening
    no
    larger
    than
    necessary
    to allow for safe clearance for a mixer shaft.
    Such
    cover shall extend at least 1.27 cm (0.5 in.) beyond
    the
    outer
    rim
    of
    the
    opening
    or
    be
    attached
    to
    the
    rim.
    b)
    The
    cover
    remains
    closed
    except
    when
    production,
    sampling,
    maintenance
    or
    inspection
    procedures
    require
    access.

    162
    C)
    The
    cover
    is
    maintained
    in
    good
    condition
    such
    that,
    when in place,
    it maintains contact with the rim of the
    opening for at least 90 percent of the circumference of
    the rim.
    Section 219.625
    Grinding Mills
    a)
    No person shall operate a grinding mill for the
    production of paint or ink which is not maintained in
    accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
    b)
    No person shall operate a grinding mill fabricated or
    modified
    after
    the
    effective
    date
    of
    this
    Subpart
    which
    is not equipped with fully enclosed screens.
    C)
    The
    manufacturer’s
    specifications
    shall
    be
    kept
    on
    file
    at the plant by the owner or operator of the grinding
    mill
    and
    be
    made
    available
    to
    any
    person
    upon
    verbal
    or
    written
    request
    during
    business
    hours.
    Section
    219.626
    Storage
    Tanks
    a)
    The owner or operator shall equip tanks storing VOL
    with
    a
    vapor
    pressure
    greater
    than
    10
    kPa
    (1.5
    psi)
    at
    20°C(68.F) with pressure/vacuum conservation vents set
    as
    a
    minimum
    at
    +/-0.2
    kPa
    (0.029
    psi).
    These
    controls
    shall be operated at all times.
    An alternative air
    pollution
    control
    system
    may
    be
    used
    if
    it
    results
    in
    a
    greater
    emission
    reduction
    than
    these
    controls.
    Any
    alternative
    control
    system
    can
    be
    allowed
    only
    if
    approved by the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a
    SIP revision.
    b)
    Stationary
    VOL
    storage
    containers
    with
    a
    capacity
    greater
    than
    946
    1
    (250
    gal)
    shall
    be
    equipped
    with
    a
    submerged-fill
    pipe
    or
    bottom
    fill.
    These
    controls
    shall
    be
    operated
    at
    all
    times.
    An
    alternative
    control
    system
    can
    be
    allowed
    only
    if
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved
    by
    the
    USEPA
    as
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    Section 219.628
    Leaks
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    paint
    or
    ink
    manufacturing
    plant
    shall,
    for
    the
    purpose
    of
    detecting
    leaks,
    conduct
    an
    equipment
    monitoring program as set forth below:
    a)
    Each
    pump
    shall
    be
    checked
    by
    visual
    inspection
    each
    calendar
    week
    for
    indications
    of
    leaks,
    that
    is,
    liquids dripping from the pump seal.
    If there are
    indications
    of
    liquids
    dripping
    from
    the
    pump
    seal,
    the
    pump
    shall
    be
    repaired
    as
    soon
    as
    practicable,
    but
    no
    later
    than
    15
    calendar
    days
    after
    the
    leak
    is
    detected.

    163
    b)
    Any
    pump,
    valve, pressure relief valve,
    sampling
    connection, open—ended valve and flange or connector
    containing
    a
    fluid
    which
    is
    at
    least
    10
    percent
    VON
    by
    weight which appears to be leaking on the basis of
    sight,
    smell
    or
    sound
    shall
    be
    repaired
    as
    soon
    as
    practicable, but no later than 15 calendar days after
    the leak is detected.
    c)
    A weather proof, readily visible tag, in bright colors
    such as red or yellow, bearing an identification number
    and the date on which the leak was detected shall be
    attached to leaking equipment.
    The tag may be removed
    upon repair, that is, when the equipment is adjusted or
    otherwise
    altered
    to
    allow
    operation
    without
    leaking.
    d)
    When a leak is
    detected,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall
    record
    the
    date
    of
    detection
    and
    repair
    and
    the
    record
    shall
    be
    retained
    at
    the
    plant
    for
    at
    least
    two
    years
    from
    the
    date
    of
    each
    detection
    or
    each
    repair
    attempt.
    The
    record
    shall
    be
    made
    available
    to
    any
    person
    upon
    verbal
    or
    written
    request
    during
    business
    hours.
    Section 219.630
    Clean Up
    a)
    No
    person
    shall
    clean
    paint
    or
    ink
    manufacturing
    equipment
    with
    organic
    solvent
    unless
    the
    equipment
    being
    cleaned
    is
    completely
    covered
    or
    enclosed
    except
    for
    an
    opening
    no
    larger
    than
    necessary
    to
    allow
    safe
    clearance for proper operation of the cleaning
    equipment,
    considering
    the
    method
    and
    materials
    being
    used.
    b)
    No
    person
    shall
    store
    organic
    wash
    solvent
    in
    other
    than
    closed
    containers,
    unless
    closed
    containers
    are
    demonstrated
    to
    be
    a
    safety
    hazard,
    or
    dispose
    of
    organic
    wash
    solvent
    in
    a
    manner
    such
    that
    more
    than
    20
    percent
    by
    weight
    is
    allowed
    to
    evaporate
    into
    the
    atmosphere.
    Section 219.636
    Compliance Schedule
    Every
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    emission
    source
    subject
    to
    the
    control requirements of this Subpart shall comply with the
    requirements thereof on and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106.
    Section 219.637
    Recordkeeping and Reporting
    a)
    Upon request by the Agency, the owner or operator of an
    emission
    source
    which
    claims
    to
    be
    exempt
    from
    the
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    submit
    records
    to

    164
    the Agency within 30 calendar days from the date of the
    request which document that the emission source is in
    fact exempt from this Subpart.
    These records shall
    include (but are not limited to) the percent water
    (by
    weight)
    in the paint or ink being produced and the
    quantity
    of
    Magie
    oil,
    glycol
    and
    other
    solvents
    in
    the
    ink being produced.
    b)
    Every owner or operator of an emission source which is
    subject to the requirements of this Subpart shall
    maintain all records necessary to demonstrate
    compliance with those requirements at the facility for
    three years.
    SUBPART BB:
    POLYSTYRENE
    PLANTS
    Section
    219.875
    Applicability
    of
    Subpart
    BB
    The
    provisions
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    apply
    to
    polystyrene
    plants:
    a)
    Which
    use
    continuous
    processes
    to
    manufacture
    polystyrene
    -
    polybutadiene co-polymer; and
    b)
    Which
    fall
    within
    Standard
    Industrial
    Classification
    Group
    No.
    282,
    Industry
    No.
    2821,
    except
    that
    the
    manufacture of polystyrene resins need not be the
    primary
    manufacturing
    process
    at
    the
    plant.
    Section
    219.877
    Emissions
    Limitation
    at
    Polystyrene
    Plants
    No
    person
    shall
    cause
    or
    allow
    the
    emissions
    of
    VON
    from
    the
    material
    recovery
    section
    to
    exceed
    0.12
    kg
    of
    VOM
    per
    1000
    kg
    of
    polystyrene
    resin
    produced.
    Section
    219.879
    Compliance
    Date
    Every owner and operator of an emission source subject to 35 Ill.
    Adm. Code 215, Subpart BB as of December 31,
    1987, shall have
    complied
    with
    its
    standards
    and
    limitations
    by
    December
    31,
    1987.
    Section 219.881
    Compliance Plan
    a)
    The
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    emission
    source
    formerly
    subject
    to
    the
    requirements
    of
    35
    Ill.
    Adm.
    Code
    215
    Subpart
    BB
    shall
    have
    submitted
    to
    the
    Agency
    a
    compliance plan in accordance with 35 Ill. Adm. Code
    201, Subpart H, including a project completion schedule
    on or before December
    1,
    1987.
    b)
    Unless
    the
    submitted
    compliance
    plan
    or
    schedule
    was
    disapproved by the Agency, the owner or operator of a
    facility
    or
    emission
    source
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart
    may

    165
    operate the emission source according to the plan and
    schedule as submitted.
    c)
    The plan and schedule shall meet the requirements of
    35
    Ill. Adm. Code 201, Subpart H and Section 219.883.
    Section 219.883
    Special Requirements for Compliance Plan
    For sources subject to this Subpart, an approvable compliance
    plan shall include:
    a)
    A
    description
    of
    each
    process
    which
    is
    subject
    to
    an
    emissions
    limitation;
    b)
    Quantification
    of
    the
    emissions
    from
    each
    process;
    C)
    A description
    of
    the
    procedures
    and
    methods
    used
    to
    determine the emissions of VON;
    d)
    A description of the methods which will be used to
    demonstrate
    compliance
    with
    the
    allowable
    plantwide
    emission
    limitation
    (Section
    215.877),
    including
    a
    ~nethod
    of
    inventory,
    recordkeeping
    and
    emission
    calculation
    or
    measurement.
    Section
    219.886
    Emissions
    Testing
    a)
    Upon
    a
    reasonable
    request
    by
    the
    Agency,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    polystyrene
    plant
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    at
    his
    own
    expense
    demonstrate
    compliance
    by
    use
    of
    the
    following
    method:
    40
    CFR
    60,
    Appendix
    A,
    Method
    25
    -
    Determination
    of
    Total
    Gaseous
    Non—Methane
    Organic.
    Emissions
    as
    Carbon
    (1984),
    incorporated
    by
    reference
    in
    Section
    219.112.
    b)
    A
    person
    planning
    jo
    conduct
    a
    VON
    emissions
    test
    to
    demonstrate compliance with this Subpart shall notify
    the Agency of that intent not less than 30 days before
    the planned initiation of the tests so the Agency may
    observe the test.
    SUBPART
    PP:
    MISCELLANEOUS
    FABRICATED
    PRODUCT
    MANUFACTURING
    PROCESSES
    Section 219.920
    Applicability
    a)
    The
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    apply
    to
    a
    plant’s
    miscellaneous
    fabricated
    product
    manufacturing
    process
    emission
    sources
    which
    are
    not
    included
    within
    any
    of
    the
    source
    categories
    specified
    in
    Subparts
    B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X, Y or Z if the plant
    is subject
    to
    this
    Subpart.
    A
    plant
    is
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart
    if

    166
    it
    contains
    process
    emission
    sources,
    not
    regulated
    by
    Subparts
    B,
    E,
    F
    (excluding
    Section
    219.204(1)),
    H
    (excluding Section 219.405),
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X,
    Y
    or
    Z
    of
    this Part; which as a group both:
    1)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg (100
    tons) or more per calendar year of VON if no air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    were
    used,
    and
    2)
    are
    not
    limited
    to
    less
    than
    91
    Mg
    (100
    tons)
    of
    VON emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment,
    through
    production
    or
    capacity
    limitations
    contained
    in
    a
    federally
    enforceable
    construction
    permit
    or
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    b)
    If
    a
    plant-
    ceases
    to
    fulfill
    the
    criteria
    of
    subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply to a miscellaneous fabricated products
    manufacturing
    process
    emission-
    source
    which
    was
    ever
    subject
    to
    the
    control
    requirements
    of
    Section
    219.926.
    c)
    No
    limits
    under
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    apply
    to
    emission
    sources with emissions of VON to the atmosphere less
    than or equal to 0.91 Mg (10 ton) per calendar year if
    the
    total
    emissions
    from
    such
    sources
    not
    complying
    with
    Section
    219.926
    does
    not
    exceed
    4.5
    Mg
    (5.0
    tons)
    per calendar year.
    d)
    For
    the
    purposes
    of
    this
    Subpart,
    an
    emission
    source
    shall
    be
    considered
    regulated
    by
    a
    Subpart
    if
    it
    is
    subject
    to
    the
    limits
    of
    that
    Subpart.
    An
    emission
    source
    is
    not
    considered
    regulated
    by
    a
    Subpart
    if
    its
    emissions
    are
    below
    the
    applicability
    cutoff
    level
    or
    if
    the
    source
    is
    covered
    by
    an
    exemption.
    e)
    For
    the
    purposes
    of
    this
    Subpart,
    uncontrolled
    VON
    emissions
    are
    the
    emissions
    of
    VON
    which
    would
    result
    if
    no
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    were
    used.
    Section 219.923
    Permit Conditions
    No
    person
    shall
    violate
    any
    condition
    in
    a
    permit
    when
    the
    condition
    results
    in
    exclusion
    of
    the
    plant
    or
    an
    emission
    source
    from
    this
    Subpart.
    Section
    219.926
    Control
    Requirements
    Every owner or operator of an
    emission
    source
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    comply
    with
    the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (a),
    (b)
    or
    (c):

    167
    a)
    Emission capture and control techniques which achieve
    an
    overall
    reduction
    in
    uncontrolled
    VON
    emissions
    of
    at
    least
    81
    percent,
    or
    b)
    For coating lines, the daily-weighted average VON
    content shall not exceed 0.42 kg VOM/l
    (3.5 lbs
    VON/gal)
    of coating as applied (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted from the
    definition
    of
    VON)
    during
    any
    day.
    Owners
    and
    operators complying with this Section are not required
    to
    comply
    with
    Section
    219.301,
    or
    c)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved
    by
    the
    USEPA
    as
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    Section
    219.927
    Compliance
    Schedule
    Every
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    emission
    source
    subject
    to
    the
    control
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    comply
    with
    the
    requirements
    thereof
    on
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    219.106.
    Section 219.928
    Testing
    Any owner or operator ofavuFi e~i~onoource which is subject
    cu
    Lfli~
    L.uDpULL
    ~J1~1i1
    aemunstrate compliance
    .i.i~.n
    ~~u~i.on
    by using the applicable test methods and procedure3 specified in
    Cection 219. 105.
    a.
    When in the opinion of the Agency it is necessary to conduct
    testinc~
    to
    demonstrate
    compliance
    with
    Section
    219.926,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    VON
    emission
    source
    subiect
    to
    the
    requirements of this Subpart shall,
    at his own expense,
    conduct
    such
    tests
    in
    accordance
    with
    the
    appliacable
    test
    methods
    and
    procedures
    specified
    in
    Section
    219.105.
    ~
    Nothing
    in
    the
    Section
    shall
    limit
    the
    authority
    of
    the
    USEPA
    pursuant
    to
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act,
    as
    amended,
    to
    rec~uire
    testing.
    SUBPART
    QQ:
    MISCELLANEOUS
    FORMULATION
    MANUFACTURING
    PROCESSES
    Section 219.940
    Applicability
    a)
    The
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    apply
    to
    a
    plant’s
    miscellaneous
    formulation
    manufacturing
    process
    emission
    sources,
    which
    are
    not
    included
    within
    any
    of
    the
    source
    categories
    specified
    in
    Subparts
    B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X,
    Y or
    Z of this Part if
    the
    plant
    is
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart.
    A
    plant
    is
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart if it contains process emission sources, not

    168
    regulated by Subparts
    B,
    E,
    F (excluding Section
    219.204(1)),
    H
    (excluding
    Section
    219.405),
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X,
    Y
    or
    Z
    of
    this
    Part;
    which
    as
    a
    group
    both:
    1)
    have maximum theoretical emissions of 91 Mg (100
    tons)
    or more per calendar year of VON if no air
    pollution control equipment were used, and
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg (100 tons)
    of
    VON
    emissions
    per
    calendar
    year
    in
    the
    absence
    of
    air pollution control equipment, through
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally
    enforceable
    construction
    permit
    or
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of subsection
    (a),
    the
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    continue
    to
    apply to a miscellaneous formulation manufacturing
    process
    emission
    source
    which
    was
    ever
    subject
    to
    the
    control
    requirements
    of
    Section
    219.946.
    c)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VON to the atmosphere less
    than or equal to 2.3 Mg (2.5 tons)
    per calendar year if
    the
    total
    emissions
    from
    such
    sources
    not
    complying
    with this Section does not exceed 4.5 Mg (5.0 tons) per
    calendar year-.
    d)
    For
    the
    purposes
    of
    this
    Subpart,
    an
    emission
    source
    shall
    be
    considered
    regulated
    by
    a
    Subpart
    if
    it
    is
    subject
    to
    the
    limits
    of
    that
    Subpart.
    An
    emission
    source
    is
    not
    considered
    regulated
    by
    a
    Subpart
    if
    its
    emissions
    are
    below
    the
    applicability
    cutoff
    level
    or
    if
    the
    source
    is
    covered
    by
    an
    exemption.
    e)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VON
    emissions are the emissions of VON which would result
    if
    no
    air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    were
    used.
    Section 219.943
    Permit Conditions
    No person shall violate any condition in a permit when the
    condition
    results
    in
    exclusion
    of
    the
    plant
    or
    an
    emission
    source
    from this Subpart.
    Section 219.946
    Control Requirements
    Every
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    emission
    source
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a)
    or
    (b)
    below.
    a)
    Emission
    capture
    and
    control
    techniques
    which
    achieve

    169
    an
    overall
    reduction
    in
    uncontrolled
    VON
    emissions
    of
    at least 81 percent, or
    b)
    An alternative control plan which has been approved by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as
    a SIP revision.
    Section 219.947
    Compliance Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to the
    control
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    comply
    with
    the
    requirements
    thereof
    on
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    219.106.
    Section
    219.948
    Testing
    Any
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    VON
    emission
    source
    which
    is
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    demonstrate
    compliance
    with
    Section
    219.946
    by
    using
    the
    applicable
    test
    methods
    and
    procedures
    specified
    in
    ~-1-irtn
    219.105.
    a.
    When
    in
    the
    opinion
    of
    the
    Agency
    it
    is
    necessarY
    to
    conduct
    testinci
    to
    demonstrate
    compliance
    with
    Section
    219.946,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    VON
    emission
    source
    subiect
    to
    the
    reauirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall,
    at
    his
    own
    expense,
    conduct
    such
    tests
    in
    accordance
    with
    the
    appliacable
    test
    methods
    and
    Procedures
    specified
    in
    Section
    219.105.
    b.
    NothincT in the Section shall limit the authority of the
    USEPA
    pursuant
    to
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act,
    as
    amended.
    to
    reauire
    testing.
    SUBPART
    PR:
    MISCELLANEOUS
    ORGANIC
    CHEMICAL
    MANUFACTURING
    PROCESSES
    Section
    219.960
    Applicability
    a)
    The
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    apply
    to
    a
    plant’s miscellaneous organic chemical manufacturing
    process
    emission
    sources
    which
    are
    not
    included
    within
    any
    of
    the
    source
    categories
    specified
    in
    Subparts
    B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X,
    Y
    or
    Z
    of
    this
    Part,
    if
    the
    plant
    is subject to this Subpart.
    A plant is subject
    to
    this
    Subpart
    if
    it
    contains
    process
    emission
    sources, not regulated by Subparts B,
    E,
    F (excluding
    Section
    219.204(1)),
    H
    (excluding
    Section
    219.405),
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X,
    Y
    or
    Z of this Part; which as a group both:
    1)
    have
    maximum
    theoretical
    emissions
    of
    91
    Mg
    (100
    tons)
    or more per calendar year of VON if no air
    pollution
    control
    equipment
    were
    used,
    and

    170
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    of
    VON
    emissions
    per
    calendar
    year
    in
    the
    absence
    of
    air pollution control equipment, through
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally enforceable construction permit or a SIP
    revision.
    b)
    If a plant ceases to fulfill the criteria of Subsection
    (a), the requirements of this Subpart shall continue to
    apply to a miscellaneous organic chemical manufacturing
    process emission source which was ever subject to the
    control requirements of Section 219.966.
    c)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VON to the atmosphere less
    than or equal to 0.91 Mg
    (1.0 ton) per calendar year if
    the twt~gadt~cbnng1crG~6sdo~ssuutce~caet1
    ~o~pflI~i~.
    0
    tons)
    per calendar year.
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an emission source
    shall be considered regulated by a Subpart if it is
    subject to the limits of that
    Subpart.
    An
    emission
    source is not considered regulated by a Subpart if its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level or
    if the source
    is covered by an exemption.
    e)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, uncontrolled VOM
    emissions are the emissions of VOM which would result
    if no air pollution control equipment were used.
    Section 219.963
    Permit Conditions
    No person shall
    violate
    any
    condition
    in
    a
    permit
    when
    the
    condition
    results
    in
    exclusion
    of
    the
    plant
    or
    an
    emission
    source
    from
    this
    Subpart.
    Section
    219.966
    Control
    Requirements
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to this
    Subpart
    shall
    comply
    with
    the
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (a)
    or
    (b) below.
    a)
    Emission capture and control techniques which achieve
    an overall reduction in uncontrolled VON emissions of
    at least 81 percent, or
    b)
    An
    alternative
    control
    plan
    which
    has
    been
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved
    by
    the
    USEPA
    as
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    Section
    219.967
    Compliance
    Schedule
    Every owner or operator of an emission source subject to the

    171
    control
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    comply
    with
    the
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    on
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    219.106.
    Section
    219.968
    Testing
    ~ny owner or operator of
    ci
    VON emission source which is subject
    to this Subpart shall demonstrate compliance with Cection 219.966
    by using the applicable test methods and procedures specified in
    Section 219. 105.
    a.
    When
    in the opinion of the Aciencv it is necessary to conduct
    testing to demonstrate compliance with Section 219.966. the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    VON
    emission
    source
    subject
    to
    the
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall,
    at
    his
    own
    expense,
    conduct
    such
    tests
    in
    accordance
    with
    the
    a~p1iacable
    test
    methods
    and
    procedures
    specified
    in
    Section
    219.105.
    ~
    Nothing
    in
    the
    Section
    shall
    limit
    the
    authority
    of
    the
    USEPA
    pursuant
    to
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act,
    as
    amended,
    to
    require
    testing.
    SUBPART
    TT:
    OTHER
    EMISSION
    SOURCES
    Section
    219.980
    Applicability
    a)
    The
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    apply
    to
    a
    plant’s
    VON
    emission
    sources,
    which
    are
    not
    included
    within
    any
    of
    the
    source
    categories
    specified
    in
    Subparts
    B,
    E,
    F,
    H,
    Q,
    R,
    S,
    V,
    X,
    Y,
    Z, AA,
    PP, QQ,
    or RB of this Part, or are not exempted from permitting
    requirements Pursuant to 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 201.146, if
    the plant is subject to this Subpart.
    A plant
    is
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart
    if
    it
    contains
    process
    emission
    sources,
    not
    regulated
    by
    Subparts
    B,
    E,
    F
    (excluding
    Section 219.204(7)-), H (excluding Section 219.405), Q,
    R,
    5,
    V,
    X,
    Y
    or
    Z
    of
    this
    Part,
    which
    as
    a
    group
    both:
    1)
    have
    maximum
    theoretical
    emissions
    of
    91
    Mg
    (100
    tons)
    or more per calendar year of VON if no air
    pollution control equipment were used,
    and
    2)
    are not limited to less than 91 Mg
    (100 tons)
    of
    VON emissions per calendar year in the absence of
    air pollution control equipment, through
    production or capacity limitations contained in a
    federally enforceable construction or operating
    permit
    or
    a
    SIP
    revision.
    b)
    If
    a
    plant
    ceases
    to
    fulfill
    the
    criteria
    of
    subsection
    (a),
    the
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    continue
    to
    apply
    to
    an
    emission
    source
    which
    was
    ever
    subject
    to

    172
    the control requirements of Section 219.986.
    C)
    No limits under this Subpart shall apply to emission
    sources with emissions of VON to the atmosphere less
    than
    or
    equal
    to
    2.3
    Mg
    (2.5
    tons)
    per
    calendar
    year
    if
    the total emissions from such sources not complying
    with Section 219.986 does not exceed 4.5 Mg (5.0 tons)
    per calendar year.
    d)
    For the purposes of this Subpart, an emission source
    shall
    be
    considered
    regulated
    by
    a
    Subpart
    if
    it
    is
    subject to the limits of that Subpart.
    An emission
    source
    is not considered regulated by a Subpart if its
    emissions are below the applicability cutoff level or
    if
    the
    source
    is
    covered
    by
    an
    exemption.
    e)
    The
    control
    requirements
    in
    Subparts
    QQ,
    RB,
    SS
    and
    TT
    shall
    not
    apply
    to
    sewage
    treatment
    plants,
    vegetable
    oil processing plants, coke ovens
    (including by—product
    recovery
    plants),
    fuel
    combustion
    sources,
    bakeries,
    barge
    loading
    facilities,
    jet
    engine
    test
    cells,
    pharmaceutical
    manufacturing,
    production
    of
    polystyrene
    foam
    insulation
    board
    (including
    storage
    and
    extrusion
    of
    scrap
    where
    blowing
    agent
    is
    added
    to
    the
    polystyrene resin at the plant), production of
    polystyrene foam packaging (not including storage and
    extrusion
    of
    scrap
    where
    blowing
    agent
    is
    added
    to
    the
    polystyrene
    resin
    at
    the
    plant),
    and
    iron
    and
    steel
    production.
    Section
    219.983
    Permit
    Conditions
    No
    person
    shall
    violate
    any
    condition
    in
    a
    permit
    when
    the
    condition results in exclusion of the plant or an emission source
    from this Subpart.
    Section
    219.986
    Control
    Requirements
    Every
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    emission
    source
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart shall comply with the requirements of subsection
    (a),
    (b)
    or
    (c) below.
    a)
    Emission capture and control equipment which achieve an
    overall reduction in uncontrolled VON emissions of at
    least 81 percent, or
    b)
    For
    coating
    lines,
    the
    daily—weighted
    average
    VON
    content shall not exceed 0.42 kg VOM/l
    (3.5 lbs
    VON/gal)
    of
    coating
    (minus
    water
    and
    any
    compounds
    which
    are
    specifically
    exempted
    from
    the
    definition
    of
    VON)
    as
    applied
    during
    any
    day.
    Owners
    and
    operators
    complying
    with
    this
    Section
    are
    not
    required
    to
    comply

    173
    with
    Section
    219.301,
    or
    c)
    An
    alternative
    control
    plan
    which
    has
    been
    approved
    by
    the Agency and approved by the USEPA as a SIP revision.
    Section 219.987
    Compliance Schedule
    Every
    owner or operator of
    an
    emissions
    source
    which
    is
    subject
    to
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    comply
    with
    the
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    on
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    219.106.
    Section
    219.988
    Testing
    Any
    owner
    or operator of a VON emission source which is subject
    to
    this
    Subpart
    shall
    demon3trate
    compliance
    with
    Section
    219.936
    by
    using
    the
    applicable
    teat
    methods
    and
    procedures
    specified
    in
    Section
    ~‘~105.
    ~
    When
    in
    the
    opinion
    of
    the
    Agency
    it
    is
    necessary
    to
    conduct
    testing
    to
    demonstrate
    compliance
    with
    Section
    219.986.
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    VON
    emission
    source
    subiect
    to
    the
    requirements
    of
    this
    Subpart
    shall,
    at
    his
    own
    expense,
    conduct such tests in accordance with the appliacable test
    methods
    and
    procedures
    specified
    in
    Section
    219.105.
    b.
    Nothina
    in
    the
    Section
    shall
    limit
    the
    authority
    of
    the
    USEPA
    pursuant
    to
    the
    Clean
    Air
    Act,
    as
    amended,
    to
    require
    testing.
    SUBPART
    UtJ:
    RECORDKEEPING
    AND
    REPORTING
    FOR
    NON-CTG
    SOURCES
    Section 219.990
    Exempt Emission Sources
    Upon
    request
    by
    the
    Agency,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    an
    emission
    source
    which
    is
    exempt
    from
    the
    requirements
    of
    Subparts
    PP,
    QQ,
    RB,
    TT or Section 219.208(b)
    shall submit records to the Agency
    within
    30
    calendar
    days
    from
    the
    date
    of
    the
    request
    that
    document
    that
    the
    emission
    source
    is
    exempt
    from
    those
    requirements.
    Section 219.991
    Subject Emission Sources
    a)
    Any owner or operator of a VON emission source which is
    subject to the requirements of Subpart PP,
    QQ,
    PR
    or TT
    and complying by the use of emission capture and
    control
    equipment
    shall
    comply
    with
    the
    following:
    1)
    By
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    219.106,
    or
    upon
    initial
    start-up
    of
    a
    new
    emission
    source,
    the
    owner or operator of the subject VON emission
    source
    shall
    perform
    all
    tests
    and
    submit
    to
    the
    Agency and the UCEPA demonstrate to the Agency

    174
    that
    the
    subject
    emission
    source
    will
    be
    in
    compliance on and after a date consistent with
    Section 219.106, or on and after the initial
    start-up date by submitting to the Agency all
    calculations
    and
    other
    supporting
    data,
    including
    descriptions
    and
    results
    of
    any
    tests
    the
    owner
    or
    operator may have
    performed.
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106,
    or
    on
    and
    after
    the
    initial
    start-up
    date, the owner or operator of a subject VON
    emission
    source
    shall
    collect
    and
    record
    all
    of
    the
    following
    information
    each
    day
    and
    maintain
    the
    information
    at
    the
    facility
    for
    a
    period
    of
    three
    years:
    A)
    Control
    device
    monitoring
    data.
    B)
    A
    log
    of
    operating
    time
    for
    the
    capture
    system,
    control
    device,
    monitoring
    equipment
    and the associated emission source.
    C)
    A
    maintenance
    log
    for
    the
    capture
    system,
    control device and monitoring equipment
    detailing all routine and non—routine
    maintenance performed including dates and
    duration
    of
    any
    outages.
    3)
    On
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    219.106,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    a
    subject
    VON
    emission
    source
    shall
    notify
    the
    Agency
    in
    the
    following
    instances:
    A)
    Any
    record
    showing
    a
    violation
    of
    the
    requirements of Subpart PP,
    QQ,
    PR
    or TT
    shall be reported by sending a copy of such
    record to the Agency within 30 days following
    the occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At
    least
    30
    calendar
    days
    before
    changing
    the
    method
    of
    compliance
    with
    Subpart
    PP
    or
    TT
    from
    the
    use
    of
    capture
    systems
    and
    control
    devices to the use of complying coatings, the
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall
    comply
    with
    all
    requirements of subsection (b)(1).
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Subpart PP or TT from the use of capture
    systems and control devices to the use of
    complying
    coatings,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    shall
    comply
    with
    all
    requirements
    of
    subsection
    (b).

    175
    jj
    j)..
    When
    in
    the
    opinion
    of
    the
    A~encv it
    is
    necessary to conduct testing to demonstrate
    compliance with this Subpart, the owner or
    operator of a VOM emission source subiect tot
    the reauirements of this Subpart shall,
    at
    his
    own
    expense,
    conduct
    such
    tests
    in
    accordance with the applicable test methods
    and
    procedures
    specified
    in
    Section
    219.105.
    jjJ.
    Nothing
    in
    this
    section
    shall
    limit
    the
    suthority of the USEPA pursuant to the Clean
    Air
    Act,
    as
    amended,
    to
    require
    testing.
    b)
    Any
    owner or operator of a coating line which is
    subject to the requirements of Subpart PP or TT and
    complying by means of the daily-weighted average VON
    content
    limitation
    shall
    comply
    with
    the
    following:
    1)
    By a date consistent with Section 219.106, or upon
    initial
    start-up
    of
    a
    coating
    line
    subject
    to
    Subpart
    PP
    or
    TT,
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    of
    the
    subject
    coating
    line
    shall
    certify
    to
    the
    Agency
    that the coating line will be in compliance on and
    after a date consistent with Section 219.106, or
    on
    and
    after
    the
    initial
    start-up
    date.
    Such
    certification shall include:
    A)
    The
    name
    and
    identification
    number
    of
    each
    coating
    line
    which
    will
    comply
    by
    means
    of
    the
    daily-weighted
    average
    VON
    content
    limitation.
    B)
    The
    name
    and
    identification
    number
    of
    each
    coating
    as
    applied
    on
    each
    coating
    line.
    C)
    The
    weight
    of
    VON
    per
    volume
    and
    the
    volume
    of each coating
    (minus water and any
    compounds which are specifically exempted
    from the definition of VON)
    as applied each
    day on each coating line.
    D)
    The instrument or method by which the owner
    or operator will accurately measure or
    calculate the volume of each coating as
    applied
    each
    day
    on
    each
    coating
    line.
    E)
    The
    method
    by
    which
    the
    owner
    or
    operator
    will
    create
    and
    maintain
    records
    each
    day
    as
    required in subsection
    (b)(2).
    F)
    An example of the format in which the records
    required in subsection
    (b) (2) will be kept.

    176
    2)
    On and after a date consistent with Section
    219.106, or on and after the initial start-up
    date, the owner or operator of a subject coating
    line shall collect and record all of the following
    information each day for each coating line and
    maintain the information at the facility for a
    period of three years:
    A)
    The name and identification number of each
    coating as applied on each coating line.
    B)
    The weight of VON per volume and the volume
    of
    each
    coating
    (minus
    water
    and
    any
    compounds
    which
    are
    specifically
    exempted
    from the definition of VON) as applied each
    day
    on
    each
    coating
    line.
    C)
    The daily-weighted average VON content of all
    coatings as applied on each coating line as
    defined in Section 219.104.
    3)
    On
    and
    after
    a
    date
    consistent
    with
    Section
    219.106, the owner or operator of a subject
    coating line shall notify the Agency in the
    following instances:
    A)
    Any record showing violation of the
    requirements
    of
    Subpart
    PP
    or
    TT
    shall
    be
    reported by sending a copy of such record to
    the
    Agency
    within
    30
    days
    following
    the
    occurrence of the violation.
    B)
    At
    least
    30
    calendar
    days
    before
    changing
    the
    method
    of
    compliance
    with
    Subpart
    PP
    or
    TT
    from
    the
    use
    of
    complying
    coatings
    to
    the
    use
    capture
    systems
    and
    control
    devices,
    the
    owner or operator shall comply with all
    requirements of subsection
    (a) (1).
    Upon
    changing the method of compliance with
    Subpart PP or TT from the use of complying
    coatings to the use capture systems and
    control devices, the owner or operator shall
    comply with all requirements of subsection
    (a).
    c)
    Any
    owner or operator of a VON emission source which is
    subject to the requirements of Subpart PP,
    QQ,
    RB
    or TT
    and complying by means of an alternative control plan
    which
    has
    been
    approved
    by
    the
    Agency
    and
    approved
    by
    the IJSEPA as a SIP revision shall comply with the
    recordkeeping
    and
    reporting
    requirements
    specified
    in

    177
    the alternative control plan.

    178
    appendix A
    List of Chemicals Defining Synthetic Organic
    Chemical and Polymer Manufacturing
    CAS No.
    °
    Chemical
    105—57—7
    Acetal
    75-07—0
    Acetaldehyde
    107—89—1
    Acetaldol
    60-35—5
    Acetamide
    103—84—4
    Acetanilide
    64-19-7
    Acetic acid
    108-24-7
    Acetic anhydride
    67—64—1
    Acetone
    75-86-5
    Acetone cyanohydrin
    75—05—8
    Acetonitrile
    98-86-2
    Acetophenone
    75—36-5
    Acetyl
    chloride
    74-86-2
    Acetylene
    107—02—8
    Acrolein
    79-06-1
    Acrylamide
    79-10-7
    Acrylic
    acid
    &
    esters
    107—13—1
    Acrylonitrile
    124—04—9
    Adipic
    acid
    111—69—3
    Adiponitrile
    (b)
    Alkyl
    naphthalenes
    107—18—6
    Allyl alcohol
    107—05—1
    Allyl
    chloride
    1321—11—5
    Aninobenzoic
    acid
    111—41-1
    Aminoethylethanolamine
    123—30—8
    p—aminophenol
    628—63-7
    Amyl
    acetates
    123—92—2
    ~1l~4l~Oc
    Amyl
    alcohols
    110—58—7
    Amyl
    amine
    543—59-9
    Amyl
    chloride
    llO~68~7c
    Amyl
    mercaptans
    1322—06-1
    Amyl
    phenol
    62—53—3
    Aniline
    142—04-1
    Aniline hydrochloride
    29191—52—4
    Anisidine
    100—66—3
    Anisole
    118—92—3
    Anthranilic acid
    84-65-1
    Anthraquinone
    100-52—7
    Benzaldehyde
    55-21—0
    Benzamide
    71-43-2
    Benzene
    98-48—6
    Benzenedisulfonic acid
    98-11-3
    Benzenesulfonic
    acid
    134—81—6
    Benzil
    76-93—7
    Benzilic acid
    65-85—0
    Benzoic
    acid
    119—53 —9
    Benzoin

    179
    100-47—0
    Benzonitrile
    119-61—9
    Benzophenone
    98-07-7
    Benzotrichloride
    ‘98-88-4
    Benzoyl chloride
    100—51—6
    Benzyl
    alcohol
    100—46—9
    Benzylamine
    120—51—4
    Benzyl benzoate
    100—44—7
    Benzyl chloride
    98-87-3
    Benzyl dichloride
    92-52-4
    Biphenyl
    80—05-7
    Bisphenol A
    10-86-1
    Bromobenzene
    27497-51—4
    Bromonaphthalene
    106—99—0
    Butadiene
    106—98—9
    l—butene
    123—86—4
    n—butyl
    acetate
    141-32-2
    n-butyl
    acrylate
    71—36-3
    n-butyl
    alcohol
    78—92—2
    s—butyl
    alcohol
    75—65—0
    t—butyl
    alcohol
    109-73-9
    n-butylamine
    13952-84—6
    s—butylamine
    75-64-9
    t-butylamine
    98-73-7
    p-tert-butyl
    benzoic
    acid
    107—88—0
    1,3—butylene
    glycol
    123-72-8
    n-butyraldehyde
    107-92-6
    Butyric acid
    106-31-0
    Butyric
    anhydride
    109-74-0
    Butyronitrile
    105—60—2
    Caprolactam
    75-1-50
    Carbon
    disulfide
    558-13-4
    Carbon
    tetrabromide
    55-23-5
    Carbon tetrachioride
    9004—35—7
    Cellulose acetate
    79—11-8
    Chloroacetic acid
    108—42—9
    m-chloroaniline
    95-51-2
    o-chloroaniline
    106—47-8
    p—chloroaniline
    35913—09—8
    Chlorobenzaldehyde
    108-90-7
    Chlorobenzene
    118-91-2,
    Chlorobenzoic acid
    535—80—8,
    74—11—3c
    2136—81—4,
    Chlorobenzotrichloride
    2136—89—2,
    52l6~2S~l~
    1321-03—5
    Chlorobenzoyl
    chloride
    75-45-6
    Chiorodifluoroethane
    25497—29—4
    Chlorodifluoromethane
    67—66—3
    Chloroform
    25586-43-0
    Chloronaphthalene
    88—73—3
    o-chloronitrobenzene

    180
    100-00—5
    p-chloronitrobenzene
    25167—80—0
    Chlorophenols
    126-99—8
    Chloroprene
    7790—94—5
    Chlorosulfonic acid
    108-41-8
    m-chlorotoluene
    95-49-8
    o-chlorotoluene
    106—43-4
    p-chlorotoluene
    75—72—9
    Chlorotrifluoromethane
    108—39-4
    m—cresol
    95—48—7
    o—cresol
    106—44-5
    p-cresol
    1319—77—3
    Mixed cresols
    1319-77—3
    Cresylic acid
    4170-30-0
    Crotonaldehyde
    3724—65—0
    Crontonic acid
    98—82—8
    Cumene
    80-15-9
    Cumene hydroperoxide
    372-09-8
    Cyanoacetic acid
    506—77-4
    Cyanogen
    chloride
    108-80-5
    Cyanuric
    acid
    108-77-0
    Cyanuric
    chloride
    110-82-7
    Cyclohexane
    108—93—0
    Cyclohexanol
    108-94—1
    Cyclohexanone
    110-83—8
    Cyclohexene
    108-91—8
    Cyclohexylamine
    111—78—4
    Cyclooctadiene
    112—30—1
    Decanol
    123-42—2
    Diacetone alcohol
    27576—04-1
    Diaminobenzoic
    acid
    95—76—1,
    Dichioroaniline
    95—82—9,
    554—00—7,
    608—27—5,
    608—31—1,
    626—43—7,
    27134—27—6,
    573l1_92_9c
    541-73-1
    m-dichlorobenzene
    95-50-1
    o-dichlorobenzene
    106-46-7
    p-dichlorobenzene
    75-71-8
    Dichlorodifluoromethane
    111—44-4
    Dichloroethyl
    ether
    107-06-2
    1,2-dichloroethane
    (EDC)
    96-23-1
    Dichlorohydrin
    26952-23-8
    Dichloropropene
    101-83-7
    Dicyclohexylamine
    109-89-7
    Diethylamine
    111—46—6
    Diethylene glycol
    112-36-7
    Diethylene
    glycol
    diethyl
    ether
    111-96-6
    Diethylene
    glycol
    dimethyl
    ether
    112-34-5
    Diethylene
    glycol
    monobutyl
    ether

    181
    124-17-7
    Diethylene glycol inononbutyl ether
    acetate
    111—90-0
    Diethylene
    glycol
    monoethyl
    ether
    112—15—2
    Diethylene
    glycol
    monoethyl
    ether
    acetate
    111—77-3
    Diethylene glycol monomethyl ether
    64-67-5
    Diethyl sulfate
    75—37—6
    Difluoroethane
    25167—70—8
    Diisobutylene
    26761-40—0
    Diisodecyl phthalate
    27554—26—3
    Diisooctyl phthalate
    674—82-8
    Diketene
    124—40—3
    Dimethylamine
    12 1—69—7
    N, N—dimethylaniline
    115—10-6
    N,N-dimethyl ether
    68—12-2
    N, N-dimethylformamide
    57-14-7
    Dimethyihydrazine
    77—78-1
    Dimethyl
    sulfate
    75—18-3
    Dimethyl
    sulfide
    67—68-5
    Dimethyl sulfoxide
    120-61-6
    Dimethyl terephthalate
    99—34-3
    3,5—dinitrobenzoic acid
    51—28—5
    Dinitrophenol
    Dinitrotoluene
    123—91—1
    Dioxane
    646—06—0
    Dioxilane
    122—39—4
    Diphenylamine
    101-84-4
    Diphenyl
    oxide
    102-08-9
    Diphenyl thiourea
    25265-71-8
    Dipropylene glycol
    25378-22—7
    Dodecene
    28675-17—4
    Dodecylaniline
    27193-86-8
    Dodecylphenol
    106-89-8
    Epichlorohydrin
    64—17—5
    Ethanol
    Ethanolamines
    141—78—6
    Ethyl acetate
    14 1—97—9
    Ethyl
    acetoacetate
    140—88—5
    Ethyl acrylate
    75-04-7
    Ethylamine
    100—41-4
    Ethylbenzene
    74-96-4
    Ethyl bromide
    9004—57—3
    Ethylcellulose
    75—00-3
    Ethyl
    chloride
    105-39-5
    Ethyl chloroacetate
    105—56-6
    Ethylcyanoacetate
    74—85-1
    Ethylene
    96-49-1
    Ethylene carbonate
    107-07—3
    Ethylene
    chlorohydrin
    107—15—3
    Ethylenediamine
    106—93—4
    Ethylene dibromide
    107—21-1
    Ethylene
    glycol
    111-55-7
    Ethylene
    glycol
    diacetate

    182
    110-71-4
    Ethylene
    glycol
    dimethyl
    ether
    111-76-2
    Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether
    112-07—2
    Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate
    110-80—5
    Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
    111-15—9
    Ethylene
    glycol
    monoethyl
    ether
    acetate
    109-86-4
    Ethylene glycol monoethyl ether
    110-49-6
    Ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
    122-99-6
    Ethylene
    glycol
    nionophenyl
    ether
    2807-30-9
    Ethylene glycol monopropyl ether
    75—21-8
    Ethylene oxide
    60-29-7
    Ethyl ether
    104-76-7
    2—ethylhexanol
    122—51—0
    Ethyl orthoformate
    95-92-1
    Ethyl oxalate
    41892—71-1
    Ethyl
    sodium
    oxaloacetate
    50—00-0
    Formaldehyde
    75—12-7
    Formamide
    64—18—6
    Formic
    acid
    110—17—8
    Fuinaric
    acid
    98—01—1
    Furfural
    56-81-5
    Glycerol
    (Synthetic)
    26545-73—7
    Glycerol dichlorohydrin
    25791-96-2
    Glycerol triether
    56—40—6
    Glycine
    107—22—2
    Glyoxal
    118-74-1
    Hexachlorobenzene
    67—72—1
    Hexachloroethane
    36653—82—4
    Hexadecyl alcohol
    124-09—4
    Hexamethylenediamine
    629-11—8
    Hexamethylene glycol
    100-97-0
    Hexamethylenetetramine
    74-90-8
    Hydrogen cyanide
    123-31-9
    Hydroquinone
    99-96-7
    p-hydroxybenzoic acid
    26760—64—5
    Isoamylene
    78—83-1
    Isobutanol
    110-19—0
    Isobutyl
    acetate
    115-11-7
    Isobutylene
    78-84-2
    Isobutyraldehyde
    79-31-2
    Isobutyric acid
    25339—17—7
    Isodecanol
    26952-21—6
    Isooctyl alcohol
    78-78-4
    Isopentane
    78-59-1
    Isophorone
    121-91-5
    Isophthalic acid
    78-79-5
    Isoprene
    67-63-0
    Isopropanol
    108-21-4
    Isopropyl acetate
    75-31—0
    Isopropylamine
    75-29—6
    Isopropyl chloride
    25168-06—3
    Isopropyiphenol
    463—51-4
    Ketene

    183
    (b)
    Linear alkyl sulfonate*
    123—01-3
    Linear alkylbenzene
    110—16—7
    Naleic acid
    108-31—6
    Maleic anhydride
    6915—15—7
    Nalic acid
    141—79—7
    Mesityl oxide
    121—47-1
    Netanilic acid
    79—41—4
    Nethacrylic acid
    563—47-3
    Methallyl chloride
    67—56—1
    Methanol
    79—20-9
    Methyl acetate
    105—45—3
    Methyl acetoacetate
    74—89-5
    Nethylamine
    100—61—8
    n-methylaniline
    74-83-9
    Methyl
    bromide
    37365-71—2
    Methyl butynol
    74-87-3
    Methyl chloride
    108-87-2
    Methyl
    cyclohexane
    1331-22-2
    Methyl cyclohexanone
    75-09-2
    Methylene chloride
    101-77-9
    Nethylene
    dianiline
    101-68-8
    Nethylene diphenyl diisocyanate
    78-93-3
    Methyl ethyl ketone
    107-31—3
    Methyl
    forinate
    108-11—2
    Methyl isobutyl carbinol
    108-10-1
    Methyl isobutyl ketone
    80-62-6
    Methyl methacrylate
    77-75-8
    Methylpentynol
    98-83-9
    B—methylstyrene
    110—91—8
    Norpholine
    85-47—2
    a—naphthalene sulfonic acid
    120-18—3
    B—naphthalene
    sulfonic
    acid
    90—15—3
    a—naphthol
    135-19-3
    B—naphthol
    75-98-9
    Neopentanoic acid
    88—74-4
    o-nitroaniline
    100-01—6
    p-nitroaniline
    91—23—6
    o—nitroanisole
    100-17—4
    p-nitroanisole
    98—95-3
    Nitrobenzene
    Nitrobenzoic acid
    (0,
    ni
    &
    p)
    79-24—3
    Nitroethane
    75-52-5
    Nitromethane
    88-75—5
    Nitrophenol
    25322—01-4
    Nitropropane
    1321-12—6
    Nitrotoluene
    27215—95—8
    Nonene
    25154-52—3
    Nonylphenol
    27193—28-8
    Octylphenol
    123-63-7
    Paraldehyde
    115-77—5
    Pentaerythritol
    109-66-0
    n-pentane

    184
    109-67-1
    l—pentene
    127-18-4
    Perchloroethylene
    594-42-3
    Perchloromethyl mercaptan
    94-70-2
    o-phenetidine
    156-43—4
    p-phenetidine
    108—95—2
    Phenol
    98—67—9,
    Phenolsulfonic acids
    585—38—6,
    609—46—1,
    l33—39—.7c
    91-40-7
    Phenyl anthranilic acid
    (b)
    Phenylenediamine
    75-44-5
    Phosgene
    85-44-9
    Phthalic anhydride
    85-41-6
    Phthalimide
    108—99—6
    b—picoline
    110—85—0
    Piperazine
    9003-29-6,
    Polybutenes
    25322-68-3
    Polyethylene glycol
    25322-69-4
    Polypropylene glycol
    123-38-6
    Propionaldehyde
    79—09-4
    Propionic acid
    71-23—8
    n-propyl alcohol
    107-10-8
    Propylamine
    540-54-5
    Propyl
    chloride
    115-07-1
    Propylene
    127-00-4
    Propylene chlorohydrin
    78—87—5
    Propylene dichloride
    57—55—6
    Propylene glycol
    75-56-9
    Propylene
    oxide
    110—86—1
    Pyridine
    106—51—4
    Quinone
    108—46—3
    Resorcinol
    27138—57—4
    Resorcylic acid
    69—72—7
    Salicylic acid
    127-09—3
    Sodium acetate
    532-32-1
    Sodium benzoate
    9004-32-4
    Sodium carboxymethyl cellulose
    3926-62-3
    Sodium chloroacetate
    141-53-7
    Sodium formate
    139-02-6
    Sodium phenate
    110-44-1
    Sorbic acid
    100-42-5
    Styrene
    110—15-6
    Succinic acid
    110—61—2
    Succinitrile
    121—57—3
    Sulfanilic acid
    126—33—0
    Sulfolane
    1401-55—4
    Tannic acid
    100—21-0
    Terephthalic
    acid
    79345C
    Tetrachloroethanes
    117-08-8
    Tetrachlorophthalic anhydride

    185
    78-00-2
    Tetraethyllead
    119—64—2
    Tetrahydronaphthalene
    85-43—8
    Tetrahydrophthalic
    anhydride
    75-74—1
    Tetramethyllead
    110-60—1
    Tetramethylenediamine
    110—18—9
    Tetramethylethylenediamine
    108—88—3
    Toluene
    95—80—7
    Toluene-2
    ,
    4—diamine
    584—84—9
    Toluene-2, 4—diisocyanate
    26471—62-5
    Toluene diisocyanates (mixture)
    1333—07—9
    Toluene sulfonamide
    1O4~l5~4c
    Toluenesulfonic
    acids
    98—59—9
    Toluene sulfonyl chloride
    26915—12—8
    Toluidines
    87—61—6,
    Trichlorobenzenes
    108—70—3,
    71—55—6
    1,1,l—trichloroethane
    79—00—5
    1,1,2—trichloroethane
    79-01-6
    Trichloroethylene
    75—69-4
    Trichlorofluoromethane
    9 6—18—4
    1,2,
    3—trichloropropane
    76—13—1
    l,l,2—trichloro—l,2,2—trifluoroethane
    121-44—8
    Triethylamine
    112—27—6
    Triethylene glycol
    112—49-2
    Triethylene glycoldimethyl
    ether
    7756-94—7
    Triisobutylene
    75-50—3
    Trimethylamine
    57—13—6
    Urea
    108—05-4
    Vinyl acetate
    75—01-4
    Vinyl chloride
    75-35-4
    Vinylidene
    chloride
    25013—15—4
    Vinyl toluene
    1330—20—7
    Xylenes
    (mixed)
    95—47—6
    o—xylene
    106—42—3
    p—xylene
    1300—71—6
    Xylenol
    1300—73—8
    Xylidine
    (b)
    methyl
    tert-butyl
    ether
    9002—88-4
    Polyethylene
    (b)
    Polypropylene
    9009-53-6
    Polystyrene
    a) CAS numbers refer to the Chemical Abstracts Registery numbers
    assigned to specific chemicals,
    isomers or mixtures of
    chemicals.
    Some isomers or mixtures that are covered by the
    standards do not have CAS numbers assigned to them.
    The
    standards apply to all of the chemicals listed, whether CAS
    numbers have been assigned or not.
    b) No CAS number(s) have been assigned to this chemical, to its
    isomers,
    or mixtures containing these chemicals.

    186
    c)
    CAS
    numbers
    for
    some
    of
    the
    isomers
    are
    listed:
    the
    standards
    apply to all of the isomers and mixtures, even if CAS
    numbers
    have not been assigned.

    187
    Appendix B
    VON Measurement Techniques for Capture Efficiency
    Procedure G.l
    -
    Captured VOC Emissions
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the volatile organic compounds
    (VOC)
    content of captured gas
    streams.
    It is intended to be used as a segment in the
    development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for determining
    VOC capture efficiency
    (CE)
    for surface coating and printing
    operations.
    The procedure may not be acceptable in certain
    site—specific
    situations,
    e.g.,
    when:
    (1)
    direct fired heaters or
    other circumstances affect the quantity of VOC at the control
    device
    inlet; and
    (2) particulate organic aerosols are formed in
    the process and are present in the captured emissions.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The amount of VOC captured
    (G)
    is calculated as
    the sum of the products of the VOC content
    (Ce;),
    the flow rate
    and the sample time
    (Ta)
    from each captured emissions
    point-
    1.3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties
    are estimated for each captured or fugitive
    emissions
    point
    as
    follows:
    =
    5.5 percent and
    C6~
    =
    ~5~o
    percent.
    Based
    on
    these
    numbers,
    the
    probable
    uncertainty for G is estimated at about ±7•4percent.
    1.4
    Sampling
    Requirements.
    A
    capture
    efficiency
    test
    shall
    consist
    of
    at
    least
    three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because
    this
    procedure
    is
    often
    applied
    in
    highly
    explosive areas,
    caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All
    gas
    concentrations
    (percent, ppm) are by
    volume, unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS
    AND REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system
    is
    shown
    in Figure
    1.
    The main components are described
    below:
    2.1.1
    Sample
    Probe.
    Stainless
    steel,
    or
    equivalent.
    The probe
    shall
    be
    heated
    to
    prevent
    VOC
    condensation.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three-way valve
    assembly
    at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer.
    Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines, to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample

    188
    probe
    are
    acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport
    the
    sample
    gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample
    Pump.
    A leak-free pump, to pull the sample gas
    through
    the
    system
    at
    a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of the measurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of
    stainless
    steel
    or
    Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter, or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow rate control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer (FIA), and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.
    If
    captured or fugitive emissions are to be measured at multiple
    locations, the measurement system shall be designed to use
    separate sampling probes, lines,
    and pumps for each measurement
    location and a common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample
    gas manifold and connecting lines to the FIA must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would
    provide
    more
    accurate
    measurements.
    The
    system
    shall
    be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5.0percent of the
    calibration gas value.
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than 30 seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition
    System.
    An
    analog
    or
    digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value

    189
    every
    5
    seconds.
    The
    device
    shall
    be
    capable
    of
    recording
    average
    values
    at
    least
    once
    per
    minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration
    and
    Other
    Gases.
    Gases
    used
    for
    calibration,
    fuel, and combustion air
    (if required) are contained in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life for each calibration gas cylinder over which the
    concentration does not change more than ±2percent from the
    certified value.
    For calibration gas values not generally
    available,
    alternative methods for preparing calibration gas
    mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent H2/60
    percent N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High purity air with less than 1 ppm of
    organic ma~terial(as propane or carbon equivalent)
    or less than
    0.1 percent of the span value, whichever is greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-, mid-, and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20-30,
    45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span
    value
    in
    air,
    respectively.
    Other
    calibration
    values
    and
    other
    span
    values
    may
    be
    used
    if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.1.10
    Particulate Filter.
    An in-stack or an out—of-stack glass
    fiber filter is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    significant.
    An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless
    it can be demonstrated that no
    condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Captured Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Method
    2
    or
    2A Apparatus.
    For
    determining
    volumetric
    flow
    rate.
    2.2.2
    Method
    3
    Apparatus
    and
    Reagents.
    For
    determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
    2.2.3
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS

    190
    3.1
    Locate all points where emissions are captured from the
    affected facility.
    Using Method 1, determine the sampling
    points.
    Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling
    flow.
    3.2
    Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once
    every
    hour during each sampling run using Method
    2 or 2A.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    captured emissions point during the entire test run or,
    if
    applicable,
    while the process is operating.
    If there are
    multiple captured emission locations, design a sampling system to
    allow
    a
    single
    FIA
    to
    be
    used
    to
    determine
    the
    VOC
    responses
    at
    all sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    1.
    ~Calibrate
    the FIA according to the procedure in Section 5.1.

    191
    4.2.2
    Conduct
    a
    system
    check
    according
    to
    the
    procedure
    in
    Section 5.3.
    4.2.3
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    located in the stack,
    pipe, or duct, and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    4.2.4
    Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly.
    Allow
    the measurement system response to reach zero.
    Measure the
    system response time as the time required for the system to reach
    the effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been
    returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.5
    Conduct a system check before and a system drift check
    after each sampling run according to the procedures in Sections
    5.2 and 5.3.
    If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run
    is not valid.
    The tester may
    elect to
    perform
    system
    drift
    checks
    during
    the
    run
    not to exceed
    one drift check per hour.
    4.2.6
    Verify that the sample lines,
    filter, and pump
    temperatures are 120±5°C.
    4.2.7
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple captured emission locations are sampled
    using
    a
    single
    FIA,
    sample
    at each location for the same amount
    of time (e.g.,
    2 minutes) and continue to switch from one
    location
    to
    another
    for
    the
    entire
    test run.
    Be sure that total
    sampling
    time
    at
    each
    location
    is
    the
    same
    at
    the
    end
    of the test
    run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements from each sample
    point during each hour of testing.
    Disregard the measurements at
    each sampling location until two times the response time of the
    measurement system has elapsed.
    Continue sampling for at least. 1
    minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4.3
    Background Concentration.
    4.3.1
    Locate all
    NDO’s
    of the TTE.
    A sampling point shall be
    centrally located outside of the TTE at.4 equivalent diameters
    from each
    NDO,
    ifpossible.
    If
    there
    are
    more
    than
    6
    NDO’s,
    choose 6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
    4.3.2
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure 2.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures in
    Sections 5.1 and 5.3.
    NOTE:
    This sample
    train
    shall
    be
    a
    separate sampling train from the one to measure the captured
    emissions.
    4.3.3
    Position the probe at the sampling location.

    192
    4.3.4
    Determine the response time, conduct the system check and
    sample according to the procedures described in Sections 4.2.4 to
    4.2.7.
    4.4
    Alternative Procedure.
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis
    procedure
    described
    in
    Section
    7.2
    of
    Method
    18
    may
    be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION
    AND
    QUALITY
    ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system and adjust the back—pressure regulator to the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero- and the high—range calibration
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper
    responses.
    Inject
    the
    low-
    and
    mid-range
    gases
    and record the
    responses of the
    measurement
    system.
    The
    calibration
    and
    linearity of the system are acceptable if the responses for all
    four gases are within
    5 percent of the respective gas values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not
    acceptable,
    repair
    or
    adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after a major change is made to the system.
    5.2
    Systems
    Drift
    Checks.
    Select
    the calibration gas that most
    closely approximates the concentration of the captured emissions
    for conducting the drift checks.
    Introduce the zero and
    calibration
    gas
    at the calibration valve assembly and verify that
    the
    appropriate
    gas
    flow
    rate
    and pressure are present at the
    FTh.
    Record
    the
    measurement
    system
    responses
    to the zero and
    calibration
    gases.
    The performance of the system is
    acceptable
    if
    the
    difference
    between the drift check measurement and the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than
    3 percent of the span
    value.
    Conduct
    the
    system
    drift
    checks
    at
    the
    end
    of
    each
    run.
    5.3
    System Check.
    Inject the high range calibration gas at the
    inlet
    of
    the
    sampling
    probe and record the response.
    The
    performance of the system is acceptable
    if
    the
    measurement
    system
    response is
    within
    5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1
    for the high range calibration gas.
    Conduct a system check
    before and after each test run.
    5.4
    Analysis Audit.
    Immediately before each test analyze an
    audit
    cylinder
    as
    described
    in
    Section
    5.2.
    The
    analysis
    audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.

    193
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    =
    area of NDO i,
    ft2.
    =
    total area of all
    NDO’s
    in the enclosure,
    ft2.
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of background
    emissions at point i, ppm propane.
    CB
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane.
    CGJ
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of captured
    emissions at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    CDO
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    CH
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration
    gas, ppm propane.
    C1
    =
    uncorrected average background VOC concentration
    measured at point
    i, ppm propane.
    C1
    =
    uncorrected
    average VOC concentration measured at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    G
    =
    total VOC content of captured emissions,
    kg.
    K1
    =
    1.830 x 10~kg/ (m3—ppm).
    n
    =
    number
    of
    measurement
    points.
    Q~
    =
    average
    effluent
    volumetric
    flow
    rate
    corrected
    to
    standard conditions at captured emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    =
    total duration of captured emissions sampling run, mm.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Captured Emissions.
    G
    =
    •~
    (CGJ
    -
    CB) ~GJTc K1
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Captured Emissions at Point
    j.

    194
    =
    (C1
    -
    _________
    Eq.
    2
    -
    CDO
    7.3
    Background VOC Concentration at Point
    i.
    CBI
    =
    (C1
    CD3)
    C11
    Eq.
    3
    CDO
    7.4
    Average Background Concentration.
    n
    E
    C.A.
    f-i
    Bi
    i
    Eq.
    4
    nAN
    NOTE:
    If the concentration at each point is within 20 percent of
    the average concentration of all points, the terms
    “A1” and “A,~”
    may be deleted from Equation 4.

    195
    Procedure G.2
    -
    Captured
    VOC Emissions
    (Dilution Technique)
    1. INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the volatile organic compounds
    (VOC) content
    of captured gas
    streams.
    It is intended to be used as a segment in the
    development
    of
    a
    gas/gas
    protocol
    in
    which
    fugitive
    emissions
    are
    measured for determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE) for surface
    coating
    and
    printing
    operations.
    A
    dilution
    system
    is
    used
    to
    reduce the VOC concentration of the captured emission to about
    the same concentration as the fugitive emissions.
    The procedure
    may
    not
    be
    acceptable
    in
    certain
    site-specific
    situations,
    e.g.,
    when:
    (1)
    direct
    fired
    heaters
    or
    other circumstances affect the
    quantity
    of
    VOC
    at
    the
    control device inlet; and
    (2) particulate
    organic aerosols are formed in the process and are present in the
    captured emissions.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The
    amount
    of
    VOC
    captured
    (G)
    is
    calculated
    as
    the sum of the products of the VOC content
    (CGJ), the flow rate
    and the sampling time
    (Tc) from each captured emissions
    point.
    1.3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each captured or fugitive
    emissions point as follows:
    Q31
    =
    ±5.5percent and
    C31
    =
    percent.
    Based on these numbers, the probable uncertainty for G
    is estimated at about ±7~4
    percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency
    test
    shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive
    areas,
    caution
    ancL care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention
    of
    trade
    names
    or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations (percent, ppm) are by
    volume,
    unless
    otherwise
    noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS
    AND
    REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system is shown in Figure
    1.
    The main components are described
    below:
    2.1.1
    Dilution System.
    A Kipp in—stack dilution probe and
    controller or similar device may be used.
    The dilution rate may
    be changed by substituting different critical orifices or
    adjustments of the aspirator supply pressure.
    The dilution

    196
    system shall be heated to prevent
    VOC
    condensation.
    Note:
    An
    out—of—stack dilution device may be used.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three-way valve assembly at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer. Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines, to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample
    probe are acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample Pump.
    A leak-free pump,
    to pull the sample gas
    through the system at a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of the measurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed of
    stainless steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to
    prevent
    condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter,
    or equivalent, to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump. bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer (FIA),
    and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.
    If
    captured or fugitive emissions are to be measured at multiple
    locations,
    the measurement system shall be designed to use
    separate sampling probes,
    lines, and pumps for each measurement
    location and
    a common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample
    gas
    manifold
    and
    connecting
    lines
    to the FIA must be heated to
    prevent
    condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less
    than ±3•Qpercent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5.0percent of the
    calibration gas value.

    197
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than
    30
    seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data
    Acquisition
    System.
    An
    analog
    or
    digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every 5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average
    values
    at
    least
    once
    per
    minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration
    and
    Other
    Gases.
    Gases
    used
    for
    calibration,
    fuel,
    and
    combustion
    air
    (if
    required)
    are
    contained
    in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer
    to
    ±1percent
    of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life for each calibration gas cylinder over which the
    concentration does not change more than ±2percent from the
    certified
    value.
    For
    calibration
    gas
    values not generally
    available,
    alternative methods for preparing calibration gas
    mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent 112/60 percent Re or
    40
    percent
    112/60
    percent
    N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas and Dilution Air Supply.
    High purity air
    with less than 1 ppm of organic material
    (as propane or carbon
    equivalent)
    or less than 0.1 percent of the span value, whichever
    is greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA
    Linearity
    Calibration
    Gases.
    Low-,
    mid—,
    and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20-30,
    45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.1.9.4
    Dilution Check Gas.
    Gas mixture standard containing
    propane in air, approximately half the span value after dilution.
    2.1.10
    Particulate Filter.
    An in-stack or an out—of—stack glass
    fiber
    filter
    is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    significant.
    An
    out-of—stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation
    unless it can be demonstrated that no condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Captured Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Method
    2 or 2A Apparatus.
    For determining volumetric flow

    198
    rate.
    2.2.2
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
    2.2.3
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Locate all points where emissions are captured from the
    affected facility. Using Method
    1, determine the sampling points.
    Be sure to check each site for cyclonic or swirling flow.
    3.2
    Measure the velocity at each sampling site at least once
    every hour during each sampling run using Method
    2 or 2A.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF CAPTURED EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    captured emissions point during the entire test run or,
    if
    applicable, while the process is operating.
    If there are a
    multiple captured emissions locations,
    design a sampling system
    to allow a single FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses
    at all sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    1.
    Calibrate
    the FIA according to the procedure in Section 5.1.
    4.2.2
    Set the dilution ratio and determine the dilution factor
    according to the procedure in Section 5.3.
    4.2.3
    Conduct a system check according to the procedure in
    Section 5.4.
    4.2.4
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    located in the stack, pipe, or duct, and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    4.2.5
    Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly.
    Measure the system response time as the time required for the
    system to reach the effluent concentration after the calibration
    valve has been returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.6
    Conduct a system check before and a system drift check
    after each sampling
    run
    according to the procedures in Sections
    5.2 and 5.4.
    If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid.
    The tester may
    elect to perform system drift checks during the run not to exceed

    199
    one drift check per hour.
    4.2.7
    Verify that the sample lines, filter, and pump
    temperatures are 120±5°C.
    4.2.8
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple captured emission locations are sampled
    using a single FIA, sample at each location for the same amount
    of time (e.g.,
    2 minutes) and continue to switch from one
    location to another for the entire test run.
    Be sure that total
    sampling time at each location is the same at the end of the test
    run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements from each sample
    point during each hour of testing.
    Disregard the measurements at
    each sampling location until two times the response time of the
    measurement system has elapsed.
    Continue sampling for at least
    1
    minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4.3
    Background Concentration.
    4.3.1
    Locate all NDO’s of the TTE.
    A sampling point shall be
    centrally located outside of the TTE at 4 equivalent diameters
    from each NDO,
    if possible.
    If there are more than 6 NDO’s,
    choose
    6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
    4.3.2
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    2.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures in
    Sections 5.1 and
    5.4.
    4.3.3
    Position the probe at the sampling location.
    4.3.4
    Determine the response time, conduct the system check and
    sample according to the procedures described in Sections 4.2.4 to
    4.2.8.
    4.4
    Alternative Procedure.
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to
    warm
    up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system after the dilution system and adjust the back-
    pressure regulator to the value required to achieve the flow
    rates specified by the manufacturer.
    Inject the zero— and the

    200
    high—range calibration gases and adjust the analyzer calibration
    to provide the proper responses.
    Inject the low— and mid—range
    gases and record the responses of the measurement system.
    The
    calibration and linearity of the system are acceptable if the
    responses for all four gases are within
    5 percent of the
    respective gas values.
    If the performance of the system is not
    acceptable,
    repair or adjust the system and repeat the linearity
    check.
    Conduct a calibration and linearity check after
    assembling the analysis system and after a major change is made
    to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    Select the calibration gas that most
    closely approximates the concentration of the diluted captured
    emissions for conducting the drift checks.
    Introduce the zero
    and calibration gas at the calibration valve assembly and verify
    that the appropriate gas flow rate and pressure are present at
    the FIA.
    Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration gases.
    The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the difference between the drift check measurement and the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than
    3 percent of the span
    value.
    Conduct the system drift check at the end of each run.
    5.3
    Determination of Dilution Factor.
    Inject the dilution check
    gas into the measurement system before the dilution system and
    record the response.
    Calculate the dilution factor using
    Equation 3.
    5.4
    System Check.
    Inject the high range calibration gas at the
    inlet to the sampling probe while the dilution air is turned off.
    Record the response.
    The performance of the system is acceptable
    if the measurement system response is within
    5 percent of the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 for the high range calibration gas.
    Conduct a system check before and after each test run.
    5.5
    Analysis Audit.
    Immediately before each test analyze an
    audit cylinder as described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    A1
    =
    area of
    NDO
    i,
    ft2.
    AN
    =
    total area of all
    NDO’s
    in the enclosure,
    ft2.
    CA
    =
    actual concentration of the dilution check gas, ppm
    propane.
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of background
    emissions at point
    i, ppm propane.
    C8
    =
    average background concentration, ppm propane.

    201
    CDH
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    CDD
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    =
    actual concentration of the drift check calibration
    gas, ppm propane.
    C1
    =
    uncorrected average background VOC concentration
    measured at point i, ppm propane.
    C1
    =
    uncorrected average VOC concentration measured at
    point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    CM
    =
    measured concentration of the dilution check gas, ppm
    propane.
    DF
    =
    dilution factor.
    G
    =
    total VOC content of captured emissions,
    kg.
    K1
    =
    1.830 x 10~kg/(xn3-ppm).
    n
    =
    number of measurement points.
    QGJ
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to
    standard conditions at captured emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    Tc
    =
    total duration of capture efficiency sampling run,
    mm.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Captured Emissions.
    G
    =
    .!~
    C31
    ~GJ
    T~K1
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Captured Emissions at Point
    j.
    C31
    =
    DF
    (C1
    C30)
    CH
    Eq.
    2
    CDH
    7.3
    Dilution Factor.
    Eq.
    3
    CM

    202
    7.4
    Background VOC Concentration at Point
    i.
    C81
    =
    (C1
    C30)
    C11
    Eq.
    4
    CDH
    C33
    7.5
    Average Background Concentration.
    n
    E
    C.A.
    Si
    1
    C8=
    Eq.5
    nA~
    NOTE:
    If
    the
    concentration
    at
    each
    point
    is
    within
    20
    percent
    of
    the
    average
    concentration
    of
    all
    points,
    the
    terms
    “A1”
    and
    “AN”
    may be deleted from Equation 4.
    Procedure F.2
    -
    Fugitive VOC Emissions from Building Enclosures
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the fugitive volatile organic compounds
    (VOC)
    emissions from a
    building enclosure
    (BE).
    It is intended to be used as
    a segment
    in the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for
    determining VOC capture efficiency
    (CE)
    for surface coating and
    printing operations.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The total amount of fugitive VOC emissions
    (FB)
    from the BE is calculated as the sum of the products of the VOC
    content
    (CFJ)
    of each fugitive emissions point,
    its flow rate
    (QF1)’
    and time
    (TF).
    1.3
    Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement uncertainties are
    estimated for each fugitive emissions point as follows:
    QFJ
    =
    ±5~Q
    percent and
    CF.
    =
    ±5Qpercent.
    Based on these numbers, the
    probable uncertainty for
    FB
    is estimated at about ±11.2percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas, caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations
    (percent, ppm) are by
    volume, unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS
    AND
    REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system is shown in Figure
    1.
    The main components are described

    203
    below:
    2.1.1
    Sample
    Probe.
    Stainless
    steel,
    or
    equivalent.
    The
    probe
    shall
    be
    heated
    to
    prevent
    VOC
    condensation.
    2.1.2
    Calibration
    Valve
    Assembly.
    Three-way
    valve
    assembly
    at
    the outlet of sample probe to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer.
    Other methods, such as quick-connect
    lines,
    to route calibration gases to the outlet of the sample
    probe are acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample Pump.
    A leak-free pump,
    to pull the sample gas
    through the system at a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of the measurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas streamshall be constructed of stainless
    steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to prevent
    condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A sample flow rate control
    valve and rotameter,
    or equivalent, to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow rate control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample Gas Manifold.
    Capable of diverting a portion of
    the sample gas stream to the flame ionization analyzer (FIA), and
    the remainder to the bypass discharge vent.
    The manifold
    components shall be constructed of stainless steel or Teflon.
    If
    emissions are to be measured at multiple locations,
    the
    measurement system shall be designed to use separate sampling
    probes, lines,
    and pumps for each measurement location and a
    common sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample gas manifold must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of 1.5 times the expected concentration as propane; however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less than ±30percent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±3.0percent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5.0percent of the
    calibration gas value.

    204
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than 30 seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data Acquisition System.
    An analog or digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every
    5 seconds.
    The device shall be capable of recording
    average values at least once per minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration and Other Gases.
    Gases used for calibration,
    fuel, and combustion air
    (if required) are contained in
    compressed gas cylinders.
    All calibration gases shall be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer of the cylinder should provide a recommended shelf
    life for each calibration gas cylinder over which the
    concentration does not change more than ±2percent from the
    certified value.
    For calibration gas values not generally
    available,
    alternative methods for preparing calibration gas
    mixtures, such as dilution systems, may be used with prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent 112/60 percent He or 40 percent 112/60
    percent N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect that reportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier Gas.
    High purity air with less than 1 ppm of
    organic material
    (propane or carbon equivalent)
    or less than 0.1
    percent of the span value, whichever is. greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-, mid-,
    and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20-30,
    45-55, and 70-80 percent of the span
    value in air, respectively.
    Other calibration values and other
    span values may be used if it can be shown that more accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.1.10
    Particulate Filter.
    An in-stack or an out-of—stack glass
    fiber filter is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    significant.
    An out-of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no
    condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Fugitive Emissions Volumetric Flow Rate.
    2.2.1
    Flow Direction Indicators.
    Any means of indicating inward
    or outward flow,
    such as light plastic film or paper streamers,
    smoke tubes,
    filaments, and sensory perception.

    205
    2.2.2
    Method
    2 or 2A Apparatus.
    For determining volumetric flow
    rate.
    Anemometers or similar devices calibrated according to the
    manufacturer’s instructions may be used when low velocities are
    4present.
    Vane anemometers (Young—maximum response propeller),
    specialized pitots with electronic manometers
    (e.g.,
    Shortridge
    Instruments Inc., Airdata Multimeter 860)
    are commercially
    available with measurement thresholds of 15 and 8 mpm
    (50 and
    25 fpm),
    respectively.
    2.2.3
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight of the gas stream may be used if it can be justified.
    2.2.4
    Method
    4 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF VOLUMETRIC FLOW RATE OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Preliminary Determinations.
    The purpose of this exercise is
    to determine which exhaust points should be measured for
    volumetric flow rates and VOC concentrations.
    3.1.1
    Forced Draft Openings.
    Identify all forced draft
    openings.
    Determine the volumetric flow rate according to Method
    2.
    3.1.2
    NDO’s Exhaust
    Points.
    The
    NDO’s
    in
    the
    roof
    of
    a
    facility
    are considered to be exhaust points.
    Determine
    volumetric
    flow
    rate from these NDO’s.
    Divide the cross-sectional area according
    to Method
    1 using 12 equal areas.
    Use the appropriate
    velocity
    measurement
    devices,
    e.g.,
    propeller
    anemometers.
    3.1.3
    Other
    NDO’s.
    3.1.3.1
    This step is optional.
    Determine the exhaust flow rate,
    including that of the control device, from the enclosure and the
    intake air flow rate.
    If the exhaust flow rate divided by the
    intake air flow rate is greater than 1.1, then all other NDO’s
    are not considered to be significant exhaust points.
    3.1.3.2
    If the option above is not taken,
    identify all other
    NDO’s and other potential points through which fugitive emissions
    may escape the enclosure.
    Then use the following criteria to determine whether flow rates
    and VOC concentrations need to be measured:
    3.1.3.2.1
    Using the appropriate flow direction indicator,
    determine the flow direction.
    An NDO with zero or inward flow is
    not an exhaust point.
    3.1.3.2.2
    Measure the outward volumetric flow rate from the
    remainder of the NDO’s.
    If the collective flow rate is 2

    206
    percent, or less,
    of the flow rate from Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2,
    then these NDO’s,
    except those within two equivalent diameters
    (based on NDO opening) from VOC sources, may be considered to be
    non—exhaust points.
    3.1.3.2.3
    If the percentage calculated in Section 3.1.3.2.2
    is
    greater than 2 percent, those NDO’s
    (except those within two
    equivalent diameters from VOC sources) whose volumetric flow rate
    total
    2 percent of the flow rate from Sections 3.1.1 and 3.1.2
    may be considered as non—exhaust points.
    All remaining NDO’s
    shall be measured for volumetric flow rate and VOC concentrations
    during the CE test.
    3.1.3.2.4
    The tester may choose to measure VOC concentrations at
    the forced exhaust points and the NDO’s.
    If the total VOC
    emissions from the NDO’s are less than
    2 percent of the emissions
    from the forced draft and roof NDO’s, then these NDO’s may be
    eliminated from further consideration.
    3.2
    Determination of Flow Rates.
    3.2.1
    Measure the volumetric flow rate at all locations
    identified as exhaust points in Section 3.1.
    Divide each exhaust
    opening into
    9 equal areas for rectangular openings and
    8
    for
    circular openings.
    3.2.2
    Measure the velocity at each site at least once every hour
    during each sampling
    run
    using Method
    2 or 2A,
    if applicable,
    or
    using the low velocity instruments in Section 2.2.2.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    fugitive emission point during the entire test run or,
    if
    applicable, while the process is operating.
    If there are
    multiple emissions locations, design a sampling system to allow a
    single FIA to be used to determine the VOC responses at all
    sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    1.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures in
    Sections 5.1 and 5.3, respectively.
    4.2.2
    Install the sample probe so that the probe is centrally
    located in the stack, pipe,
    or duct,
    and is sealed tightly at the
    stack port connection.
    4.2.3
    Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly.
    Allow
    the measurement system response to reach zero.
    Measure the
    system response time as the time required for the system to reach

    207
    the
    effluent
    concentration
    after
    the
    calibration
    valve has been
    returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.4
    Conduct a
    system
    check
    before
    and
    a
    system
    drift
    check
    after
    each
    sampling
    run according to the procedures in Sections
    5.2 and 5.3.
    If the drift check following a run indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid.
    The tester may
    elect to perform drift checks during the run not to exceed one
    drift check per hour.
    4.2.5
    Verify that the sample lines,
    filter, and pump
    temperatures are 120
    ±5oC.
    4.2.6
    Begin sampling at the start of the test period and
    continue to sample during the entire run.
    Record the starting
    and ending times and any required process information as
    appropriate.
    If multiple emission locations are sampled using a
    single FIA, sample at each location for the same amount of time
    (e.g.,
    2 minutes) and continue to switch from one location to
    another for the entire test run.
    Be sure that total sampling
    time at each location is the same at the end of the test run.
    Collect at least
    4 separate measurements from each sample point
    during each hour of testing.
    Disregard the response measurements
    at each sampling location until two times the response time of
    the measurement system has elapsed.
    Continue sampling for at
    least 1 minute and record the concentration measurements.
    4.3
    Alternative Procedure
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be
    designed to collect and analyze at least one sample every 10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION
    AND
    QUALITY ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system and adjust the back—pressure regulator to the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer.
    Inject
    the
    zero—
    and
    the
    high—range
    calibration
    gases
    and
    adjust
    the
    analyzer
    calibration
    to
    provide
    the
    proper
    responses.
    Inject
    the
    low-
    and
    mid—range
    gases
    and
    record
    the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and
    linearity
    of
    the
    system
    are
    acceptable
    if
    the
    responses
    for
    all
    four gases are within
    5 percent of the respective gas values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not acceptable,
    repair or adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after a major change is made to the system.

    208
    5.2
    Systems
    Drift
    Checks.
    Select
    the
    calibration
    gas
    that
    most
    closely approximates the concentration of the captured emissions
    for
    conducting
    the
    drift
    checks.
    Introduce
    the
    zero
    and
    calibration
    gas
    at
    the
    calibration
    valve
    assembly
    and
    verify
    that
    the
    appropriate
    gas
    flow
    rate
    and
    pressure
    are
    present
    at
    the
    FIA.
    Record the measurement system responses to the zero and
    calibration
    gases.
    The
    performance
    of
    the
    system
    is
    acceptable
    if the difference between the drift check measurement and the
    value
    obtained
    in
    Section
    5.1
    is
    less
    than
    3
    percent
    of
    the
    span
    value.
    Conduct a system drift check at the end of each run.
    5.3
    System
    Check.
    Inject
    the
    high range calibration gas at the
    inlet
    of
    the
    sampling
    probe
    and
    record
    the
    response.
    The
    performance
    of
    the
    system
    is
    acceptable
    if
    the
    measurement
    system
    response
    is
    within
    5
    percent
    of
    the
    value
    obtained
    in
    Section
    5.1
    for the high range calibration gas.
    Conduct a system check
    before each test run.
    5.4
    Analysis Audit.
    Immediately before each test analyze an
    audit cylinder as described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    CDH
    =
    average measured concentration for the
    drift
    check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    C30
    =
    average system drift check concentration for zero
    concentration gas, ppm propane.
    CFJ
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of fugitive
    emissions at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    C11
    =
    actual concentration of the
    drift
    check
    calibration
    gas, ppm propane.
    C1
    =
    uncorrected average VOC concentration measured at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    F8
    =
    total VOC content of fugitive emissions from the
    building,
    kg.
    K1
    =
    1.830
    x
    10~6kg/(m3-ppm).
    n
    =
    number
    of measurement
    points.
    QFJ
    =
    average effluent volumetric flow rate corrected to
    standard conditions at fugitive emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    =
    total duration of capture efficiency sampling run, mm.

    209
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Fugitive Emissions From the Building.
    F8
    =
    .~
    C~1
    QFj
    Tf
    K1
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC Concentration of the Fugitive Emissions at Point
    j.
    CFJ
    =
    (C1
    C30)
    C11
    Eq.
    2
    CDH
    C30
    Procedure F.l
    Fugitive VOC Emissions from Temporary Enclosures
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is applicable for determining
    the fugitive volatile organic compounds
    (VOC) emissions from a
    temporary total enclosure (TTE).
    It is intended to be used as
    a
    segment
    in..
    the development of liquid/gas or gas/gas protocols for
    determining
    VOC
    capture
    efficiency
    (CE)
    for
    surface
    coating
    and
    printing operations.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The
    amount
    of
    fugitive
    VOC
    emissions
    (F)
    from
    the TTE
    is calculated as the sum of the products of the VOC
    content
    (CFJ)1
    the flow rate
    (QF1)’ and the sampling time
    (TF)
    from
    each fugitive emissions point.
    1.3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each fugitive emission point as
    follows:
    QfJ
    =
    ±5~5
    percent and CF3
    =
    ~
    percent.
    Based on
    these numbers, the probable uncertainty for F is estimated at
    about
    ±7~4
    percent.
    1.4
    Sampling Requirements.
    A capture efficiency test shall
    consist of at least three sampling runs.
    The sampling time for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because this procedure is often applied in highly
    explosive areas, caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate equipment and installing and using the equipment.
    Mention of trade names or company products does not
    constitute
    endorsement.
    All gas concentrations (percent, ppm)
    are by
    volume, unless otherwise noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS
    AND
    REAGENTS
    2.1
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    A schematic of the measurement
    system is
    shown
    in
    Figure
    1.
    The
    main components are described

    210
    below:
    2.1.1
    Sample Probe.
    Stainless steel, or equivalent.
    The probe
    shall be heated to prevent VOC condensation.
    2.1.2
    Calibration Valve Assembly.
    Three-way valve assembly at
    the
    outlet
    of
    sample
    probe
    to direct the zero and calibration
    gases to the analyzer.
    Other methods, such as quick—connect
    lines,
    to
    route
    calibration
    gases
    to
    the
    outlet
    of the sample
    probe
    are
    acceptable.
    2.1.3
    Sample Line.
    Stainless steel
    or Teflon tubing to
    transport the sample gas to the analyzer.
    The sample line must
    be heated to prevent condensation.
    2.1.4
    Sample Pump.
    A leak-free pump,
    to pull the sample gas
    through the system at a flow rate sufficient to minimize the
    response time of themeasurement system.
    The components of the
    pump that contact the gas stream shall be constructed
    of-
    stainless steel or Teflon.
    The sample pump must be heated to
    prevent condensation.
    2.1.5
    Sample Flow Rate Control.
    A-sample flow rate control
    valve and rotaineter, or equivalent,
    to maintain a constant
    sampling rate within 10 percent.
    The flow control valve and
    rotameter must be heated to prevent condensation.
    A control
    valve may also be located on the sample pump bypass loop to
    assist in controlling the sample pressure and flow rate.
    2.1.6
    Sample
    Gas
    Manifold.
    Capable
    of
    diverting
    a
    portion
    of
    the
    sample
    gas
    stream
    to
    the
    flame
    ionization
    analyzer
    (FIA),
    and
    the
    remainder
    to
    the
    bypass
    discharge
    vent.
    The
    manifold
    components
    shall
    be
    constructed
    of
    stainless
    steel
    or
    Teflon.
    If
    emissions
    are to be measured at multiple locations,
    the
    measurement system shall be designed to use separate sampling
    probes,
    lines,
    and
    pumps
    for
    each
    measurement
    location
    and
    a
    common
    sample gas manifold and FIA.
    The sample gas manifold and

    211
    connecting lines to the FIA must be heated to prevent
    condensation.
    2.1.7
    Organic
    Concentration
    Analyzer.
    An
    FIA
    with
    a
    span
    value
    of
    1.5
    times
    the
    expected
    concentration
    as
    propane;
    however,
    other span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they
    would provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be
    capable of meeting or exceeding the following specifications:
    2.1.7.1
    Zero Drift.
    Less
    than ±3.0percent of the span value.
    2.1.7.2
    Calibration Drift.
    Less than ±30percent of the span
    value.
    2.1.7.3
    Calibration Error.
    Less than ±5.0percent of the
    calibration gas value.
    2.1.7.4
    Response Time.
    Less than 30 seconds.
    2.1.8
    Integrator/Data
    Acquisition
    System.
    An
    analog
    or
    digital
    device
    or
    computerized
    data
    acquisition
    system
    used
    to
    integrate
    the FIA response or compute the average response and record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every
    5
    seconds.
    The
    device
    shall
    be
    capable
    of
    recording
    average
    values
    at
    least
    once
    per
    minute.
    2.1.9
    Calibration
    and
    Other
    Gases.
    Gases
    used
    for
    calibration,
    fuel,
    and
    combustion
    air
    (if
    required)
    are
    contained
    in
    compressed
    gas
    cylinders.
    All
    calibration
    gases
    shall
    be
    traceable to NIST standards and shall be certified by the
    manufacturer to ±1percent of the tag value.
    Additionally, the
    manufacturer
    of
    the
    cylinder
    should
    provide
    a
    recommended
    shelf
    life
    for
    each
    calibration
    gas
    cylinder
    over
    which
    the
    concentration
    does
    not
    change
    more
    than
    ±2
    percent
    from
    the
    certified
    value.
    For
    calibration
    gas
    values
    notgenerally
    available,
    alternative
    methods
    for
    preparing
    calibration
    gas
    mixtures,
    such
    as
    dilution
    systems,
    may
    be
    used
    with
    prior
    approval.
    2.1.9.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent 112/60 percent He or 40 percent
    112/60
    percent
    N2 gas mixture is recommended to avoid an oxygen
    synergism
    effect
    that
    reportedly
    occurs
    when
    oxygen
    concentration
    varies
    significantly
    from
    a
    mean
    value.
    2.1.9.2
    Carrier
    Gas.
    High
    purity
    air
    with
    less
    than
    1
    ppm
    of
    organic
    material
    (as
    propane
    or
    carbon
    equivalent)
    or
    less
    than
    0.1
    percent
    of
    the
    span
    value,
    whichever
    is
    greater.
    2.1.9.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-,
    mid—,
    and
    high—range gas mixture standards with nominal propane
    concentrations of 20—30, 45—55, and 70-80 percent of the span

    212
    value
    in
    air,
    respectively.
    Other
    calibration
    values
    and
    other
    span
    values
    may
    be
    used
    if
    it
    can
    be
    shown
    that
    more
    accurate
    measurements
    would
    be
    achieved.
    2.1.10
    Particulate
    Filter.
    An
    in-stack
    or
    an
    out-of-stack
    glass
    fiber filter is recommended if exhaust gas particulate loading is
    significant.
    An out—of-stack filter must be heated to prevent
    any condensation unless it can be demonstrated that no
    condensation occurs.
    2.2
    Fugitive
    Emissions
    Volumetric
    Flow
    Rate.
    2.2.1
    Method
    2
    or
    2A
    Apparatus.
    For
    determining
    volumetric
    flow
    rate.
    2.2.2
    Method
    3 Apparatus and Reagents.
    For determining
    molecular weight of the gas stream.
    An estimate of the molecular
    weight
    of
    the
    gas
    stream
    may
    be
    used
    if
    it
    can
    be
    justified.
    2.2.3
    Method
    4
    Apparatus
    and
    Reagents.
    For
    determining
    moisture
    content,
    if necessary.
    2.3
    Temporary Total Enclosure.
    The criteria for designing a TTE
    are discussed in Procedure
    T.
    3.
    DETERMINATION
    OF
    VOLUMETRIC
    FLOW
    RATE
    OF
    FUGITIVE
    EMISSIONS
    3.1
    Locate
    all
    points
    where
    emissions
    are
    exhausted
    from
    the
    TTE.
    Using
    Method
    1,
    determine
    the
    sampling
    points.
    Be
    sure
    to
    check
    each
    site
    for
    cyclonic
    or
    swirling
    flow.
    3.2
    Measure
    the
    velocity
    at
    each
    sampling
    site
    at
    least
    once
    every
    hour
    during
    each
    sampling
    run
    using
    Method
    2
    or
    2A.
    4.
    DETERMINATION
    OF VOC CONTENT OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
    4.1
    Analysis Duration.
    Measure the VOC responses at each
    fugitive
    emission
    point
    during
    the
    entire
    test
    run
    or, if
    applicable,
    while
    the
    process
    is
    operating.
    If
    there
    are
    multiple
    emission
    locations,
    design
    a
    sampling
    system
    to
    allow
    a
    single
    FIA
    to
    be
    used
    to
    determine
    the
    VOC
    responses
    at
    all
    sampling locations.
    4.2
    Gas VOC Concentration.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    1.
    Calibrate
    the FIA and conduct a system check according to the procedures in
    Sections
    5.1
    and
    5.3,
    respectively.
    4.2.2
    Install
    the
    sample
    probe
    so
    that
    the
    probe
    is
    centrally
    located in the stack, pipe,
    or duct,
    and is sealed tightly at the
    stack
    port
    connection.

    213
    4.2.3
    Inject zero gas at the calibration valve assembly.
    Allow
    the measurement system response to reach zero.
    Measure the
    system response time as the time required for the system to reach
    the effluent concentration after the calibration valve has been
    returned to the effluent sampling position.
    4.2.4
    Conduct a system check before and a system drift check
    after each sampling run according to the procedures in Sections
    5.2 and 5.3.
    If the drift check following a
    run
    indicates
    unacceptable performance, the run is not valid.
    The tester may
    elect
    to
    perform
    system
    drift
    checks
    during
    the
    run
    not to exceed
    one drift check per hour.
    4.2.5
    Verify
    that
    the
    sample
    lines,
    filter,
    and
    pump
    temperatures are 120±5°C.
    4.2.6
    Begin
    sampling
    at
    the
    start
    of
    the
    test
    period
    and
    continue
    to
    sample
    during
    the
    entire
    run.
    Record
    the
    starting
    and
    ending
    times
    and
    any
    required
    process
    information
    as
    appropriate.
    If
    multiple
    emission
    locations
    are
    sampled
    using
    a
    single
    FIA,
    sample
    at
    each
    location
    for
    the
    same
    amount
    of
    time
    (e.g.,
    2 minutes)
    and continue to switch from one location to
    another
    for
    the
    entire
    test
    run.
    Be
    sure
    that
    total
    sampling
    time
    at
    each
    location
    is
    the
    same
    at
    the
    end
    of
    the
    test
    run.
    Collect
    at
    least
    4
    separate
    measurements
    from
    each
    sample
    point
    during
    each
    hour
    of
    testing.
    Disregard
    the
    response
    measurements
    at
    each
    sampling
    location
    until
    two
    times
    the
    response
    time
    of
    the
    measurement
    system
    has
    elapsed.
    Continue
    sampling
    for
    at
    least
    1
    minute
    and
    record
    the
    concentration
    measurements.
    4.3
    Background Concentration.
    4.3.1
    Determination of VOC Background Concentration.
    4.3.1.1
    Locate all NDO’s of the TTE.
    A sampling point shall be
    centrally located outside of the TTE at
    4 equivalent diameters
    from
    each
    NDO,
    if
    possible.
    If
    there
    are
    more
    than
    6
    NDO’s,
    choose
    6 sampling points evenly spaced among the NDO’s.
    4.3.1.2
    Assemble the sample train as shown in Figure
    2.
    Calibrate the FIA and conduct a system check according to the
    procedures in Sections 5.1 and 5.3.
    4.3.1.3
    Position the probe at the sampling location.
    4.3.1.4
    Determine the response time, conduct the system check
    and sample according to the procedures described in Sections
    4.2.3 to 4.2.6.
    4.4
    Alternative Procedure.
    The direct interface sampling and
    analysis procedure described in Section 7.2 of Method 18 may be
    used to determine the gas VOC concentration.
    The system must be

    214
    designed
    to
    collect
    and
    analyze
    at
    least
    one
    sample
    every
    10
    minutes.
    5.
    CALIBRATION
    AND
    QUALITY
    ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and
    Linearity
    Check.
    Make
    necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement
    system
    and
    adjust
    the
    back-pressure
    regulator
    to
    the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero— and the high—range calibration
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper
    responses.
    Inject the low— and mid—range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and
    linearity
    of
    the
    system
    are
    acceptable
    if
    the
    responses
    for
    all
    four
    gases
    are
    within
    5
    percent
    of
    the
    respective
    gas
    values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not acceptable,
    repair or adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and
    linearity
    check
    after
    assembling
    the
    analysis
    system
    and
    after
    a
    major
    change
    is
    made
    to
    the
    system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    Select the calibration gas
    concentration
    that
    most
    closely
    approximates
    that
    of
    the
    fugitive
    gas
    emissions
    to
    conduct
    the
    drift
    checks.
    Introduce
    the
    zero
    and
    calibration
    gas
    at
    the
    calibration
    valve
    assembly
    and
    verify
    that
    the
    appropriate
    gas
    flow
    rate
    and
    pressure
    are
    present
    at
    the
    FIA.
    Record
    the
    measurement
    system
    responses
    to
    the
    zero
    and
    calibration
    gases.
    The
    performance
    of
    the
    system
    is
    acceptable
    if the difference between the drift check measurement and the
    value obtained in Section 5.1 is less than
    3 percent of the span
    value.
    Conduct
    a
    system
    drift
    check
    at
    the
    end
    of
    each
    run.
    5.3
    System Check.
    Inject the high range calibration gas at the
    inlet of the sampling probe and record the response.
    The
    performance of the system is acceptable if the measurement system
    response is within
    5 percent of the value obtained in Section 5.1
    for
    the
    high
    range
    calibration
    gas.
    Conduct
    a
    system
    check
    before
    each
    test
    run.
    5.4
    Analysis
    Audit.
    Immediately
    before
    each
    test
    analyze
    an
    audit cylinder as described in Section 5.2.
    The analysis audit
    must agree with the audit cylinder concentration within 10
    percent.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    A1
    =
    area of NDO i,
    ft2.
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO’s in the enclosure,
    ft2.
    C8~
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of background

    215
    emissions at point
    i, ppm propane.
    C8
    =
    average
    background
    concentration,
    ppm
    propane.
    S~H
    =
    average measured concentration for the drift check
    calibration gas, ppm propane.
    C30
    =
    average
    system
    drift
    check
    concentration
    for
    zero
    concentration
    gas,
    ppm
    propane.
    CFJ
    =
    corrected average VOC concentration of fugitive
    emissions at point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    CH
    =
    actual
    concentration
    of
    the
    drift
    check
    calibration
    gas, ppm propane.
    C1
    =
    uncorrected average background VOC concentration at
    point
    i,
    ppm
    propane.
    C~
    =
    uncorrected average VOC concentration
    measured
    at
    point
    j,
    ppm propane.
    F
    =
    total VOC content of fugitive emissions,
    kg.
    K1
    =
    1.830 x 10~kg/(m3-ppm).
    n
    =
    number
    of
    measurement
    points.
    QFJ
    =
    average
    effluent
    volumetric
    flow
    rate
    corrected
    to
    standard conditions at fugitive emissions point
    j,
    m3/min.
    =
    total duration of fugitive emissions sampling run, mm.
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Fugitive Emissions.
    F
    =
    ~
    (CFJ
    C8)
    ~FJ
    TF
    K1
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    VOC
    Concentration
    of
    the
    Fugitive
    Emissions
    at
    Point
    j.
    CFJ
    =
    (C1
    C00)
    C11
    Eq.
    2
    CDH
    C33
    7.3
    Background VOC Concentration at Point i.
    C81
    =
    (C1
    ~
    CH
    Eq.
    3
    C311
    C30

    216
    7.4
    Average Background Concentration.
    n
    E
    C.A.
    C5=
    Eq.5
    nA~
    NOTE:
    If
    the
    concentration
    at
    each
    point
    is
    within
    20
    percent
    of
    the
    average
    concentration
    of
    all
    points,
    the
    terms
    “A1”
    and
    “AN”
    may
    be
    deleted
    from
    Equation
    4.

    217
    Procedure L
    -
    VOC Input
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This
    procedure
    is
    applicable
    for
    determining
    the
    input
    of
    volatile
    organic
    compounds
    (VOC).
    It
    is
    intended
    to
    be
    used
    as
    a
    segment
    in
    the
    development
    of
    liquid/gas
    protocols
    for
    determining
    VOC
    capture
    efficiency
    (CE)
    for
    surface
    coating
    and
    printing
    operations.
    1.2
    Principle.
    The
    amount
    of
    VOC
    introduced
    to
    the
    process
    (L)
    is
    the
    sum
    of
    the
    products
    of
    the
    weight
    (W)
    of
    each
    VOC
    containing
    liquid
    (ink,
    paint,
    solvent,
    etc.)
    used
    and
    its
    VOC
    content
    (V).
    A
    sample
    of
    each
    VOC
    containing
    liquid
    is
    analyzed
    with
    a
    flame
    ionization
    analyzer
    (FIA)
    to
    determine
    V.
    1.3
    Estimated Measurement Uncertainty.
    The measurement
    uncertainties are estimated for each VOC containing liquid as
    follows:
    W
    =
    ±2.0 percent
    and
    V
    =
    ±12.0 percent.
    Based
    on
    these
    numbers,
    the
    probable
    uncertainty
    for
    L
    is
    estimated
    at
    about
    ±12.2 percent
    for
    each
    VOC
    containing
    liquid.
    1.4
    Sampling
    Requirements.
    A
    capture
    efficiency
    test
    shall
    consist
    of
    at
    least
    three
    sampling
    runs.
    The
    sampling
    time
    for
    each run should be at least
    8 hours, unless otherwise approved.
    1.5
    Notes.
    Because
    this
    procedure
    is
    often
    applied
    in
    highly
    explosive areas, caution and care should be exercised in choosing
    appropriate
    equipment
    and
    installing
    and
    using
    the
    equipment.
    Mention
    of
    trade
    names
    or
    company
    products
    does
    not
    constitute
    endorsement.
    All
    gas
    concentrations
    (percent,
    ppm)
    are
    by
    volume,
    unless
    otherwise
    noted.
    2.
    APPARATUS
    AND
    REAGENTS
    2.1
    Liquid Weight.
    2.1.1
    Balances/Digital
    Scales.
    To
    weigh
    drums
    of
    VOC
    containing
    liquids to within 0.2 lb.
    2.1.2
    Volume Measurement Apparatus (Alternative).
    Volume
    meters,
    flow
    meters,
    density
    measurement
    equipment,
    etc.,
    as
    needed
    to
    achieve
    same
    accuracy
    as
    direct
    weight
    measurements.
    2.2
    VOC
    Content
    (Flame
    Ionization
    Analyzer
    Technique).
    The
    liquid
    sample
    analysis
    system
    is
    shown
    in
    Figures
    1
    and
    2.
    The
    following equipment is required:
    2.2.1
    Sample
    Collection
    Can.
    An
    appropriately
    sized
    metal
    can
    to be used to collect VOC containing materials.
    The can must be
    constructed
    in
    such
    a
    way
    that
    it
    can
    be
    grounded
    to
    the
    coating
    container.

    218
    2.2.2
    Needle
    Valves.
    To
    control
    gas
    flow.
    2.2.3
    Regulators.
    For carrier gas and calibration gas
    cylinders.
    2.2.4
    Tubing.
    Teflon
    or
    stainless
    steel
    tubing
    with
    diameters
    and
    lengths
    determined
    by
    connection
    requirements
    of
    equipment.
    The
    tubing
    between
    the
    sample
    oven
    outlet
    and
    the
    FIA
    shall
    be
    heated to maintain a temperature of
    120 ±5°C.
    2.2.5
    Atmospheric
    Vent.
    A
    tee
    and
    0- to 0.5-liter/mm
    rotameter
    placed
    in
    the
    sampling
    line
    between
    the
    carrier
    gas
    cylinder
    and
    the
    VOC
    sample
    vessel
    to
    release
    the
    excess
    carrier
    gas.
    A
    toggle
    valve
    placed
    between
    the
    tee
    and
    the
    rotameter
    facilitates
    leak tests of the analysis system.
    2.2.6
    Thermometer.
    Capable of measuring the temperature of the
    hot water bath to within 1°C.
    2.2.7
    Sample Oven.
    Heated enclosure, containing calibration gas
    coil
    heaters,
    critical
    orifice,
    aspirator,
    and
    other
    liquid
    sample
    analysis
    components,
    capable
    of
    maintaining
    a
    temperature
    of
    120
    ±5°C.
    2.2.8
    Gas
    Coil
    Heaters.
    Sufficient
    lengths
    of
    stainless
    steel
    or
    Teflon
    tubing
    to
    allow
    zero
    and
    calibration
    gases
    to
    be
    heated
    to
    the
    sample
    oven
    temperature
    before
    entering
    the
    critical
    orifice or aspirator.
    2.2.9
    Water
    Bath.
    Capable
    of
    heating
    and
    maintaining
    a
    sample
    vessel
    temperature
    of
    100
    ±5°C.
    2.2.10
    Analytical
    Balance.
    To
    measure
    ±0.001 g.
    2.2.11
    Disposable Syringes.
    2-cc or 5-cc.
    2.2.12
    Sample Vessel.
    Glass, 40-ml septum vial.
    A separate
    vessel
    is
    needed
    for
    each
    sample.
    2.2.13
    Rubber
    Stopper.
    Two-hole
    stopper
    to
    accommodate
    3.2-mm
    (1/8-in.)
    Teflon
    tubing,
    appropriately
    sized
    to
    £it
    the
    opening
    of
    the
    sample
    vessel.
    The
    rubber
    stopper
    should
    be
    wrapped
    in
    Teflon
    tape
    to
    provide
    a
    tighter
    seal
    and
    to
    prevent
    any
    reaction
    of
    the
    sample
    with
    the
    rubber
    stopper.
    Alternatively,
    any
    leak—free closure fabricated of non—reactive materials and
    accommodating
    the
    necessary
    tubing
    fittings
    may
    be
    used.
    2.2.14
    Critical
    Orifices.
    Calibrated
    critical
    orifices
    capable
    of providing constant flow rates from 50 to 250 ml/min at known
    pressure drops.
    Sapphire orifice assemblies
    (available from
    O’Keefe Controls Company) and glass capillary tubing have been

    219
    found to be adequate for this application.
    2.2.15
    Vacuum
    Gauge.
    0-
    to
    760-mm
    (0-
    to
    30-in.)
    Hg
    U-Tube
    manometer
    or
    vacuum
    gauge.
    2.2.16
    Pressure
    Gauge.
    Bourdon
    gauge
    capable
    of
    measuring
    the
    maximum air pressure at the aspirator inlet
    (e.g.,
    100 psig).
    2.2.17
    Aspirator.
    A
    device
    capable
    of
    generating
    sufficient
    vacuum
    at
    the
    sample
    vessel
    to
    create
    critical
    flow
    through
    the
    calibrated
    orifice
    when sufficient air pressure is present at the
    aspirator
    inlet.
    The
    aspirator
    must
    also
    provide
    sufficient
    sample
    pressure
    to
    operate
    the
    FIA.
    The
    sample
    is
    also
    mixed
    with
    the
    dilution
    gas
    within
    the
    aspirator.
    2.2.18
    Soap Bubble Meter.
    Of an appropriate size to calibrate
    the
    critical
    orifices
    in
    the
    system.
    2.2.19
    Organic Concentration Analyzer.
    An FIA with a span value
    of
    1.5
    times
    the
    expected concentration as
    propane;
    however
    other
    span values may be used if it can be demonstrated that they would
    provide more accurate measurements.
    The system shall be capable
    of
    meeting
    or
    exceeding
    the
    following
    specifications:
    2.2.19.1
    Zero
    Drift.
    Less
    than
    ±3.0 percent
    of
    the
    span
    value.
    2.2.19.2
    Calibration
    Drift.
    Less
    than
    ±3.0 percent
    of
    span
    value.
    2.2.19.3
    Calibration
    Error.
    Less
    than
    ±5.0 percent
    of
    the
    calibration gas value.
    2.2.20
    Integrator/Data
    Acquisition
    System.
    An
    analog
    or
    digital
    device or computerized data acquisition system used to integrate
    the FIA response or
    compute
    the
    average
    response
    and
    record
    measurement data.
    The minimum data sampling frequency for
    computing average or integrated values is one measurement value
    every
    5
    seconds.
    The
    device
    shall
    be
    capable
    of
    recording
    average
    values
    at
    least
    once
    per
    minute.
    2.2.21
    Chart Recorder
    (Optional).
    A chart recorder or similar
    device
    is recommended to provide a continuous analog display of
    the
    measurement
    results
    during
    the
    liquid
    sample
    analysis.
    2.2.22
    Calibration
    and
    Other
    Gases.
    For
    calibration,
    fuel,
    and
    combustion
    air
    (if
    required)
    contained
    in
    compressed
    gas
    cylinders.
    All
    calibration
    gases
    shall
    be
    traceable
    to
    NIST
    standards
    and
    shall
    be
    certified
    by
    the
    manufacturer
    to
    ±1
    percent
    of
    the
    tag
    value.
    Additionally,
    the
    manufacturer
    of
    the
    cylinder
    should
    provide
    a
    recommended
    shelf
    life
    for
    each
    calibration
    gas
    cylinder
    over
    which
    the
    concentration
    does
    not
    change more than ±2percent from the certified value.
    For

    220
    calibration
    gas
    values
    not
    generally
    available,
    alternative
    methods
    for
    preparing
    calibration
    gas
    mixtures,
    such
    as
    dilution
    systems,
    may
    be
    used
    with
    prior
    approval.
    2.2.22.1
    Fuel.
    A 40 percent H2/60 percent He or 40 percent
    H2/60
    percent
    N2
    gas
    mixture
    is
    recommended
    to avoid an oxygen
    synergism effect thatreportedly occurs when oxygen concentration
    varies significantly from a mean value.
    2.2.22.2
    Carrier
    Gas.
    High
    purity
    air
    with
    less
    than
    1
    ppm
    of
    organic material
    (as propane) or less than 0.1 percent
    of
    the
    span
    value,
    whichever
    is greater.
    2.2.22.3
    FIA Linearity Calibration Gases.
    Low-, mid—,
    and
    high—range
    gas
    mixture
    standards
    with
    nominal
    propane
    concentrations of 20—30,
    45-55,
    and 70—80 percent of the span
    value
    in
    air,
    respectively.
    Other
    calibration
    values
    and
    other
    span values may be used if it
    can
    be
    shown
    that
    more
    accurate
    measurements would be achieved.
    2.2.22.4
    System Calibration Gas.
    Gas mixture standard
    containing propane in air, approximating the undiluted VOC
    concentration expected for the
    liquid
    samples.
    3.
    DETERMINATION OF LIQUID INPUT WEIGHT
    3.1
    Weight
    Difference.
    Determine
    the
    amount
    of
    material
    introduced to the process as the weight difference
    of
    the
    feed
    material before and after each
    sampling
    run.
    In
    determining
    the
    total
    VOC
    containing
    liquid
    usage,
    account
    for:
    (a)
    the
    initial
    (beginning) VOC containing liquid mixture;
    (b)
    any
    solvent
    added
    during
    the
    test
    run;
    (c)
    any
    coating
    added
    during
    the test run;
    and
    (d)
    any
    residual
    VOC
    containing
    liquid
    mixture
    remaining
    at
    the
    end
    of
    the
    sample
    run.
    3.1.1
    Identify
    all
    points
    where
    VOC
    containing
    liquids
    are
    introduced
    to
    the
    process.
    To
    obtain
    an
    accurate
    measurement
    of
    VOC containing
    liquids,
    start
    with
    an
    empty
    fountain
    (if
    applicable).
    After completing the run, drain the liquid
    in
    the
    fountain back into the liquid drum (if possible), and
    weigh
    the
    drum again.
    Weigh
    the
    VOC
    containing
    liquids
    to
    ~O.5 percent of
    the
    total
    weight
    (full)
    or
    ±0.1 percent
    of
    the
    total
    weight
    of
    VOC
    containing
    liquid
    used
    during
    the
    sample
    run,
    whichever
    is
    less.
    If the residual liquid cannot be returned to the drum,
    drain the fountain into a preweighed empty drum to determine the
    final
    weight
    of
    the
    liquid.
    3.1.2
    If it is not
    possible
    to
    measure
    a
    single
    representative
    mixture, then weigh
    the
    various
    components
    separately
    (e.g.,
    if
    solvent
    is added during the sampling run, weigh the solvent
    before it is added to the mixture).
    If a fresh drum of VOC
    containing liquid is needed during the run,
    then
    weigh
    both
    the

    221
    empty
    drum
    and fresh drum.
    3.2
    Volume Measurement (Alternative).
    If direct weight
    measurements are not feasible, the tester may use volume meters
    and flow rate meters (and density measurements) to determine the
    weight of liquids used if it can be demonstrated that the
    technique produces results equivalent to the direct weight
    measurements.
    If a single representative mixture cannot be
    measured, measure the components separately.
    4.
    DETERMINATION OF VOC CONTENT IN INPUT LIQUIDS
    4.1
    Collection of Liquid Samples.
    4.1.1
    Collect a 100-ml or larger sample of the VOC containing
    liquid mixture at each application location at the beginning and
    end of each test run.
    A separate sample should be taken of each
    VOC containing liquid added to the application mixture during the
    test run.
    If a fresh drum is needed during the sampling run,
    then obtain a sample from the fresh drum.
    4.1.2
    When
    collecting the sample, ground the sample container to
    the coating drum.
    Fill the sample container as close to the rim
    as possible to minimize the amount of headspace.
    4.1.3
    After the sample is collected, seal the container so the
    sample cannot leak out or evaporate.
    4.1.4
    Label the container to identify clearly the contents.
    4.2
    Liquid Sample VOC Content.
    4.2.1
    Assemble the liquid VOC content analysis system as shown
    in Figure
    1.
    4.2.2
    Permanently identify all of the critical orifices that may
    be used.
    Calibrate each critical orifice under the expected
    operating conditions
    (i.e.,
    sample vacuum and temperature)
    against a volume meter as described in Section 5.3.
    4.2.3
    Label and tare the sample vessels (including the stoppers
    and caps) and the syringes.
    4.2.4
    Install an empty sample vessel and perform a leak test of
    the system.
    Close the carrier gas valve and atmospheric vent and
    evacuate the sample vessel to 250 mm
    (10 in.) Hg absolute or less
    using the aspirator.
    Close the toggle valve at the inlet to the
    aspirator and observe the vacuum for at least one minute.
    If
    there is any change in the sample pressure, release the vacuum,
    adjust or repair the apparatus as necessary and repeat the leak
    test.

    222
    4.2.5
    Perform the analyzer calibration and linearity checks
    according to the procedure in Section 5.1.
    Record the responses
    to each of the calibration gases and the back—pressure setting of
    the FIA.
    4.2.6
    Establish the appropriate dilution ratio by adjusting the
    aspirator air supply or substituting critical orifices.
    Operate
    the aspirator at a vacuum of at least 25 mm
    (1 in.) Hg greater
    than the vacuum necessary to achieve critical flow.
    Select the
    dilution ratio so that the maximum response of the FIA to the
    sample does not exceed the high-range calibration gas.
    4.2.7
    Perform system calibration checks at two levels by
    introducing compressed gases at the inlet to the sample vessel
    while the aspirator and dilution devices are operating.
    Perform
    these checks using the carrier gas
    (zero concentration)
    and the
    system calibration gas.
    If the response to the carrier gas
    exceeds ±0.5percent of span, clean or repair the apparatus and
    repeat the check.
    Adjust the dilution ratio as necessary to
    achieve the correct response to the upscale check, but do not
    adjust the analyzer calibration.
    Record the identification of
    the orifice, aspirator air supply pressure, FIA back—pressure,
    and the responses of the
    FIA
    to the carrier and system
    calibration gases.
    4.2.8
    After completing the above checks,
    inject the system
    calibration gas for approximately 10 minutes.
    Time the exact
    duration of the gas injection using a stopwatch.
    Determine the
    area under the FIA response curve and calculate the system
    response factor based on the sample gas flow rate, gas
    concentration, and the duration of the injection as compared to
    the integrated response using Equations
    2 and
    3.
    4.2.9
    Verify that the sample oven and sample line temperatures
    are 120 ±5oCand that the water bath temperature is 100
    ±5oC.
    4.2.10
    Fill a tared syringe with approximately
    1 g of the VOC
    containing liquid and weigh it.
    Transfer the liquid to a tared
    sample vessel.
    Plug the sample vessel to minimize sample loss.
    Weigh the sample vessel containing the liquid to determine the
    amount of sample actually received.
    Also,
    as a quality control
    check, weigh the empty syringe to determine the amount of
    material delivered.
    The two coating sample weights should agree
    within ±0.02g.
    If not, repeat the procedure until an acceptable
    sample is obtained.
    4.2.11
    Connect the vessel to the analysis system.
    Adjust the
    aspirator supply pressure to the correct value.
    Open the valve
    on the carrier gas supply to the sample vessel and adjust it to
    provide a slight excess flow to the atmospheric vent.
    As soon as
    the initial response of the FIA begins to decrease,
    immerse the

    223
    sample vessel in the water bath.
    (Applying heat to the sample
    vessel too soon may cause the FID response to exceed the
    calibrated range of the instrument, and thus invalidate the
    *analysis.)
    4.2.12
    Continuously measure and record the response of the FIA
    until all of the volatile material has been evaporated from the
    sample and the instrument response has returned to the baseline
    (i.e.,
    response less than 0.5 percent of the span value).
    Observe the aspirator supply pressure, FIA back—pressure,
    atmospheric vent,
    and other system operating parameters during
    the run; repeat the analysis procedure if any of these parameters
    deviate from the values established during the system calibration
    checks in Section 4.2.7.
    After each sample perform the drift
    check described in Section
    5.2.
    If
    the drift check results are
    acceptable, calculate the VOC content of the sample using the
    equations in Section
    7.
    Integrate
    the
    area under the FIA
    response curve, ordetermine the average concentration response
    and the duration of sample analysis.
    5.
    CALIBRATION
    AND QUALITY ASSURANCE
    5.1
    FIA Calibration and Linearity Check.
    Make necessary
    adjustments to the air and fuel supplies for the FIA and ignite
    the burner.
    Allow the FIA to warm up for the period recommended
    by the manufacturer.
    Inject a calibration gas into the
    measurement system and adjust the back-pressure regulator to the
    value required to achieve the flow rates specified by the
    manufacturer.
    Inject the zero— and the high—range calibration
    gases and adjust the analyzer calibration to provide the proper
    responses.
    Inject the low- and mid-range gases and record the
    responses of the measurement system.
    The calibration and
    linearity of the system are acceptable if the responses for all
    four gases are within
    5 percent of the respective gas values.
    If
    the performance of the system is not acceptable,
    repair or adjust
    the system and repeat the linearity check.
    Conduct a calibration
    and linearity check after assembling the analysis system and
    after a major change is made to the system.
    5.2
    Systems Drift Checks.
    After each sample, repeat the system
    calibration checks in Section 4.2.7 before any adjustments to the
    FIA or measurement system are made.
    If the zero or calibration
    drift exceeds ±3percent of the span value, discard the result
    and repeat the analysis.
    5.3
    Critical Orifice Calibration.
    5.3.1
    Each critical orifice must be calibrated at the specific
    operating conditions that it will be used.
    Therefore,
    assemble
    all components of the liquid sample analysis system as shown in
    Figure
    3.
    A stopwatch is also required.

    224
    5.3.2
    Turn on the sample oven,
    sample line, and water bath
    heaters and allow the system to reach the proper operating
    temperature.
    Adjust the aspirator to a vacuum of 380 mm
    (15 in.)
    Hg vacuum.
    Measure the time required for one soap bubble to move
    a known distance and record barometric pressure.
    5.3.3
    Repeat the calibration procedure at a vacuum of 406 mm
    (16
    in.) Hg and at 25-mm
    (1-in.) Hg intervals until three consecutive
    determinations provide the same flow rate.
    Calculate the
    critical flow rate for the orifice in mi/mm
    at standard
    conditions.
    Record the vacuum necessary to achieve critical
    flow.
    6.
    NOMENCLATURE
    AL
    =
    area under the response curve of the liquid sample,
    area count.
    =
    area under the response curve of the calibration gas,
    area count.
    =
    actual concentration of system calibration gas, ppm
    propane.
    K
    = 1.830
    x 10~g/(ml-ppm).
    L =
    total VOC content of
    liquid
    input,
    kg.
    =
    mass of liquid sample delivered to the sample vessel,
    g.
    q
    =
    flow rate through critical orifice, mi/mm.
    RF = liquid
    analysis system response factor, g/area count.
    =
    total gas injection time
    for system calibration gas
    during integrator calibration, mm.
    VFJ
    =
    final VOC fraction of VOC containing liquid
    j.
    V11
    =
    initial VOC fraction of VOC containing liquid
    j.
    VAJ
    =
    VOC fraction of VOC containing liquid
    j
    added during
    the run.
    V
    =
    VOC fraction of liquid sample.
    WFJ
    =
    weight of VOC containing liquid
    j
    remaining at end of
    the run, kg.
    W11
    =
    weight of VOC containing liquid
    j
    at beginning of the
    run, kg.

    225
    =
    weight of VOC containing liquid
    j
    added during the run,
    kg.

    226
    7.
    CALCULATIONS
    7.1
    Total VOC Content of the Input VOC Containing Liquid.
    L
    =
    V~1W~-
    E
    \~ WFJ +
    E
    V~1WAJ
    Eq.
    1
    7.2
    Liquid Sample Analysis System Response Factor for Systems
    Using Integrators, Grams/Area Counts.
    C~qT~K
    Eq.
    2
    RF=
    ____________
    A~
    7.3
    VOC Content of the Liquid Sample.
    ALRF
    Eq.
    3
    ML
    Procedure T
    -
    Criteria for and Verification of a Permanent
    or Temporary Total Enclosure
    1.
    INTRODUCTION
    1.1
    Applicability.
    This procedure is used to determine whether
    a permanent or temporary enclosure meets the criteria of a total
    enclosure.
    1.2
    Principle.
    An enclosure is evaluated against a set of
    criteria.
    If the criteria are met and if all the exhaust gases
    are ducted to a control device, then the volatile organic
    compounds
    (VOC)
    capture efficiency
    (CE)
    is assumed to be 100
    percent and CE need not be measured.
    However,
    if part of the
    exhaust gas stream is not ducted to a control device,
    CE must be
    determined.
    2.
    DEFINITIONS
    2.1
    Natural Draft Opening
    (NDO)
    --
    Any permanent opening in the
    enclosure that remains open during operation of the facility and
    is not connected to a duct in which a fan is installed.
    2.2
    Permanent Total Enclosure
    (PTE)
    --
    A permanently installed
    enclosure that completely surrounds a source of emissions such
    that all VOC emissions are captured and contained for discharge
    through a control device.
    2.3
    Temporary Total Enclosure
    (TTE)
    --
    A temporarily installed
    enclosure that completely surrounds a source of emissions such

    227
    that all VOC emissions are captured and contained for discharge
    through ducts that allow for the accurate measurement of VOC
    rates.
    3.
    CRITERIA OF A TEMPORARY TOTAL ENCLOSURE
    3.1
    Any
    NDO
    shall be at least
    4 equivalent opening diameters
    from each VOC emitting point.
    3.2
    Any exhaust point from the enclosure shall be at least
    4
    equivalent duct or hood diameters from each NDO.
    3.3
    The total area of all NDO’s shall not exceed 5 percent of
    the surface area of the enclosure’s four walls,
    floor, and
    ceiling.
    3.4
    The average facial velocity
    (FV)
    of air through all NDO’s
    shall be at least 3,600 m/hr
    (200 fpm).
    The direction of air
    through all NDO’s shall be into the enclosure.
    3.5
    All access doors and windows whose areas are not included in
    Section 3.3 and are not included in the calculation in Section
    3.4 shall be closed during routine operation of the process.
    4.
    CRITERIA OF A PERMANENT TOTAL ENCLOSURE
    4.1
    Same as Sections 3.1 and 3.3
    3.5.
    4.2
    All VOC emissions must be captured and contained for
    discharge through a control device.
    5.
    PROCEDURE
    5.1
    Determine the equivalent diameters of the NDO’s and
    determine the distances from each VOC emitting point to all
    NDO’s.
    Determine the equivalent diameter of each exhaust duct or
    hood and its distance to all NDO’s.
    Calculate the distances in
    terms of equivalent diameters.
    The number of equivalent
    diameters shall be at least 4.
    5.2
    Measure the total area
    (Ar)
    of the enclosure and the total
    area
    (AN)
    of all NDO’s of the enclosure.
    Calculate the
    NDO
    to
    enclosure area ratio
    (NEAR)
    as follows:
    NEAR
    =
    The NEAR must be
    0.05.
    5.3
    Measure the volumetric flow rate, corrected to standard
    conditions,
    of each gas stream exiting the enclosure through an
    exhaust duct or hood using EPA Method 2.
    In some cases
    (e.g.,
    when the building is the enclosure),
    it may be necessary to

    228
    measure the volumetric flow rate, corrected to standard
    conditions,
    of each gas stream entering the enclosure through a
    forced makeup air duct using Method
    2.
    Calculate FV using the
    following equation:
    FV
    =
    Q0
    Q1/
    A11
    where:
    Q0
    =
    the sum of the volumetric flow from all gas streams
    exiting the enclosure through an exhaust duct or
    hood.
    Q1
    =
    the sum of the volumetric flow from all gas streams
    into the enclosure through a forced makeup air duct;
    zero,
    if there is no forced makeup air into the
    enclosure.
    AN
    =
    total area of all NDO’s in enclosure.
    The FV shall be at least 3,600 m/hr (200 fpm).
    5.4
    verify that the direction of air flow through all NDO’s is
    inward.
    Use streamers,
    smoke tubes, tracer gases, etc.
    Strips
    of plastic wrapping film have been found to be effective.
    Monitor the direction of air flow at intervals of at least 10
    minutes for at least 1 hour.
    6.
    QUALITY
    ASSURANCE
    6.1
    The success of this protocol lies in designing the TTE to
    simulate the conditions that exist without the TTE,
    i.e., the
    effect of the TTE on the normal flow patterns around the affected
    facility or the amount of fugitive VOC emissions should be
    minimal.
    The
    TTE
    must enclose the application stations, coating
    reservoirs,
    and all areas from the application station to the
    oven.
    The oven does not have to be enclosed if it is under
    negative pressure.
    The NDO’s of the temporary enclosure and a
    fugitive exhaust fan must be properly sized and placed.
    6.2.
    Estimate the ventilation rate of the TTE that best
    simulates the conditions that exist without the TTE,
    i.e., the
    effect of the TTE on the normal flow patterns around the affected
    facility or the amount of fugitive VOC emissions should be
    minimal.
    Figure
    1 may be used as an aid.
    Measure the
    concentration
    (C3) and flow rate
    (Q3)
    of the captured gas stream,
    specify a safe concentration
    (Cf)
    for the fugitive gas stream,
    estimate the CE, and then use the plot in Figure
    1 to determine
    the volumetric flowrate of the fugitive gas stream
    (Qf).
    A
    fugitive VOC emission exhaust fan that has a variable flow
    control is desirable.

    229
    6.2.1
    Monitor the concentration of VOC into the capture device
    without the TTE.
    To minimize the effect of temporal variation on
    the captured emissions, the baseline measurement should be made
    over as long a time period as practical.
    However, the process
    conditions must be the same for the measurement in Section 6.2.3
    as they are for this baseline measurement.
    This may require
    short measuring times for this quality control check before and
    after the construction of the TTE.
    6.2.2
    After the TTE is constructed, monitor the VOC
    concentration inside the TTE.
    This concentration shall not
    continue to increase and must not exceed the safe level according
    to OSHA requirements for permissible exposure limits.
    An
    increase in VOC concentration indicates poor TTE design or poor
    capture efficiency.
    6.2.3
    Monitor the concentration of VOC into the capture device
    with the TTE.
    To limit the effect of the TTE on the process, the
    VOC concentration with and without the TTE must be within ±10
    percent.
    If the measurements do not agree, adjust the
    ventilation rate from the TTE until they agree within 10 percent.

    230
    Appendix C
    Reference Methods and Procedures
    Introduction
    This Appendix presents the reference methods and procedures
    required for implementing Reasonably Available Control Technology
    (RACT).
    Methods and procedures are identified for two types of
    ACT implementation:
    a) Determination of VOC destruction efficiency for evaluating
    compliance with the 98 weight percent VOC reduction or 20 ppmv
    emission limit specified in Sections 215.520 through 215.527;
    and
    b) Determination of offgas flowrate, hourly emissions and stream
    net heating value for calculating TRE.
    All reference methods identified in this Appendix refer to the
    reference methods specified at 40 CFR 60, Appendix A,
    incorporated by reference in Section 215.105.
    VOC DESTRUCTION EFFICIENCY DETERMINATION
    The following reference methods and procedures are required for
    determining compliance with the percent destruction efficiency
    specified in Sections 215.520 through 215.527.
    a) Reference Method
    1 or lA for selection of the sampling site.
    The control device inlet sampling site for determination of
    vent stream molar composition or total organic compound
    destruction efficiency shall be prior to the inlet of any
    control device and after all recovery devices.
    b) Reference Methods
    2,
    2A,
    2C or 2D for determination of the
    volumetric flowrate.
    c) Reference Method
    3 to measure oxygen concentration of the air
    dilution correction.
    The emission sample shall be corrected
    to 3 percent oxygen.
    d) Reference Method 18 to determine the concentration of total
    organic compounds (minus methane and ethane)
    in the control
    device outlet and total organic compound reduction efficiency
    of the control device.
    TRE DETERMINATION
    The following reference methods and procedures are required for
    determining the offgas flowrate, hourly emissions,
    and the net
    heating value of the gas combusted to calculate the vent stream
    TRE.

    231
    a) Reference Method
    1 or lÀ for selection of the sampling site.
    The sampling site for the vent stream flowrate and molar
    composition determination prescribed in
    (b) and
    (c)
    shall be
    prior to the inlet of any combustion device, prior to any
    post—reactor dilution of the stream with air and prior to any
    post-reactor introduction of halogenated compounds into the
    vent stream.
    Subject to the preceding restrictions on the
    sampling site,
    it shall be after the final recovery device.
    If any gas stream other than the air oxidation vent stream is
    normally conducted through the recovery system of the affected
    facility, such stream shall be rerouted or turned off while
    the vent stream is sampled, but shall be routed normally prior
    to the measuring of the initial value of the monitored
    parameters
    for determining compliance with the recommended
    RACT.
    If the air oxidation vent stream is normally routed
    through any equipment which is not
    a part of the air oxidation
    process as defined in 35
    Ill. Adm. Code 211.122, such
    equipment shall be bypassed by the vent stream while the vent
    stream is sampled, but shall not be bypassed during the
    measurement of the initial value of the monitored parameters
    for determining compliance with Subpart V.
    b) The molar composition of the vent stream shall be determined
    using the following methods:
    1)
    Reference Method 18 to measure the concentration of all
    organics, including those containing halogens, unless a
    significant portion of the compounds of interest are
    polymeric (high molecular weight), can polymerize before
    analysis or have low vapor pressures,
    in which case
    Reference Method 25(a)
    shall be used.
    2)
    ASTN D1946-67
    (reapproved 1977),
    incorporated by reference
    in Section 215.105, to measure the concentration of carbon
    monoxide and hydrogen.
    3)
    Reference Method
    4 to measure the content of water vapor,
    if necessary.
    C)
    The volumetric flowrate shall be determined using Reference
    Method
    2,
    2A,
    2C or 2D, as appropriate.
    ci) The net heating value of the vent stream shall be calculated
    using the following equation:
    n
    H=K
    E
    CiHi
    i=1

    232
    Where:
    H
    =
    Net heating value of the sample, MJ/scm, where the net
    enthalpy per mole of offgas
    is based on combustion at
    25°Cand 760 mm Hg, but the standard temperature for
    determining the volume corresponding to one mole is
    20°C,as in the definition of F (vent stream flowrate)
    below.
    K
    =
    Constant, 1.740 x l0~~
    (1/ppm)
    (mole/scm) (MJ/kcal)
    where standard temperature for mole/scm is 20°C.
    Ci
    Concentration of sample component
    i, reported on a wet
    basis,
    in ppm, as measured by Reference Method 18 or
    ASTM D1946-67
    (reapproved 1977), incorporated by
    reference in Section 215.105.
    Hi
    =
    Net heat of combustion of sample component i,
    kcal/mole based on combustion at 25 C and 760 mm Hg.
    If published values are not available or cannot be
    calculated,
    the heats of combustion of vent stream
    components are required to be determined using ASTM
    D2382-76, incorporated by reference in Section
    215. 105.
    e) The emission rate of total organic compounds in the process
    vent stream shall be calculated using the following equation:
    n
    E=K
    F
    E
    CiMi
    i=1
    Where:
    E
    =
    Emission rate of total organic compounds (minus
    methane and ethane)
    in the sample in kg/hr.
    K
    =
    Constant 2.494 x 106 (1/ppm)
    (mole/scm)
    (kg/g)
    (min/hr), where standard temperature for
    (mole/scm)
    is 20°C.
    Mi
    =
    Molecular weight of sample component
    i
    (g/mole).
    F
    =
    Vent stream flowrate (scm/mm), at a standard
    temperature of 20°C.
    f) The total vent stream concentration
    (by volume)
    of compounds
    containing halogens
    (ppmv, by compound) shall be summed from
    the individual concentrations of compounds containing halogens

    233
    which were measured by Reference Method 18.

    234
    Appendix D
    Coefficients for the Total Resource Effectiveness
    Index
    (TRE)
    Equation
    This Appendix contains values for the total resource
    effectiveness index
    (TRE) equation in Subpart V.
    If a flow rate falls exactly on the boundary between the
    indicated ranges, the operator shall use the row in which the
    flow rate is maximum.
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION
    FOR CHLORINATED PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH
    NET HEATING VALUE LESS
    THAN
    OR EQUAL TO 3.5
    MJ/scm
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    0.0
    13.5
    48.73
    0.
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.
    0.
    13.5
    700.
    42.35
    0.624
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.
    0.0245
    700.
    1400.
    84.38
    0.678
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.
    0.0346
    1400.2100.
    126.41
    0.712
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.
    0.0424
    2100.2800.
    168.44
    0.747
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.
    0.0490
    2800.3500.
    210.47
    0.758
    0.404
    —0.1632
    0.
    0.0548
    FOR
    NET
    COEFFICIENTS
    FOR TRE EQUATION
    CHLORINATED PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH
    HEATING VALUE GREATER
    THAN
    3.5 NJ/scm
    0.
    13.5
    47.76
    0.
    —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.
    13.5
    700.
    41.58
    0.605 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0245
    700.
    1400.
    82.84
    0.658 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0346
    1400. 2100.
    123.10
    0.691 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0424
    2100. 2800.
    165.36
    0.715 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0490
    2800. 3500.
    206.62
    0.734 —0.292
    0.
    0.
    0.0548
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f

    235
    0.
    13.5
    13.5 1350.
    1350. 2700.
    2700. 4050.
    COEFFICIENTS FOR TRE EQUATION
    FOR NONCHLORINATED PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH
    NET HEATING VALUE LESS
    THAN
    OR EQUAL TO 0.48 NJ/scm
    19.05
    16.61
    32.91
    49.21
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.0245
    0.0346
    0. 0424
    0.
    13.5
    13.5
    1350.
    1350. 2700.
    2700. 4050.
    COEFFICIENTS
    FOR TRE EQUATION
    FOR NONCHLORINATED
    PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH NET HEATING VALUE
    GREATER
    THAN
    0.48 AND LESS THAN OR
    EQUAL TO 1.9 NJ/scm
    19.74
    18.30
    36.28
    54.26
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.0245
    0.0346
    0. 0424
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    0.
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.239
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.260
    0.113
    —0.214
    0.273
    0.113
    —0.214
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    b
    c
    d
    e
    £
    0.
    0.400
    —0.202
    0.138
    0.400
    —0.202
    0.150
    0.400
    —0.202
    0.158
    0.400
    —0.202

    236
    COEFFICIENTS
    FOR TRE EQUATION FOR NONCHLORINATED
    PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH NET HEATING VALUE
    GREATER
    THAN
    1.9
    AND
    LESS
    THAN
    OR
    EQUAL TO 3.6
    NJ/scm
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    a
    b
    c
    ci
    e
    f
    COEFFICIENTS
    FOR TRE EQUATION
    FOR NONCHLORINATED PROCESS VENT STREAMS WITH
    NET HEATING VALUE
    GREATER
    THAN
    3.6
    MG/scm
    Mm.
    Max.
    a
    IT IS SO ORDERED.
    b
    c
    d
    e
    f
    J. Marlin and J.D. Dumelle were not present.
    I, Dorothy M. Gunn,
    Clerk of the Illinois Pollution Control
    Board, hereby Certify_that the abov
    Opinion and Order was
    adopted on the
    //T.S
    day of
    ________________,
    1991,
    by
    a vote
    of
    ~‘-O
    .
    t~~4i
    ~.
    Dorothy N. G~nn,Cler1~
    Illinois Polaution Control Board
    FLOW RATE
    (scm/mm)
    Mm.
    Max.
    .0
    13.5
    15.24
    0.
    0.033
    0.
    0.
    13.5
    1190.
    13.63
    0.157
    0.033
    0.
    0.
    1190.2380.
    26.95
    0.171
    0.033
    0.
    0.
    2380.3570.
    40.27
    0.179
    0.033
    0.
    0.
    0.
    13.5
    13.5
    1190.
    1190. 2380.
    2380. 3570.
    0.
    0. 0245
    0. 0346
    0.0424
    0.
    0. 0245
    0. 0346
    0. 0424
    15.24
    13
    .
    63
    26.95
    40.27
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0.
    0. 0090
    0.0090
    0. 0090
    0. 0090
    0.
    0. 0503
    0.0546
    0.0573

    Back to top